100% found this document useful (1 vote)

127 views179 pages

AEP-shared Constr Esb756

Uploaded by

Jose Valdivieso

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

100% found this document useful (1 vote)

127 views179 pages

AEP-shared Constr Esb756

Uploaded by

Jose Valdivieso

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 179

National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756-2018 ver. 4.

Doc. File: ESB756--0618_v4 06-29-2018.docx

PREFACE
ESB 756-2018 references all requirements for parallel generation connected to National Grid
facilities located in transmission jurisdictions in Upstate New York, Massachusetts, New
Hampshire, Rhode Island, and Vermont and for distribution jurisdictions in Upstate New York,
Massachusetts, and Rhode Island.

This supplement and its appendices are available on National Grid’s website at
http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications and in printed form by contacting either of
the National Grid Call Centers in Massachusetts or New York (see inside cover of ESB 750 for
Customer Service Center telephone numbers). However, since printed copies may not reflect
the latest updates, please refer to National Grid’s website for the latest authorized versions.

-2-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756-2018 ver. 4.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
TABLE of CONTENTS .................................................................................................... 3
1.0 INTRODUCTION................................................................................................... 3
1.1 PURPOSE.................................................................................................................. 3
1.2 SCOPE....................................................................................................................... 3
1.3 GENERAL RULES, AND CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES ..................... 3
1.4 DEFINITIONS............................................................................................................. 5
2.0 REVISION HISTORY ............................................................................................ 6
LIST OF APPENDICES TO ESB 756.............................................................................. 6

1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 PURPOSE
The purpose of this National Grid Electric System Bulletin (ESB) is to:
1. Provide general requirements and recommendations for all generators connected in parallel
with the electric power system (EPS) operated by National Grid (the “Company”). Stand-
alone generators serving isolated load, which can never be connected in parallel with the
Company’s EPS, are not subject to these requirements.
2. Ensure compliance with North American Reliability Corporation (NERC) Standard FAC-001-
2 – Facility Interconnection Requirements, effective January 1, 2016. Along with all of the
Company’s ESBs, the most current version of ESB 756 is available electronically at:
www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
3. Ensure that the electrical reliability and security of the Company’s EPS and the larger power
system grid is maintained following connection of the parallel generator to the utility supply.
4. Refer Generator-Owners or Interconnection Customers (IC) to the applicable Federal
Energy Regulatory Commission (FERC) or state-specific tariff regulations pertaining to
parallel generators.
1.2 SCOPE
1. This ESB addresses FERC-jurisdictional interconnections, where the generator wishes to
interconnect to:
 A transmission system owned by National Grid that is administratively controlled by a
regional independent system operator (“Regional ISO”);
 A distribution or sub-transmission line owned by National Grid (which is presently
interconnected to a third-party energy supplier or generating facility selling power into
the wholesale market) for the purpose of selling power into the wholesale market.
2. This ESB also addresses state-specific requirements pertaining to parallel generators.
These individual appendices are identified at the end of this document.
1.3 GENERAL RULES, AND CODES, STANDARDS AND REFERENCES
1. All new parallel generator installations require an interconnection study, performed by the
Company at the customer’s expense, to determine site-specific requirements (i.e., supply
voltage, interconnection and service arrangement, location, and generation intent).
Generation intent, in this context, refers to its end use being either: (1) total generator output
energy for internal use, i.e., peak shaving, (2) export sale, or (3) a combination. Additional

-3-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756-2018 ver. 4.0

interconnection requirements for new generation connections to the 115 kV and above
transmission system in New York, and 69 kV and above in transmission system in New
England, shall conform with applicable requirements of the Regional ISO Tariffs,
respectively. Note that the requirement to comply with such tariffs could apply at lower
system voltage levels depending on whether the Generator-Owner or IC is selling power into
the market.
2. For electrical specifications not covered by this document, the Customer shall refer to the
Company’s other ESBs, see www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
3. Load Customers (end-user facilities) wishing to connect to the Company’s transmission
supply system should consult the Company’s ESB 750 Series for Upstate New York,
Massachusetts, New Hampshire and Rhode Island. In addition, the Company should be
consulted for any questions not addressed by those documents.
4. Those wishing to establish “transmission facility interconnections” with National Grid’s
transmission supply system should consult the Company’s Transmission Planning
Department. Requirements for new transmission facility interconnections to the 115 kV and
above transmission system in New York, and 69 kV and above transmission system in New
England shall conform to applicable requirements of the NY or NE ISO Tariffs, respectively.
5. The Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility shall conform to the latest revisions of all local, state
and federal codes and national standards that apply; applicable Regional ISO; Northeast
Power Coordinating Council, Inc. (NPCC), and NERC, FERC, or successor organizations
associated with the operation of such systems or entities.
6. The Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility shall also conform to any applicable requirements of
state public utility regulatory commissions and any local, state, federal and/or other agencies
from which a review, approval, or a permit is required.
7. These requirements govern the operation of generation in parallel with the Company’s EPS.
They concern only those points in which the Generator-Owner or IC and the Company have
a mutual interest in the production facility’s or premises’ wiring service connection to ensure
safety to the public and the Company’s employees as well as satisfactory operation,
compatibility, and reliability with the electrical supply to others served by the Company’s
EPS.
8. Regarding coordinated joint studies of new facilities and their impacts on the Company’s
interconnected transmission systems, the applicable Regional ISO, in accordance with the
applicable sections of their respective tariffs, shall coordinate the conduct of any studies
required to determine the impact of the Interconnection Request on Affected Systems with
Affected Transmission Owners and, if possible, include those results (if available) in its
applicable interconnection study within the time frame specified in these procedures. The
Regional ISO will include such Affected Transmission Entities in all meetings held with the
IC as specified in the applicable Regional ISO Tariffs. Notification of new or modified
facilities by Generator-Owners or ICs to the Company and other parties responsible for the
reliability of the interconnected transmission systems will occur as soon as feasible by the
Regional ISO.
9. The voltage level, and MW and MVAR capacity or demand at the point of connection, shall
be addressed in a System Impact Study to be performed by the Company, which shall:
a. Consist of a short circuit analysis; a stability analysis; a power flow analysis; voltage
drop and flicker studies; protection and set point coordination studies; and grounding
reviews, as necessary.
b. State the assumptions upon which it is based, state the results of the analyses, and
provide the requirement or potential impediments to providing the requested
interconnection service, including a preliminary indication of the cost and length of time

that would be necessary to correct any problems identified in those analyses and
implement the interconnection.
c. Provide a list of facilities that are required as a result of the Interconnection Request and
non-binding good faith estimates of cost responsibility and time to construct.
10. Distribution System impact studies shall incorporate a distribution load flow study, an
analysis of equipment interrupting ratings, protection coordination study, voltage drop and
flicker studies, protection and set point coordination studies, grounding reviews, and the
impact on electric system operation, as necessary.
11. Maintenance coordination and operational issues such as abnormal frequency and voltages
shall be addressed by the applicable Regional ISO.
12. Inspection requirements for existing or new facilities, and communications and procedures
during normal and emergency operating conditions, are addressed in ESB 755, “Operation
and Maintenance Requirements For Services Above 600 Volts.”
13. Any subsequent sale of generation ownership, which separates the generator from the
remainder of a Customer’s facility, requires the new Generator-Owner or IC to establish a
separate interconnection for the generation.
14. Applicable national standards for parallel generator installations may include:
 IEEE 519 “IEEE Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in
Electrical Power Systems”
 IEEE 1453 “IEEE Recommended Practice for the Analysis of Fluctuating Installations on
Power Systems”
 IEEE 1547 “IEEE Standard for Interconnection and Interoperability of Distributed Energy
Resources with Associated Electric Power Systems Interfaces”
 IEEE 1547.4 “IEEE Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed Resource
Island Systems with Electric Power Systems”
 IEEE 2030.2 “IEEE Guide for the Interoperability of Energy Storage Systems Integrated
with the Electric Power Infrastructure”
 NFPA 850 “Recommended Practice for Fire Protection for Electrical Generating Plants
and High Voltage Direct Current Converter Stations”
 UL 1741 “Standard for Inverters, Converters, Controllers and Interconnection System
Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy Resources”
1.4 DEFINITIONS
Company is National Grid
Company EPS refers to the electric power system owned, controlled, or operated by the
Company and used to provide transmission or distribution services to its customers.
Generator interface point is the point of electrical connection of the parallel generator to the
premise wiring.
Generator-Owner refers to any Non-Utility Generator even though they may also actually take
electric service from the Company.
Interconnection Facility refers to those facilities necessary to effect the transfer of electricity
from the parallel generator at the service point into the Company EPS.
Interconnection Point is where the interconnection facility connects to the Company EPS.
Interconnection System is the collection of all interconnection equipment and functions, taken
as a group, used to interconnect a production facility to the Company EPS.
Islanding is generation serving utility load (or lines) without a synchronizing utility source
connected.

ISO secured transmission system refers to delivery voltage systems as defined by the NPCC
and controlled by a Regional ISO.
Parallel generator is defined as generation connected to a bus common with the Company
EPS.
Production Facility refers to the Generator-Owners’ or IC’s (producers’) parallel generator
facilities. It shall include all facilities and equipment up to and including the Production Facility’s
high voltage side generator transformer disconnect or switches.
Wholesale Delivery Point shall mean the point on the Company EPS where the IC makes
capacity and energy available, as indicated in the interconnection agreement entered into by the
Company and the Generator-Owner or IC.
The terms Customer, distributed generator (DG), distributed resource (DR), distributed energy
resource (DER), interconnection customer (IC), and isolation are defined in the Company’s
jurisdiction applicable tariffs.

2.0 REVISION HISTORY

Version Date Description of Revision
1.0 06/01/07 Initial version of new document superseding all previous revisions of ESB 756.
1.1 09/06/11 September 2010 ESB 750 Series Errata changes.
2.0 05/11/12 Revised ESB 756 Appendix C and added version numbers to appendices.
2.1 08/22/12 Revised ESB 756 Appendix D.
2.2 09/22/14 Editorial to ESB 756 Appendix A and Revised ESB 756 Appendix B.
2.3 09/08/15 Revised ESB 756 Appendix C.
3.0 08/03/17 June 2017 major revision of Appendices A – D and deletion of E.
3.1 12/18/17 October-December 2017 interim amendments in Appendices A – D.
3.2 02/09/18 January-February 2018 interim amendments in Appendices B – D.
4.0 06/29/18 June 2018 annual revision of Appendices A – D and for IEEE 1547-2018 and updated
National Grid practices.

LIST OF APPENDICES TO ESB 756

APPENDIX A: Requirements For Parallel Generation Connected to National Grid Facilities in
New York, Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, and Vermont Not Applicable to State
Regulatory Distributed Generator Interconnection Requirements, version 3.0
APPENDIX B: Distributed Generation Connected To National Grid Distribution Facilities Per
The New York Standardized Interconnection Requirements, version 5.0
APPENDIX C: Distributed Generation Connected To National Grid Distribution Facilities Per
The Massachusetts Standard for Interconnecting Distributed Generation, version 5.0
APPENDIX D: Distributed Generation Connected To National Grid Distribution Facilities Per
The Rhode Island Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation, version 4.0

Requirements For Parallel Generation

Connected to National Grid Facilities in New York,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, and
Vermont Not Applicable to State Regulatory
Distributed Generator Interconnection Requirements

Version 3.0, 06/29/2018

ESB 756 Appendix A is part of the ESB 750 series

ESB756A-0618_v3 06-29-2018.docx
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
TABLE of CONTENTS .................................................................................................... 2
PURPOSE .............................................................................................................................. 3
SCOPE ................................................................................................................................... 3
1.0 GENERAL ............................................................................................................. 4
1.1 PERMITTED CONNECTIONS ........................................................................................... 4
1.1.1 Secondary Grid and Spot Network Areas................................................................ 4
1.1.2 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance ................................................................... 5
1.2 ACCESS AND CONTACTS .............................................................................................. 5
1.3 DESIGN REQUIREMENTS ............................................................................................... 5
1.3.1 General Electrical Issues ........................................................................................ 5
1.3.2 Specific Electrical Issues ........................................................................................ 6
1.4 TYPES OF GENERATORS OR OTHER PARALLEL SOURCES .............................................. 3
1.4.1 Induction................................................................................................................. 3
1.4.2 Synchronous........................................................................................................... 3
1.4.3 Inverter Systems..................................................................................................... 4
1.4.4 Energy Storage System (ESS)................................................................................ 4
1.4.5 Microgrids ............................................................................................................... 4
1.5 LIMITATIONS ................................................................................................................ 6
1.5.1 All Generation......................................................................................................... 6
1.5.2 Special Situations ................................................................................................... 7
2.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT ................................................................................... 8
2.1 RESPONSIBILITIES ........................................................................................................ 8
2.1.1 Generator-Owner or IC ........................................................................................... 8
2.1.2 Required Interconnection Study for Projects less than 115kV ................................10
2.1.3 Required Interconnection Study for Projects 115kV and Above in NY or 69kV and
Above in New England.......................................................................................................10
2.1.4 No Agreement for Power Sales..............................................................................11
2.1.5 Purchase of Generator-Owner’s or IC’s Power ......................................................11
2.1.6 Interconnection Agreement ....................................................................................11
2.2 COOPERATION ............................................................................................................12
2.2.1 Overall Project .......................................................................................................12
2.2.2 Notification and Initial Documentation ....................................................................12
2.3 DEVELOPMENT OF AN INTERCONNECTION ARRANGEMENT .............................................14
2.3.1 Initial ......................................................................................................................14
2.3.2 Project Scheduling.................................................................................................15
2.3.3 Generation Scheduling ..........................................................................................15
2.4 COMPLIANCE ..............................................................................................................15
3.0 SERVICE INSTALLATION .................................................................................. 15
3.1 SERVICE EQUIPMENT...................................................................................................15
3.2 GROUNDING................................................................................................................15
3.3 METERING ..................................................................................................................16
3.3.1 Metering Requirements in MA, NH, RI, and VT Jurisdictions .................................16
3.3.2 Metering Requirements in Upstate NY Jurisdiction ................................................16
3.3.3 General Parallel Generation Requirements for Company Metering........................16
4.0 PLANT REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................... 17
4.1 TELEMETERING ...........................................................................................................17
4.1.1 Telemetering Criteria .............................................................................................17
4.1.2 Telemetering Specifications for Company-provided RTU.......................................17
4.1.3 Telephone Installation Specifications for Company-provided RTU.........................18

-2-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
4.2 TELECOMMUNICATIONS STEPS AND REQUIREMENTS .....................................................19
4.3 POWER QUALITY .........................................................................................................19
4.4 PERFORMANCE/DESIGN...............................................................................................19
4.4.1 Generator Criteria ..................................................................................................19
4.4.2 Step-up Transformer Specification.........................................................................21
4.5 PLANT PROTECTION ....................................................................................................21
4.5.1 Plant Protection Criteria .........................................................................................21
4.5.2 Automatic Switching and Protective Devices .........................................................22
4.5.3 Relay Settings and Testing ....................................................................................24
5.0 OPERATING ....................................................................................................... 25
5.1 MANUAL DISCONNECT SWITCH ....................................................................................25
5.2 DISCONNECTION BY THE COMPANY (ISOLATION) ...........................................................25
5.3 OTHER .......................................................................................................................25
6.0 REVISION HISTORY .......................................................................................... 26

PURPOSE
1. Electric System Bulletin (ESB) 756 Appendix A covers requirements for interconnecting
generation facilities in parallel with National Grid’s (the “Company”) transmission and
distribution electric power systems (EPS) where owned and operated in New York,
Massachusetts, Rhode Island, New Hampshire, and Vermont.
2. ESB 756 Appendix A does not cover the New York State Standardized Interconnection
Requirements and Application Process For New Distributed Generators 5 MW or Less
Connected in Parallel with Utility Distribution Systems (NY SIR), or Massachusetts
Standards for Interconnecting Distributed Generation (MA SIDG), or Rhode Island
Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation (RI SCDG); see ESB 756 Appendix B, or
Appendix C, or Appendix D, respectively.
3. This ESB supplements the Company’s ESB 750, Specifications for Electrical Installations,
and various technical federal and state transmission operator jurisdictional requirements
(FERC (Federal Energy Regulatory Commission), NYISO (New York Independent System
Operator), and ISO-NE (New England Independent System Operator)) to provide general
requirements, recommendations, and assistance to customers (i.e., Generator-Owners or
Interconnection Customers (IC)) regarding generator facility systems connected in parallel to
the Company’s EPS.
4. ESB 756 and this Appendix A are available on the Company’s website at
http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications and in printed form by contacting
either of the Company’s Call Centers in Massachusetts or New York (see inside cover of
ESB 750 for Customer Service Center telephone numbers). However, since printed copies
may not reflect the latest updates, please refer to the Company’s website for the latest
authorized versions.

SCOPE
1. This Appendix A to ESB 756 is provided to assist a Generator-Owner or IC desiring to
interconnect a generator facility to National Grid’s EPS to meet requirements of all
generating interfacing equipment to be designed, installed, interconnected, tested, and
operated in accordance with applicable government, industry, and Company standards.
2. These requirements are limited to only those points in which the Generator-Owner or IC and
the Company have a mutual interest in the production facility’s or premises’ wiring service

connection to ensure safety to the public and the Company’s employees as well as
satisfactory operation, compatibility, and reliability with the electrical supply to others served
by the Company’s EPS. This includes, but is not limited to,
 the location of the service point and facilities under the Company’s exclusive control,
such as the Company’s metering to be installed at any point on either side of the service
point;
 service lateral;
 service equipment; and
 the Company’s need to automatically isolate parallel sources of the generator facility
from the EPS should there be an unacceptable disturbance, event, or condition within
the facility.
Conditions of electric service are based on governmental laws or regulations that determine
the Company’s authority to provide electric service under their respective jurisdictional
electricity tariffs. See 90.2(B)(5) in the National Electrical Code® (NEC) and the Company’s
ESB 750 for more information.
3. These requirements pertain to those types of parallel generation that include merchant
power plants, independent power producers (IPP), on-site generators (OSG), and energy
storage systems (ESS) including distributed generators (DG) or distributed energy resources
(DER), ESS, and microgrids not covered by retail interconnection tariffs, and where DER
providers, or DER providers through DER aggregators, sign onto the wholesale or retail tariff
with the intent to sell energy or ancillary services to the wholesale or retail generation
markets. For wholesale tariff requirements, please refer to the following regional
independent system operator (“Regional ISO”) websites for the applicable jurisdiction:
NY:
http://www.nyiso.com/public/markets_operations/services/planning/documents/index.jsp?docs=int
erconnection-studies/other-interconnection-documents,
http://www.nyiso.com/public/markets_operations/documents/technical_bulletins/index.jsp, and
http://www.nyiso.com/public/markets_operations/documents/manuals_guides/index.jsp
MA, NH, RI, & VT: https://www.iso-ne.com/system-planning/system-plans-studies and
https://www.iso-ne.com/participate/rules-procedures/operating-procedures/?load.more=1
4. Where state jurisdictional requirements apply of the NY SIR , or MA SIDG, or RI SCDG,
please refer to those retail tariff requirements at the Company’s websites for the applicable
jurisdiction:
NY: https://www9.nationalgridus.com/niagaramohawk/business/energyeff/4_app-pkg.asp
MA: https://www9.nationalgridus.com/masselectric/home/energyeff/4_interconnection-
process.asp
RI: http://www9.nationalgridus.com/narragansett/business/energyeff/4_interconnection-
process.asp
5. These requirements may also be applied, at the discretion of the Company, to other
methods used to generate electricity in parallel with the Company’s EPS not ordinarily
encountered or are not covered by any other regulated requirements, including but not
limited to stored energy, regenerative drives used in elevators, and component power
inverters used in exercise equipment and any other micro scale type of energy recapture
systems.

1.0 GENERAL
1.1 Permitted Connections
The Company may be able to eliminate the need for a specific study in instances of the basis of
the available systems. The Company shall determine the suitability of a given generator
connection and its interconnection voltage.
1.1.1 Secondary Grid and Spot Network Areas
For specific technical requirements of parallel generation in secondary grid and spot network
distribution systems, see the Company’s ESB 756 Appendices B, C, and D. Additionally, the
-4-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

Company’s jurisdictional websites for interconnecting generator facilities in each state provide
area maps locating the Company’s secondary network service areas to assist the Generator-
Owner or IC in determining if the proposed location is served by a distribution secondary
network system.
1.1.2 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance
The Generator-Owner’s or IC’s generator facility shall permit equal current in each phase
conductor at the service point or point of common coupling (PCC). Voltage unbalance resulting
from unbalanced currents shall not exceed 2% and shall not cause objectionable effects upon or
interfere with the operation of the Company EPS facilities and service to others. This design
and operating criterion shall be met with and without generation in the Generator-Owner’s or
IC’s generator facility.
The interconnection of the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s generator facility shall not affect the
Company’s nominal voltage delivery at the PCC by greater than 3% unless directed by the
Company’s transmission system operator or Regional ISO. Generator-Owners or ICs proposing
parallel generator facility installations must consider that the Company’s distribution EPS in rural
locations will likely have single-phase loads on feeders that inherently have some unbalance on
the main three-phase lines. The Company will specify conditions where volt-VAR control will
apply.
1.2 Access and Contacts
1. Authorized Company employees, equipment, and vehicles shall have access to the
Generator-Owner or IC facilities and Company’s metering equipment at any time without
delay.
2. The Generator-Owner or IC shall provide information identifying their contact person(s),
addresses and their associated telephone number(s) to the Company.
3. Changes to phone numbers, points of contact, etc., shall be communicated in advance of
the actual change with the effective date of change so indicated.
4. The Company will provide the Generator-Owner or IC with phone numbers for the
appropriate Company contact(s). (Typically the jurisdictional Customer Service Center for
generator facilities interconnected on 15kV or less systems and the jurisdictional distribution
system Control Center for large generator facilities interconnected on 15kV and less
systems that are wholesale registered and all 1 MW or greater generator facilities
interconnected on or above 15kV systems.) Note that 5 MW and above generator facilities
in New England require registering information with the ISO-NE regardless of
interconnecting voltage.
5. If the Generator-Owner or IC enters a generation market through a DER aggregator with the
intent of being dispatched for energy or ancillary services, the Company shall be a party to
day-ahead up to real-time dispatch communications to coordinate system interaction.
1.3 Design Requirements
1.3.1 General Electrical Issues
1. Parallel generator facilities connected to the EPS can cause a variety of system impacts
including steady state and transient voltage changes, harmonic distortion, and increased
fault current levels. Those located individually on higher capacity feeders or circuits may not
cause very serious impacts whereas those located on weaker circuits, in aggregation or in
special cases (such as lightly loaded networks) can significantly impact the Company’s EPS.
The interconnection of all parallel generator facilities requires safeguards for synchronization
and back-feed situations. Further, from the electric system perspective, the challenges
posed by any given parallel generator facility’s connection do not diminish significantly with
reduction in generator facility size. For this reason, each specific connection must be
studied with respect to its size, its type, and the nature of the electric system at the

interconnection point. Typically, an interconnection study will be performed by the Company

to determine if the proposed generation on the circuit results in any relay coordination, fault
current, and/or voltage regulation problems. It is the intent of any Company study in
accordance with jurisdictional regulatory requirements, when applicable, to avoid negative
power system impacts by identifying the particular type of impact that will occur under
normal and N-1 conditions and determining the required equipment upgrades that can be
installed to mitigate the issue(s).
2. There is a wide range of potential issues associated with the interconnection of generator
facilities to the Company’s EPS including, but not limited to:
 Impact on step voltage regulation equipment
 Increased fault duty on the Company’s EPS equipment1
 Interference with the operation of protection systems
 Harmonic distortion contributions
 Voltage flicker
 Ground fault overvoltages
 Risk of islanding
 System restoration
 Power system stability
 System reinforcement
 Metering
 Arc flash
3. All parallel generation shall be designed to ensure:
 Capability to synchronize with the Company’s EPS,
 Capability to separate from the Company’s EPS upon loss of the Company source,
 No degradation of the Company’s EPS safety and reliability, and
 All energy supplied to the Company’s electrical system shall meet the Company’s power
quality and transmission system operator requirements.
4. The Generator-Owner or IC shall be responsible for on-going compliance with regulatory,
code, and system design and operating changes pertaining to their installation. This work
will be performed at the cost of the Generator-Owner or IC. The Company requires all
electrical and physical design documents and submittals in this and related Company
bulletins relative to interconnections above 600 volts to be prepared and sealed by a single
State-licensed Professional Engineer in the state where the installation is made, who is
retained by the Generator-Owner or IC for that purpose.
1.3.2 Specific Electrical Issues
The Company will determine the interconnect voltage and method of interconnection with the
system as addressed in various portions of this ESB 756 and the Company’s other published
ESB’s.
In general:

1
The Company’s substations and circuit breakers are subject to fault duty limitations. Adding generation
to the Company’s EPS increases the amount of fault current imposed on substation(s) and equipment
located on feeder(s). Exceeding fault duties of equipment and devices at substation(s) and on feeder(s)
as a result of generator facilities will not be permitted and alternate methods of interconnection shall be
explored or the replacement, at the expense of the Generator-Owner or IC, of “overdutied” equipment and
devices with those of appropriate ratings and in conformance with the Company’s standard design where
this limit has been reached (see also Section 3.2.2 in this ESB 756 Appendix A).

1. The preferred interconnection at 230kV and 345kV is a radial line(s) to ISO-secured

transmission system station(s).
2. The preferred interconnection at 23kV up to 115kV is a radial line(s) to a station. Other
interconnection alternatives may require installation of a Company three-breaker station.
3. For 69kV and above systems upon written request of the Generator-Owner or IC and
execution of a Study Agreement, the Company will investigate the feasibility of a tap only for
small generator facilities defined in the FERC Small Generator Interconnection Procedures2
(SGIP) in the course of conducting the Feasibility Study. This investigative effort will be
added to the Feasibility Study and will proceed as follows:
1) To adhere to regulatory timeline requirements, the Company will inform the Regional
ISO and the Generator-Owner or IC at the scoping meeting that the three-breaker
station will be assumed as the “initial” interconnection to be evaluated in the Feasibility
Study’s power flow analyses.
2) The Company will also indicate that as the Feasibility Study’s power flow analyses are
underway, a protection engineering analysis will review the feasibility of a tap.
3) If a tap is deemed feasible, the tap configuration will be adopted going forward in the
System Reliability Impact Study (SRIS) and Facility Study.
4) If a tap appears not to be feasible or when the Generator-Owner or IC waives a
Feasibility Study to proceed directly to a SRIS and Facility Study, then the three-breaker
station configuration will be used going forward in the SRIS and Facility Study.
5) Engineering cost estimates will be provided for the system upgrade facilities (SUF)
associated with either the tap or the three breaker station.
6) The Generator-Owner or IC will be required to install an interrupting device (e.g. breaker
or circuit switcher) at the high side of their generator facility’s generator step-up (GSU)
transformer.
7) The Study Agreement’s matrix scope may need to be modified to accommodate the
need for a possible tap feasibility review prior to the Generator-Owner or IC and the
Company executing either the Feasibility Study or SRIS and Facility Study to begin.
4. The Company transmission system required to accommodate the generation
interconnection shall be designed and installed to the Company’s standards and practices,
under the review and approval of the Company.
5. Regardless of interconnection voltage, protection schemes and connection arrangements
shall be designed to prevent islanding of the generation with a portion of the Company’s
supply to other customers.
6. The Company reserves the right to review and approve the ratings and parameters of major
electrical equipment supplied by the Generator-Owner or IC, such as, but not limited to:
GSU transformers, interrupting devices, relays, and the generator facility with its associated
systems. For the purposes of this ESB Appendix A, any reference to generator ratings
herein refers to the nameplate rating of the generator facility.
 For inverter-based generation, this shall refer to the nameplate rating of the inverter(s).
De-rating of inverter-based generators shall only be considered if the equipment is
provided by the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s manufacturer with a permanent means of
reducing the rated output, and so marked with an equipment nameplate stating the de-
rated output.

2
See https://energy.gov/savings/interconnection-standards-small-generators and for descriptions of the
named studies and agreements.

-2-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

 For rotating machines, this shall refer to the nameplate rating of the generator (as
opposed to the nameplate rating of the generator-set). De-rating of rotating machine
generators by their prime mover capabilities shall not be permitted.
 Equipment nameplates shall meet American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
standards. De-rating of generator facility equipment shall be evaluated on a case-by-
case basis, with consideration given to specific project conditions, and may be accepted
at the sole discretion of the Company.
7. The Generator-Owner or IC is solely responsible for the protection of their plant equipment.
The Generator-Owner or IC is required to provide electrical equipment and relays with
ranges and ratings that will allow proper Generator-Owner or IC relay system coordination
with the Company’s protective relay systems. Coordination margins and parameters will be
determined by the Company.
8. The Generator-Owner or IC is responsible for the coordination of any Generator-Owner or
IC applied over and under frequency or over and under voltage generator tripping with
Company specified requirements. The generator facility is expected to remain on line and
fully operational following a system excursion within specified parameters. The correct
performance of the generator facility’s frequency protection relays is critical to system
security. Consequently each Generator-Owner or IC will be required to both recalibrate their
frequency protection and provide the Company this relay performance documentation.
Maintenance coordination and operational issues such as abnormal frequency and voltages
shall be addressed by the applicable Regional ISO.
1.4 Types of Generators or Other Parallel Sources
1.4.1 Induction
1. Reactive power supply for induction generators poses difficult design problems, depending
on the generator size.
2. Induction generation over 50kVA require capacitors to be installed by the Generator-Owner
or IC. The determination of the size and location of the capacitors shall be proposed by the
Generator-Owner or IC and reviewed for acceptance by the Company as part of the System
Impact Study. The installation of capacitors at or near an induction generator can cause it to
become self-excited, if disconnected from the Company EPS. The additional expense for
special protective equipment may favor the use synchronous machines.
3. Starting or rapid load fluctuations on induction generators can adversely impact the
Company’s EPS voltage. Corrective step-switched capacitors or other techniques may be
necessary. These measures can, in turn, cause ferroresonance. Across the line starting of
induction motors/generators will be permitted only where inrush current and voltage will not
exceed allowable motor start inrush limits and the Company’s flicker criteria.
4. Otherwise, protection for induction generation is similar to synchronous generation.
Although, doubly-fed induction generators have a different protection scheme a squirrel
cage induction generation may be treated as synchronous generator. Synchronizing relays
may not be required, but a contact-making tachometer set at synchronous speed may be
required.
1.4.2 Synchronous
For synchronous generators, sufficient generator reactive power capability shall be provided to
withstand normal voltage changes on the Company EPS. The generator voltage-VAR
schedule, voltage regulator, and transformer ratio settings will be jointly determined by the
Company and the Generator-Owner or IC to ensure proper coordination of voltages and
regulator action. For North American Reliability Corporation (NERC) Standard VAR-001
requirements applicable to a Generator-Owner’s or IC’s generator facility, the Company will
direct the Generator-Owner or IC to have an Automatic Voltage Regulator and Control system

to operate in automatic voltage control mode, which will be at a voltage set point provided by the
Company to maintain EPS voltages.
1.4.3 Inverter Systems
Direct current generators can only be paralleled with the Company EPS using a synchronous
inverter. The design shall be such as to remove this synchronous inverter upon a utility system
interruption. Proper harmonic filtering is necessary for inverter systems to minimize harmonic
distortion from being introduced into the EPS. Normally these filters are inside the inverters. DG
Customers proposing inverter systems shall demonstrate compliance with the Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Standard 1547 with the proposed inverter system
being certified and listed as having been successfully tested by a Nationally Recognized Testing
Laboratory utilizing Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standard 1741. Systems that do not utilize
such listed inverters shall be required to provide alternate protective relaying systems which
provide utility system fault detection and disconnection subject to the Company’s review and
acceptance.
1.4.4 Energy Storage System (ESS)
Various types of ESS may be considered that connect in parallel to the Company’s EPS.
Battery storage is common for DER applications where the primary benefit enables DG sources
to be dispatched / adjusted upon request behind the meter (BTM). In these cases, the ESS is
charged by the DG system to be available later to dispatch the stored energy when the DG
facility is not generating. Customers may apply battery storage where there is no DG facility to
take electricity from the Company’s EPS as a load during off-peak times when rates are lower,
store the electricity, and then use the BTM stored electricity during peak times when rates are
higher.
ESS clearly has the potential for significant effect on the load flow of the area EPS and the
overall dispatch characteristics of the network. An ESS can be complemented by “smart
inverter” technology at the PCC, which could also affect the EPS. Under such circumstances, it
is critical to understand the operating characteristics of the ESS, including import and export
times, as well as equipment power ratings and capabilities. Additional information may be
required at the time of application for interconnection such as:
 Method of ESS connection whether: (1) ESS directly connected to the Company’s EPS; (2)
DG and ESS DC coupled; (3) DG and ESS AC coupled; (4) ESS on utility line side of
service point and revenue meter; and (5) ESS on load side of service point and utility
revenue meter with the premises load, as applicable to the proposal.
 Sequence of operation for the charging and discharging capabilities of the ESS and the
maximum ramp rate in Watts/second.
 Non-UL 1741 listed inverters will require a utility grade intertie relay with the appropriate
IEEE 1547 functions, settings, and islanding protection according to the Company’s ESB
756 jurisdictional requirements.
 Service configuration and revenue metering provisions shall meet the Company’s ESB
750 and its applicable supplements.
1.4.5 Microgrids
Various types of microgrids3 may be considered that connect in parallel to the Company’s EPS.
The U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) defines a microgrid as “[a] group of interconnected loads
and distributed energy resources (DER) with clearly defined electrical boundaries that acts as a
single controllable entity with respect to the grid [and can] connect and disconnect from the grid

3
See IEEE 1547.4-2011, Guide for Design, Operation, and Integration of Distributed Resource Island
Systems with Electric Power Systems, at Section 4.3, for examples of electrical configurations of
microgrids; available at http://grouper.ieee.org/groups/scc21/1547.4/1547.4_index.html.

to enable it to operate in both grid connected and island mode.”4 Microgrids may be particularly
appropriate to address resiliency and reliability (i.e., ability to island in the event of an EPS
outage). The Company’s position5 is that when a community microgrid serves multiple
customers (in contrast to a facility or campus-style microgrid serving a single customer such as
a university or a hospital), including residential customers, and operates within the surrounding
electric distribution infrastructure, the Company is in the best position to own and properly
operate electric distribution facilities within the community microgrid for the public interest in
terms of safety, reliability, and resiliency.6
Facility or Campus-style Microgrid PCC to EPS
Facility or campus-style microgrids have certain characteristics described here, all of which fall
under the DOE definition. Such microgrids consist of one or more buildings and the relationship
with the connection to the Company’s EPS is characterized as either a single customer-of-
record or a single operating entity on one property. These can take several forms such as:
1) A single building under a common property owner with a common customer account. The
microgrid has generation resources that can operate in parallel with the electric grid or in
island mode.
2) A single building under a common property owner/customer, with multiple direct-metered
accounts. The microgrid is configured so that all customers within the building can share
the benefits of DER.
3) Multiple buildings owned by a common property owner where microgrid loads and DER are
tied with common electric distribution facilities generally not owned by the Company.
These facility or campus-style microgrids are premises wiring systems governed by the NEC as
adopted by the local jurisdictional authority.7
Community Microgrid PCC to EPS
A “community microgrid” is one that involves a combination of customers from large commercial
and industrial to single residential customers with the following characteristics where the
Company exclusively controls the electric distribution facilities within the community microgrid.
1) Consist of more than one building and more than one customer on multiple properties in
relationship with the service from the Company and containing generation resources that
operate in parallel with the Company’s EPS during normal operation but are designed to
operate detached from the Company’s EPS in “island mode” whether the source of power
during islanding is DER or qualifying facilities (“QFs”), or a combination of DER and QFs.8
2) The multiple buildings and multiple customers on multiple properties are connected only
through the Company’s electric distribution facilities. This means there are no common
customer-owned electric distribution facilities or common property ownership.

4
See Case 14-M-0101, Proceeding on Motion of the Commission in Regard to Reforming the Energy
Vision (“REV Proceeding”), Order Adopting Regulatory Policy Framework and Implementation Plan
(issued February 26, 2015) (“REV Track One Order”), p. 109, where the Commission adopts the DOE
definition for its purposes as well.
5
The Company shares the same position with other utilities in New York (“New York Joint Utilities” or “NY
JU”).
6
See REV Proceeding, Joint Utilities’ Response to Notice Soliciting Comments on Microgrids (filed May
1, 2015), p. 6.
7
See NFPA 70-2017, NEC, for installation requirements of premises wiring systems related to microgrids.
8
See IEEE 1547.4-2011, supra n. 7 where community microgrids will only operate in island mode for
reliability purposes during system emergencies (e.g., storm outages) or to address a temporary electric
grid supply deficit. If the community microgrid is otherwise intended, allowed or encouraged to operate in
an island mode for other reasons (e.g., economic), such scenarios should be taken into consideration
both when designing the community microgrid, particularly given the complexities of resulting controls
schemes, and when drafting the transactional agreements among participants.

The Company emphasizes the importance of the compliance of all microgrids with the safety
requirements of applicable codes. The utility electric distribution facilities connecting participants
and users in community microgrids are delivery systems governed by the National Electrical
Safety Code® (NESC)9 as adopted by the local jurisdictional authority. The individual
customers connected to the community microgrid through the utility’s electric distribution
facilities have premises wiring systems that are governed by both the NEC, as adopted by the
local jurisdictional authority, and the Company’s own electric service rules for the safety of users
from the hazards of electricity.
The Company must be able to control the isolation of a community microgrid at each PCC if the
Company is to be held accountable for the safety and reliability of service within such a
microgrid. This isolation can be achieved by visible break disconnect switches, interrupting
devices or a combination thereof which can be manually or remotely operated by the Company.
DER and QFs, if any, may be permitted to automatically trip a microgrid PCC isolation device in
order to island the community microgrid; however, they should be blocked from closing such a
device until authorized to do so by the Company’s control center. The control scheme that will
disconnect and reconnect the community microgrid from the Company’s EPS must be reviewed
and approved by the Company through an interconnection study (and subsequently
memorialized in an interconnection agreement among the parties) and may be subject to
witness testing and/or periodic testing as necessary. Other scenarios that may be permitted will
each have their own complexities. As such, each community microgrid will require that specific
protocols be developed to ensure that customer safety and the overall EPS safety and reliability
are not in any way compromised.
Variations of proposed community microgrids from these described in this ESB 756 Appendix A
will require prior regulatory and Company review.
Common Microgrid PCC Requirements
DER interconnection equipment, protective systems and microgrid controllers at the PCC to the
Company’s EPS are to be designed and operated according to the Company’s requirements
and specifications as well as to applicable codes and industry standards. These assets may be
owned and operated by customers or third parties. Individual DER facility interconnections
subject to specific jurisdiction-applicable electricity tariffs shall comply with those requirements
for connecting to the Company’s EPS in a microgrid.
1.5 Limitations
1.5.1 All Generation
1. The Company permits the operation of generating facilities in parallel with the Company’s
EPS, whenever this can be done without adverse effects on the general public, the
Company’s personnel, and the Company’s equipment, in accordance with all applicable
laws and regulations. Certain protective devices (relays, circuit breakers, etc.) where
specified by the Company shall be installed at any location where the Generator-Owner or
IC desires to operate generation facilities in parallel with the Company’s EPS. These
devices promptly disconnect the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s generation facilities from the
Company’s EPS whenever faults or abnormal conditions occur.
2. For DER 50 kW or above (standalone or in aggregate), the Company may limit the
operation, or disconnect, or require the disconnection of the DER from a distribution or
transmission EPS at any time, with or without notice, in the event of real or predicted
abnormal operating conditions, so that the safety and reliability of the EPS is preserved. For

9
See ANSI/IEEE C2-2017, NESC, for installation requirements of utility supply and generation systems
related to microgrids.

planned and scheduled maintenance events, prior notice (typically 48 hours in advance) will
be provided by the Company whenever possible.
3. In order to maintain a safe and reliable system, the utility needs to be informed of the current
and forecasted operating status of a DER. DER sized 50 kW or greater (standalone or an
aggregate) shall notify the utility when disconnecting/reconnecting to the distribution system,
regardless of enrollment in any Regional ISO-administered wholesale generation markets.
The following are some of the issues considered before accepting generation:
1) Proximity to the Company’s circuits.
2) Generation capacity and the load on the Company’s circuits during light load conditions.
3) Review of voltage profiles and system thermal limitations provided by the Company’s
system electric studies.
4) System protection coordination with the proposed generation and prevention of the
generator from “islanding.”
5) Impact of prime mover.
6) Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility ratio of generation to light load.
7) DG saturation on distribution circuits (see ESB 756 Appendices B, C, and D).
4. From the above, the Company will determine the voltage, interrupting ratings, type of
equipment and controls needed for proper protection coordination. The Company reserves
the right to determine the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s interconnection voltage.
5. The Company reserves the right to have the Generator-Owner or IC remove their generation
from the EPS at any time upon the Company’s request. Normally, such requests result from
the need to facilitate maintenance, testing, repairs, and emergency restoration or safety
concerns related to the Company’s EPS.
1.5.2 Special Situations
Under this bulletin, the Company restricts Generator-Owner or IC connection to the following
situations.
1.5.2.1 Net Generation Output
The Company reserves the right to limit generation to its facilities operating to that level
which will not compromise safety, reliability, or protection margins. Due to the many
variable parameters involved, special requirements for any proposed net generation
levels will be determined by the Company on a site specific basis. Export of surplus
energy will require a power purchase agreement (PPA) between the Generator-Owner
or IC and the Company in accordance with the applicable tariff provisions depending on
whether such export is FERC jurisdictional or state jurisdictional.
1.5.2.2 Peak Shaving Generation
1. Arrangements for standby or supplemental energy needs are addressed by the
Company’s filed jurisdictional tariffs and shall be made prior to actual need to ensure
its availability.
2. Peak shaving generation is customer-owned generator facilities operated in parallel
with the Company’s EPS to reduce a customer’s electrical demand.
 Peak shaving parallel generator installations, if not authorized under BTM
Regional ISO programs, shall not be allowed to supply any net generation into
the Company’s EPS and will require the installation of protection devices (e.g.,
reverse power relays) to limit such power export onto the Company’s EPS. The
Company’s revenue metering shall be detented in this case to prevent reverse
billing meter registration. Where the Company is requested to supply demand
pulse information (either analog or digital), its use is not intended for generator
control.

 Where PPAs, net energy metering (NEM), or BTM services apply, a peak
shaving generator facility may be permitted to export into the Company’s EPS
under the requirements of this ESB 756 Appendix A.

2.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

2.1 Responsibilities
2.1.1 Generator-Owner or IC
1. No generation, no matter its intent, shall be installed or operated in parallel with the
Company’s EPS without prior notification to and approval by the Company.
2. This responsibility applies to an initial generator facility, as well as to subsequent additions
and/or modifications of Generator-Owner or IC equipment. Any subsequent sale of any
generator facility covered by the requirements of the jurisdiction-applicable tariff will require
the new owner to establish a separate interconnection agreement for the generation with the
Company and comply with current parallel generation requirements. The Generator-Owner
or IC is responsible for modifying their system to comply with any future mandate of the
Company, Regional ISO, NERC (NPCC), and NERC or successor organizations including
costs incurred.
3. If the Generator-Owner or IC makes significant changes in the design or scheduling of the
generator facility, then any previous information furnished by the Company to the Generator-
Owner or IC shall be subject to review and possible change. Failure to communicate such
changes to the Company may result in delay of interconnection service or termination of
interconnection service by the Company.
4. The Generator-Owner or IC is responsible for performing all operating functions associated
with their equipment and for maintaining all equipment under their ownership. The
Generator-Owner or IC shall arrange to have trained personnel available for the proper and
safe operation of their equipment. The Generator-Owner or IC shall follow the Company’s
specified switching protocol upon commissioning, synchronizing, and return-to-service
situations with the Company’s transmission or distribution system operator; see ESB 755 for
more information.
5. The Generator-Owner or IC shall provide proper and continuous maintenance of all plant
facilities; refer to ESB 755 and National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) 70B (and NFPA
73 where applicable) and other nationally recognized industry standards for guidance on
electric equipment maintenance.
6. The Company will specify telecommunication services as required for the installation. See
Section 4.2 for data submittal to the local telephone company.
7. For the Company-owned RTU installation in NY, the Generator-Owner or IC shall arrange to
provide the necessary telecommunication service as specified by the Company. As this
process typically takes several months, the Generator-Owner or IC is responsible for
submitting the information to their local telephone company, see Section 4.2, in a timely
fashion. The Company will not be liable for the results of any delays.
8. The Generator-Owner’s or IC’s telephone number(s) shall allow for 24-hour per day contact
of either a staffed control room or delegated operating agent.
9. If the Generator-Owner or IC is in part or whole selling energy or ancillary service directly to
a wholesale generation market or aggregator, all dispatch signals shall be communicated to
the Company’s Control Center (day ahead up to and including real time). The
communication of these dispatch signals shall be compatible with Company communication
systems.
10. The Generator-Owner’s or IC’s backup service requirements from the Company’s EPS shall
be requested using the prescribed forms in the Company’s jurisdictional tariffs.

11. Application Process:

1. Parallel operation of a generator facility becomes integrated with the Company’s EPS
whereby the Generator-Owner or IC and the Company have a mutual interest in
ensuring that the interconnection meets the required electrical reliability and security of
the Company’s EPS. This is necessary to ensure safety to the public and to Company
employees and satisfactory operation, compatibility, and reliability with the electrical
supply to other customers. The steps and timing requirements of the application
process are identified within the jurisdiction-applicable regulatory requirements; see
Scope section at the beginning of this document. The time required to complete the
application process, however, may depend on the characteristics of the generator
facility’s system, the size class, its intended operating modes, and the characteristics of
the Company’s EPS at the point of interconnection (POI).
2. For new electric service or modifications to the electric service connection to
accommodate the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s parallel generator facility, refer to the
Company’s latest revision of ESB No. 750, Specifications for Electrical Installations and
its applicable supplements. The Generator-Owner or IC will be responsible for any
permitting and conformance to the latest revision of all local, state and federal codes and
national standards that apply. The Generator-Owner or IC will also be responsible for
any additional costs associated with work completed by another entity (such as
telephone company pole sets) and should be aware that project construction schedules
can be significantly impacted by this other work.
3. When considering a new or modified generator facility interconnection arrangement, the
jurisdiction-applicable tariff forms are required to be submitted to the Company.
4. The application process and attendant services are offered by the Company on a non-
discriminatory basis to any Generator-Owner or IC and as a part, the Company may
identify the need for detailed engineering studies, EPS upgrades, and additional
protection requirements. As allowed by the jurisdiction-applicable electricity tariff, the
costs of the detailed study and upgrades are the responsibility of the Generator-Owner
or IC. If the Generator-Owner or IC makes significant changes in the design or
installation scheduling of their generator and interconnection facilities, then any previous
information furnished by the Company to the Generator-Owner or IC is subject to review
and possible change, which may cause a delay in service.
5. Notice to the Company to install parallel generation shall be an application form from the
jurisdiction-applicable electricity tariff, signed by the Company and the Generator-Owner
or IC. This form shall include:
1) Complete generator data sheets,
2) The generation’s intended purpose (i.e., peak shaving or sale),
3) Geographic location,
4) Service point location (i.e., circuit name and number, pole number, etc.),
5) Contact information, name and telephone number of individual to be contacted
regarding generator operation, and
6) A provision stating that it is the responsibility of the Generator-Owner or IC to notify
the Company, in writing, to obtain and complete a new application form whenever
information changes.
6. A Letter of Commitment shall accompany the completed application form and including:
1) Result(s) of the Company’s electric study,
2) Written authorization from the Generator-Owner or IC for the Company to proceed
with engineering and construction of the interconnection including initial payment.

-9-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

12. Contributions
1. All costs incurred by the Company as a result of a Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility,
over the life of that facility, shall be reimbursed to the Company by the Generator-Owner
or IC. The Company will advise the Generator-Owner or IC concerning any charges and
payment schedules required.
2. All costs incurred by the Company for supply system changes, metering upgrades, and
telemetering circuit changes associated with the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s installation
shall be reimbursed to the Company by the Generator-Owner or IC. These costs also
include initial engineering evaluations, purchase and installation of additional switching,
transmission and distribution equipment at Company’s facilities, additional safety
provisions, engineering, and administration. The Company will notify the Generator-
Owner or IC when these situations arise along with their associated charges and
execute terms and conditions for payment. These costs shall be paid in full by the
Generator-Owner or IC prior to commencement of service in accordance with the
jurisdiction-applicable electricity tariff.
2.1.2 Required Interconnection Study for Projects less than 115kV
This study identifies the items of major cost to the interconnection. The scope of work is
dependent upon the size and electrical location of the project. The study’s primary function is to
assess the impact the proposed project has upon the operation of the existing EPS and
addresses the following principle areas:
2.1.2.1 Thermal margins
An assessment is made to ensure that the proposed project will not overload lines or
impose operational constraints on the existing system.
2.1.2.2 Voltage performance
An assessment is made to ensure the proposed project can operate within voltage
guidelines. For voltages less than 115kV, the guidelines are +5/-10% of nominal.
2.1.2.3 Stability
An assessment is made to ensure that local clearing times are such that unit stability is
maintained and regional stability is not negatively impacted. Power system stabilizers
shall be installed when such controls are required to dampen system oscillations.
2.1.2.4 Short Circuit Studies
A study is performed to ensure that circuit breaker duties remain within nameplate
ratings with the addition of the project.
2.1.2.5 Protection
In this study phase an initial assessment is made to define required changes to local
protection.
2.1.2.6 Risk of Islanding
Where required, a study is made to determine if the generator facility may island the
local EPS under certain minimum load to generation match conditions and to define
required changes to local EPS protection.
2.1.2.7 REGIONAL ISO/NPCC/NERC
Compliance with the planning standards of Regional ISO/NPCC/NERC will be required
for Regional ISO-controlled interconnections.
2.1.3 Required Interconnection Study for Projects 115kV and Above in NY or 69kV and
Above in New England
For 115kV in NY or 69kV in New England and above connections, the Generator-Owner or IC
shall contact and obtain from the Regional ISO the requirements for an approved
interconnection study. In this study phase an assessment will be made to ensure generation

connected to the state jurisdictional secured transmission system complies with Regional
ISO/NPCC/NERC or successor organization’s planning standards in force at the time of
energization of the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facilities. Note that this could apply at lower
system voltage levels if the Generator-Owner or IC is selling power into the generation market.
2.1.4 No Agreement for Power Sales
Generator-Owners or ICs who generate in parallel for the purpose of reducing their energy and
demand utilization from the Company EPS (i.e., peak shaving generation) are not required to
have a power purchase agreement with the Company. However, they still shall comply with the
requirements of this ESB Appendix A and the Company’s jurisdiction-applicable electricity tariff,
as determined by the Company. The Company on a case-by-case basis shall determine
additional protective devices. The Generator-Owner or IC is required to complete all Company
jurisdiction-applicable tariff forms relating to generators. The Company will advise the
Generator-Owner or IC of any change of service class.
2.1.5 Purchase of Generator-Owner’s or IC’s Power
1. Company’s Retail Tariff Service Option: The Company will advise the Generator-Owner or
IC concerning a retail Service Class contract (e.g., PPA) for any power purchased from the
Generator-Owner or IC by the Company in accordance with the Company’s jurisdiction-
applicable filed electricity tariffs.
2. Wholesale Option - Direct Sale to the Regional ISO: The Generator-Owner or IC shall enter
into an agreement with a Regional ISO for the sale of energy. This arrangement requires a
separate agreement with the Company for the interconnection of the generating facility.
Where the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility is a DER, they may commit the output to a third
party DER aggregator in order to sell in the Regional ISO generation market (i.e., direct sale
or transacting with a third party engaged in sales to the Regional ISO). Under the
aggregation model, the Generator-Owner or IC or DER Aggregator shall consult the
Regional ISO for the applicable interconnection rules as well as FERC for any required
filings.
2.1.6 Interconnection Agreement
1. A signed Interconnection Agreement along with any other completed generator-related
jurisdictional tariff form(s) is required between a Generator-Owner or IC and the Company,
and, if necessary, the Regional ISO. For generator facilities connected to distribution
systems under Company jurisdiction-applicable electricity retail tariffs, see ESB 756
Appendices B, C, and D.
2. In general, the Interconnection Agreement will address the mutual acceptance of an
interconnection study, which outlines any required electric system modifications and overall
project capabilities, specifically:
1) The amount of the generation, by unit and/or in total,
2) The interconnection point voltage,
3) The generator facility’s intended purpose (i.e., peak shaving or sale),
4) Its geographic and electrical location, including feeder location where applicable.
5) Electrical arrangement and protection requirements,
6) Electric study results of project generation impact,
7) Estimated cost, funding schedule, and timeline required to implement any needed
modifications to the Company’s EPS to accept generation from the Generator-Owner or
IC,
8) Reimbursement to the Company for the operation and maintenance to be performed by
the Company on the interconnection facility,
9) Additional agreements deemed necessary for project acceptance,

10) Contact information, name and telephone number of individual to be contacted regarding
generator facility’s operation, and
11) Responsibility of the Generator-Owner or IC to notify the Company in writing whenever
any change in the above information is contemplated, changes are subject to the
approval of the Company.
3. A signed Interconnection Agreement is required between the Generator-Owner or IC and
the Company before the Company will order major equipment or proceed with
interconnecting the generator facility.
2.2 Cooperation
2.2.1 Overall Project
1. Any generator facility intending to operate with an interconnection to the Company’s EPS
shall have the approval of the Company. Generator connections for the purpose of selling
to the system require approval of the appropriate Regional Independent System Operator.
This approval shall be in the form of a signed Interconnection Agreement. An
Interconnection Agreement will not only identify changes to the existing EPS, but will specify
Generator-Owner or IC plant performance requirements that may impact the specification
major electrical components within the generator facility itself.
2. If the Generator-Owner or IC enters into an agreement with a DER Aggregator, the
Company will require a separate agreement with the DER Aggregator to ensure the
aggregated generator facilities’ operation are within the Company’s requirements.
3. The Company will own, operate and maintain all electric lines and stations to the service
point or POI where applicable. There will be many occasions where the close cooperation
between the Company and the Generator-Owner or IC during the design, license, right-of-
way acquisition, and/or construction of Company facilities will be necessary. See the
Company’s ESB 751 “General Requirements Above 600-volt Service” for more information.
2.2.2 Notification and Initial Documentation
1. The Generator-Owner or IC shall contact the Company regarding their desire to operate
generation in parallel with the Company EPS and negotiate necessary agreement(s). In
some cases, the Company will meet with the Generator-Owner or IC to mutually establish
the arrangement and location of the proposed facilities.
2. Upon notification by a Generator-Owner or IC of their intention to operate generation in
parallel with the Company EPS, in writing, the Generator-Owner or IC shall define their
vision of the proposed project; providing the proposed site location, overall plant capabilities,
the number, and size of equipment proposed, and proposed timing of project milestones.
The Generator-Owner or IC shall develop and provide a functional single-line diagram,
complete with voltage and current interrupting ratings, type of equipment proposed, and all
controls, complete with trip schemes, required by system protection parameters for proper
protection and coordination with the EPS for Company acceptance. In addition, the specific
project documentation indicated in this bulletin is also required. Three copies of each
document, stamped by a State-registered professional engineer, are required unless noted
otherwise.
3. Subsequent to this notification, the Company will review the project proposal and provide to
the Generator-Owner or IC the estimated cost and time table for delivering the results of an
electric study. The Company will respond with review comments on the concepts of the
service arrangement, protective relaying, metering, and any special requirements that may
be needed for an electric study (see Sections 4 and 5 herein). Data requirements for an
interconnection study of generator facility projects are:
2.2.2.1 Study Phase:
Three copies of the following are necessary to begin the Company’s study:

(1) Exact physical location of the plant identified on USGS maps.

A site plan shall be submitted that is stamped and signed by a professional
engineer licensed in the state where the project will be installed. The site plan shall
show the location of major customer equipment, the Company equipment to be
installed on site, and site details that will be helpful to define accessibility of the site.
The Generator-Owner or IC shall submit a scaled site plan with location of below
equipment:
 Interfacing transformer(s).
 Interrupting device(s).
 PCC.
 Mainline extension to site and from nearest PCC.
 Existing and proposed access road including, at a minimum, road material,
surface loading criteria, and dimensions to confirm Company personnel and
equipment access requirements are met.
 Generator location.
 Certified Scaled Site Plan and Assessor Survey Map with Wetlands.
Note that site plans shall be to scale with approximate distances indicated. In
addition to site plan, the Company may ask for an assessor survey map to
determine property lines, wetlands, and easements.
(2) Overall operational output (in MW) of the generator facility.
(3) Proposed single-line diagram of the generator facility’s station showing the
interconnection of major electrical components within the plant itself. This single-
line diagram indicating proposed equipment ratings clearly needs to indicate:
(i) Number, individual ratings & type of units comprising the above rating,
(ii) Number and size of GSU transformers, and
(iii) General high voltage bus configuration and relay functions.
(4) The Company reserves the right to request additional information as needed
specific to the interconnection of the generator facility’s equipment including, but
not limited to, three-line diagrams, control diagrams, equipment test reports and
other information; see the Company’s ESB 751.
Control Diagrams for < 600V Generator Facility: The Generator-Owner or IC shall
submit all control diagrams (i.e., DC control schematics) of the equipment
associated with the interconnection protective system. Control diagrams depict all
logic used to control the interconnection protective devices. If programmable logic
controllers are used for these functions, a copy of the ladder logic and reference
table(s) must be included.
(5) General operational constraints such as the ability to run various combinations of
units.
(6) The following is a list of Electrical Data Requirements:
(i) Proposed GSU transformer MVA ratings, impedances, tap settings and
winding voltage ratings.
(ii) Proposed machine or inverter electrical parameters noted on technical data
sheets which include:
(iii) Machine nameplate data and reactive capability curves.
(iv) Impedances:
 Direct axis and quadrature axis synchronous reactance;


Transient and subtransient components of positive sequence reactance
data;
 Negative sequence and zero sequence values.
(v) Time constants for both field open circuit and short circuit and armature short
circuit quantities.
(vi) Turbine inertia constant.
(vii) Generator inertia constant: Appropriate IEEE system model including block
diagram and parameter values for excitation and governor systems.
(viii) Inverter type and characteristics with manufacturer name and model number.
(7) The proposed location and arrangement of Company metering equipment will be
furnished by the Company and shall be included on the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s
drawings when submitted for acceptance.
2.2.2.2 Equipment Procurement Phase:
Either before an order is placed for electrical equipment or while in equipment
manufacture scheduling prior to delivery, six (6) copies of equipment specifications,
Protective Relay Device List, and a Bill of Material List shall be furnished to the
Company for review and acceptance. Review and acceptance by the Company shall
not be construed to be an approval of the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s installation in
regard to its overall safety or adequacy, but shall simply signify that the proposed
arrangement and equipment meets the Company’s interconnection requirements for
connection to the Company’s EPS.
2.2.2.3 Final Design Start Phase:
The documents needed to be submitted to the Company prior to beginning the final
design shall include a proposed time schedule to be mutually agreed upon, a plot plan
and functional single line diagram showing protection, a protective relaying scheme
and revenue metering. The relay types selected to provide these functions must be
acceptable to the Company. The Company will respond with the review comments on
the concepts of protective relaying, metering and telemetry. This single-line diagram
must be approved before final design is undertaken.
2.3 Development of an Interconnection Arrangement
2.3.1 Initial
Parallel generation will be accepted on the Company EPS at various voltage levels depending
upon the generation installed and the capability of the circuit(s) to accept the electric power
generated. The system will be studied in each case.
2.3.1.1 Funding:
Generator-Owners or ICs are required to establish an account with the Company. This
account shall hold sufficient funds to cover the Company’s estimated cost of the
development of an interconnection arrangement and, upon its acceptance, scheduled
payments for project installation in accordance with jurisdictional tariffs. Once sufficient
funds and required data have been received, the Company will start work on the
interconnection arrangement as directed by the Regional ISO.
2.3.1.2 Presentation:
A meeting will be scheduled with the Generator-Owner or IC to formally convey,
explain, and answer questions regarding its content. This meeting also provides an
opportunity to update information, if necessary, for the installation phase of the project.
2.3.1.3 Acceptance:
The Generator-Owner or IC shall signify acceptance of the interconnection
arrangement by providing a signed Interconnection Agreement and any necessary

completed generator-related Company jurisdiction-applicable tariff forms and payment

of any scheduled funding. The Company will not proceed with any work until these
items are received.
2.3.2 Project Scheduling
Upon acceptance of the interconnection arrangement, the Generator-Owner or IC shall submit
their project schedule. This schedule and subsequent changes will be mutually agreed upon.
2.3.3 Generation Scheduling
1. Generator-Owners or ICs selling into a Regional ISO generation market will submit bids as
required by that ISO. Testing and outages will also be scheduled per the Regional ISO
requirements.
1) In addition, for generation 10,000 kVA and larger:
(1) To report the expected duration of a forced outage within 48 hours.
(2) To report non-scheduled maintenance or forced outages upon occurrence.
(3) To report 3-year planned maintenance outage requirements (expected duration,
desired date and time) quarterly or as changed. The Generator-Owner or IC shall
agree to an overall coordinated schedule to be provided by the Company.
2) The Company, at its discretion, may extend the above requirements to installations of
smaller size than indicated.
2. The Generator-Owner or IC shall be required to supply reactive power support when
directed by the Company’s transmission system operator or Regional ISO up to the agreed
specified limit.
3. All generator facilities interconnected to the distribution system and participating in the
wholesale generation markets hourly or real-time dispatch, will require communication of
day-ahead up to real-time dispatch signals to the Company.
4. The Company is currently providing, and will continue to provide, reactive power (i.e., VAR)
support to the distribution EPS. In the future, as technology and market evolution occurs,
DER may also provide VAR support on a dynamic basis as requested by the Company. For
advanced technologies that can provide VAR support, such as smart inverters, the
Company will require manufacturer information specific to the technology to fully understand
its functionality and ascertain monitoring and control requirements prior to the technology’s
application for VAR support.
2.4 Compliance
The Company’s rights to confirm and verify the compliance of the generator installation are
described in ESB 750 or 752 as applicable, ESB 751, and ESB 755. This includes energization
and synchronization prerequisites, periodic checks and tests, and as-built documentation. In
addition, an executed interconnection agreement shall be submitted four weeks in advance of
energization.

3.0 SERVICE INSTALLATION

3.1 Service Equipment
The Generator-Owner or IC shall provide service entrance equipment as a part of their
installation. The Generator-Owner’s or IC’s service equipment shall be rated, at a minimum, for
the maximum fault current available from the Company EPS and their own contribution from the
generator(s), motors, etc.
3.2 Grounding
As a minimum, the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s generator facility equipment shall be grounded in
accordance with the latest requirements of the NEC or the NESC where the Generator-Owner

- 15 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

or IC is under state utility regulation status. For specific installations, refer to the applicable
sections of this document and the Company’s ESB 750 and its applicable supplements. For
neutral stabilization and ground fault requirements on distribution systems, see ESB 756
Appendices B, C, and D.
3.3 Metering
The Company reserves the right to determine that all metering schemes allow for the proper
administration of all contracts and rates (whether retail or wholesale). Additional Company
metering requirements are specified in the appropriate sections of this ESB 756 Appendix A and
the Company’s various jurisdiction-applicable electricity tariffs, as filed and Regional ISO
requirements, as applicable within the process.
3.3.1 Metering Requirements in MA, NH, RI, and VT Jurisdictions
1. For Distribution Metering requirements under the Company’s jurisdiction-applicable retail
electricity tariffs in MA and RI, refer to the Company’s ESB 750 and ESB 756 Appendices C
and D at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
2. For Transmission Interconnectors’ metering and communication requirements in MA, NH,
RI, and VT, refer to ISO-NE OP-18 and all appendices at https://www.iso-ne.com/static-
assets/documents/rules_proceds/operating/isone/op18/op18_rto_final.pdf.
3.3.2 Metering Requirements in Upstate NY Jurisdiction
1. For Distribution Metering requirements under the Company’s jurisdiction-applicable retail
electricity tariff in NY, refer to the Company’s ESB 750 and ESB 756 Appendix B at
http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
2. For Transmission Interconnectors’ metering and communication requirements in NY, refer to
NYISO “Revenue Metering Requirements Manual”, No. 25 at
http://www.nyiso.com/public/webdocs/markets_operations/documents/Manuals_and_Guides/Manuals
/Administrative/rev_mtr_req_mnl.pdf.
3.3.3 General Parallel Generation Requirements for Company Metering
1. Details of the installation requirements are covered in ESB 750 and its appropriate
Supplement. For generator facilities connected to distribution systems, see also ESB 756
Appendices B, C, and D.
2. Where energy will be sold to the Company, a directional revenue metering system will be
installed.
3. Normally, for installations with directional revenue metering the connection of the
Company’s metering instrument transformers must have a potential transformer (PT)
connected on the generator side of the current transformer (CT). The instantaneous relative
polarity of metering instrument transformers is critical to proper operation. CTs must be
positioned such that the polarity dot or marking is on the Company side.
4. Revenue meters will either be equipped with detent functionality, or will be capable of bi-
directional measurement. “Detented metering” measures and registers power flow in a
single direction by either mechanical or electronic means.
5. A directional revenue metering system will be installed to capture bi-directional kilowatt-
hours (kWH). Depending on magnitude of load/generation, kilowatt demand (kW) and
kilovar-hour (kVARH) quantities will also be captured. For those installations having a “Buy
All-Sell All” purchase agreement contract, an additional interval based kWH meter will also
be installed on the output of the generator(s).
6. Where NEM does not apply or for peak shaving generator applications excluded from BTM
or excess sales arrangements, there is no obligation for the Company to accept surplus
power and in those cases, the Company’s revenue metering will be detented.
7. In NY at the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s request and cost, the Company will furnish
equipment for energy pulse signals. These signals will be at the point of the metering and
- 16 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

will represent the kWH energy for operation of their equipment. These signals are for
information only and the Company shall not be liable for distorted or missing pulses.
8. Where applicable under the Company’s jurisdiction-applicable tariff, Non-Residential
Customers with OSG are subject to billing adjustments, for example primary
served/secondary metered customers. Additional metering will be installed at the
Generator-Owner’s or IC’s expense in order to measure the appropriate adjustment.
9. The Company will make the final determination of telecommunications service requirements
for Company-owned revenue metering.
10. The Generator-Owner or IC is responsible for arranging for installation and payment of all
costs associated with the telecommunication service to each Company-owned revenue
meter board; see Section 4.2. They are also responsible for all maintenance costs and
recurring telecommunication charges.

4.0 PLANT REQUIREMENTS

4.1 Telemetering
4.1.1 Telemetering Criteria
1. The Company reserves the right to determine all telemetering and supervisory control data
acquisition (SCADA) schemes to allow reliable operation of the electric system and for the
proper administration of all contracts.
2. For all installations 1,000 kW or larger, telemetering of data, control and/or status of devices
as specified by the Company is required (see ESB 756 Appendices B-D for distribution
parallel connected DER, ESS, and generators). The Company also reserves the right to
extend the need for telemetering to less than 1,000 kW generators or where Merchant
Plants desire this equipment for their Regional ISO requirements. This information is for the
Company’s Energy or Distribution Management Systems (EMS or DMS) and will require the
installation of Remote Terminal Unit (RTU) equipment in the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s
facilities. Exception: Where the Company supplies a PCC recloser, SCADA provisions may
be sufficient for the EMS reporting requirements and a generator facility EMS-RTU is not
required for status and control (see ESB Appendices B-D for more information).
3. Subject to the jurisdictional applicable tariff, the Company or the Generator-Owner or IC will
furnish the telemetering RTU for the installation. The Company will specify the
communication protocol, polling frequency, transducers, sensors or other components that
the Generator-Owner or IC will purchase and acquire. Where equipment is furnished by the
Company under the Company’s jurisdiction-applicable tariff, it will remain Company property
and will be maintained by the Company.
4. All dispatch signals whether from the Regional ISO or DER aggregator will be transmitted to
the Company utilizing Company-specified communication system protocols.
4.1.2 Telemetering Specifications for Company-provided RTU
1. The RTU cabinet is typically 42" H x 30" W x 26" D shall be wall-mounted with the bottom
edge 36" above the floor. A 5-foot clear working space shall be maintained in front of the
mounting panel.
2. A dedicated 20A, 120VAC, single phase 60 hertz power circuit is required for the RTU
cabinet. All conduit and wiring (minimum of No. 10 AWG copper) to the telemetry cabinet
for this circuit shall enter the cabinet from the bottom. A three (3) foot length of all
conductors shall be provided for final Company connection.
3. A dedicated 10A, 48VDC or 125VDC input is required to the RTU directly from the station
battery.
4. The Generator-Owner or IC will be responsible for mounting this equipment in their
installation, subject to Company approval. The Generator-Owner or IC will provide space,

power and all input connections for this package, in the same area with the metering
equipment (see ESB No. 752).
5. The following guidelines shall be adhered to:
1) The RTU shall be located indoors within 15 feet of the billing meters to facilitate testing
and calibration.
2) The RTU shall be remote from heavy traffic areas, work areas and loading areas.
3) The RTU shall be remote from heat producing or high electrostatic or electromagnetic
field producing equipment.
4) The RTU shall be remote from station batteries.
5) The analog inputs to the RTU shall be provided by DNP3 protocol communication.
Where DNP3 communication is unavailable, the analog inputs shall be +1.0mA DC at
rated input, +2ma DC maximum. The analog metered inputs required as metered at
delivery point are as follows:
 Net kW (+) - To the Company EPS
 Net kW (-) - From the Company EPS
 Net kVAR (+) - To the Company EPS
 Net kVAR (-) - From the Company EPS
6. Where the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s system includes generation and plant load, the
metered values shall be the net sum of power from the Company’s EPS, and the generation
minus any internal plant load, which may be connected to the generator output circuits.
7. The Accumulator inputs to the RTU shall be:
 Net kWH (+) - To the Company EPS
 Net kWH (-) - From the Company EPS
8. The bi-directional metering equipment for telemetering shall be capable of providing
instantaneous power and a pulse output that is proportional to integrated energy.
9. Additional inputs that normally will be required are:
 Phase Voltage (kV) and Current (Amps) - measured at the interconnection bus (service
voltage)
 Circuit breaker(s) control and/or status
 Motor operated disconnect(s) status
 Instantaneous value of frequency (Hz) - if so specified
 Ring bus station voltage, current, active and reactive power at several locations.
Note: The Company will provide an EMS-RTU point list for inputs required at the
Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility.
4.1.3 Telephone Installation Specifications for Company-provided RTU
1. A plywood panel 3/4" x 48" x 48" is required for the telephone equipment. A four (4) foot
clear working space shall be maintained in front of this panel. The Generator-Owner or IC
will install terminal blocks directly adjacent to the telephone equipment for interconnection of
the Company’s EMS-RTU.
2. A dedicated 20A, 120VAC, 60 hertz power circuit is required for the telephone equipment.
The Generator-Owner or IC shall provide all conduit and wiring for the circuit and install one
20A, 120VAC, single phase convenience receptacle at the telephone equipment location.
3. Refer to Section 4.2 herein for telecommunication provider steps and requirements.

4.2 Telecommunications Steps and Requirements

1. The local serving telephone company’s facilities demarcation and equipment shall be
located as close to the RTU cabinet and protection relays, as feasible, relative to the
Generator-Owner’s or IC’s mutually agreed upon location.
2. The Generator-Owner or IC is responsible for arranging the installation and paying all costs
associated with required telecommunication line(s) for all RTU and tele-protection circuits
(e.g., DTT) including maintenance and recurring telephone company charges as
documented in the interconnection study or interconnection agreement.
3. The Generator-Owner or IC shall be responsible for all telephone company coordination,
installation, final connections, and commissioning of all required telecommunication circuits.
4. The Generator-Owner or IC is responsible to complete their telephone company’s high
voltage protection (HVP) form when arranging for the telecommunication service. The
technical information normally provided includes, but not limited to: total square footage area
of Ground Grid/Mat, Grid Impedance (in Ohms) to Remote Earth, total expected Fault
Current (line-to-ground) in Amps RMS (or Amps Peak), Earth Return Current (as % of Total
Fault Current), X/R Ratio, and Soil Resistivity (layer depth information in feet).
5. The Generator-Owner or IC is responsible to comply and coordinate with their telephone
company’s commissioning process of telecommunications circuits required with the
Company.
4.3 Power Quality
Utility lines are subject to many natural and man-made hazards. The Company does not
assume any responsibility for protection of generation or other electrical equipment. The
Generator-Owner or IC is fully responsible for protecting all of their equipment from damage due
to faults and other disturbances, irrespective of the condition of the Company’s EPS. The
Generator-Owner or IC shall not impact the Company’s EPS power quality characteristics.
4.4 Performance/Design
4.4.1 Generator Criteria
1. The Generator-Owner or IC shall provide generator controls to maintain proper voltage,
frequency, and line current balance and permit synchronizing with the Company EPS. The
generator facility’s electrical output shall meet the performance requirements of the latest
IEEE Standard 519 and ANSI C84.1 at the time it goes into service.
2. All generation projects operating in parallel with the Company’s EPS shall not adversely
impact the existing system operation. Transmission lines shall remain within thermal ratings
for normal and contingency conditions and the proposed project shall be capable of
operation at full output over the range of system operating voltages. This range includes the
normal nominal voltage range of 1.05p.u. to 0.95p.u. and the emergency range, which can
extend to 0.90p.u. for short periods of time.
3. Projects utilizing synchronous and doubly-fed asynchronous machines are required to have
excitation systems capable of automatic terminal voltage control. In general, long term
operation with constant excitation (manual mode) is not acceptable. If power factor control
is available it must be automatically disabled following a system disturbance to ensure
sustained reactive support after an event. Power factor control and automatic voltage
control schemes shall be mutually agreed between the Generator-Owner or IC and the
Company. These requirements may typically lead to operational power factors at the
Wholesale Delivery Point ranging between 0.9 lagging (VARs to the power system) and 0.95
leading (VARs from the power system). (Retail electric load customers with on-site
generation shall provide reactive power support such that the retail load power factor is not
degraded at the Retail Delivery Point.)

4. Projects utilizing induction machines will be required to utilize switched shunt compensation
within their facility to minimize system voltage impacts over a wide range of the entire power
output. Local power system requirements may lead to operational power factors at the
Wholesale Delivery Point or Retail Delivery Point ranging between 0.9 lagging (VARs to the
power system) and unity. These facilities will also be required to meet the latest Regional
ISO, NPCC, or local regional planning criteria. The overall project power factor
requirements shall be mutually agreed between the Generator-Owner or IC and the
Company.
5. Voltage and Frequency Control:
Plant equipment is required to remain on line and fully operational throughout this recovery
period. Voltage and frequency ride through and trip points for generation connected to the
Company’s EPS shall meet two standards, IEEE 1547 and/or NERC PRC-024-210
depending on the size and type of the generator facility and where Regional ISO voltage
and frequency requirements apply. Where a wholesale generator is proposed for a
distribution system and the Regional ISO voltage and frequency requirements do not apply,
the IC shall refer to the Company’s ESB 756 jurisdiction applicable Appendices B, C, or D
and IEEE 1547.
1) Inverter-based generators connected to distribution systems shall be in compliance with
the latest version of IEEE 1547 and shall refer to ESB 756 Appendices B, C, and D.
2) Generator plants including small distributed generators shall conform to the latest
version of IEEE 1547 for their voltage and frequency settings where connected to
distribution systems.
 No distributed generators shall have an under-frequency trip setting higher than 58.9
Hz, as to not conflict with the under-frequency load shedding schemes in the
Company’s EPS.
 The “adjustable” under frequency setting shall not fall within the prohibited region of
NERC PRC-024-2.
3) Generator facilities that have aggregate generation greater than 20MVA and connected
through a GSU transformer to a transmission line that is greater or equal to 100kV shall
conform to the current NERC PRC standards including NERC PRC-024-2. These
generators are considered part of the “Bulk Electric System” (“BES”).
 Power plant auxiliary equipment shall not trip or stall for momentary under voltage or
over voltage excursions anticipated by planning criteria.
Note that consistent with IEEE 1547, the pickups are exact set points and the time delays
are maximum total clearing times (including relay and device interruption time). In PRC-024-
2, the pickups and time delays are the algorithm for a “prohibited region.” The Generator-
Owner’s or IC’s settings do not need to be exactly on the lines for this prohibited region, they
just cannot be within the region that the lines envelop. IEEE 1547 focuses toward
maintaining power quality and safety, since a majority of the systems it applies to are on the
distribution EPS, close to customer loads and more susceptible to faults. The PRC rules
focuses on maintaining the reliability of the BES, and preventing system collapses. For
more information, see:
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Std. 1547 “Standard for
Interconnection and Interoperability of Distributed Energy Resources with Associated
Electric Power Systems Interfaces”
 NPCC reliability criteria: https://www.npcc.org/Standards/Directories/Forms/Public%20List.aspx

10
See https://www.nerc.com/pa/Stand/Pages/ReliabilityStandards.aspx and
https://www.nerc.com/pa/stand/Pages/ReliabilityStandardsUnitedStates.aspx?jurisdiction=United%20Stat
es.

 NPCC Directory 12 Curve, Figure 1 for the adjustable underfrequency set point (Eastern
interconnection):
https://www.npcc.org/Standards/Directories/Directory12%20Full%20Member%20clean%2020150
330%20GJD.pdf
 PRC-024-2 (Eastern interconnection):
http://www.nerc.com/_layouts/PrintStandard.aspx?standardnumber=PRC-024-
2&title=Generator%20Frequency%20and%20Voltage%20Protective%20Relay%20Settings&juris
diction=United%20States
4.4.2 Step-up Transformer Specification
1. GSU transformer connections and winding configurations shall be reviewed and approved
by the Company before procurement by the Generator-Owner or IC. Acceptable equipment
parameters are often determined by the location on the electrical system. The winding
arrangement shall be such that the Company’s EPS remains effectively grounded. For
generator facilities connected to distribution systems, see ESB 756 Appendices B, C, and D.
2. GSU transformer and auxiliary transformers shall have no-load tap settings and impedances
coordinated with power system voltage control requirements and unit capabilities.
4.5 Plant Protection
4.5.1 Plant Protection Criteria
1. Excitation equipment shall have an over excitation limiter coordinated with the thermal
capability of the generator field winding. Longer over excitation time shall allow less
overcurrent. The over excitation limiter shall also be coordinated with over excitation
protection so that over excitation protection only operates for failure of the voltage
regulator/limiter. Return to automatic voltage control after an over excitation event shall be
automatic.
2. Under excitation limiters shall coordinate with generator capability (stator end-region
heating) and power system stability limits. These settings shall also coordinate with loss of
excitation protection.
3. Volts/hertz limiter equipment shall coordinate with volts/hertz protection.
4. Prime mover control (governors) shall operate freely to regulate frequency. Droop setting
shall be in accordance with Regional ISO/NPCC/NERC standards. Prime movers operated
with main valves or gates wide open shall control for over speed/over frequency. Boiler or
nuclear reactor control and protection shall coordinate to meet the economic and safety
requirements of the plant while maintaining the capability of the generator to aid in the
control of system frequency during a power system disturbance.
5. Prime mover over speed controls shall be designed and adjusted to prevent boiler upsets
and trips during partial load rejection characterized by abnormally high system frequency.
6. Recording of performance during disturbances shall include generator terminal voltage and
real and reactive power. Monitoring of other quantities such as field voltage and current,
power system stability (PSS) output frequency or speed is best practice. These event
recorders shall have adequate resolution and bandwidth to fully capture dynamic response
of the generator.
7. Protection shall allow temporary excursions in speed and system frequency anticipated by
planning models without tripping. Such protection shall include over/under frequency relays
as well as boiler safeguards. Under frequency protection shall be coordinated with the
Regional ISO/NPCC/NERC under frequency load shedding program.
8. Generator protection shall allow temporary voltage excursions anticipated by planning
models without tripping. This protection shall include volts per hertz relays, generator
auxiliary equipment under voltage relays, loss of excitation relays, backup distance relays,
generator and transformer overcurrent relays, and out-of-step relays. These protection
characteristics and settings shall be available to the Company upon request.
- 21 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

9. For parallel generation interconnected greater than 15kV, frequency protection employed on
all rotating apparatus shall allow the system time to recover by keeping units on-line during
short term frequency excursions. With reference to NERC PRC-024-2 above, a region is
indicated during which the system frequency is recovering. Generation shall remain on line
during this period. The lower bound is established by Regional ISO/NPCC/NERC criteria.
The upper bound is for uniformity among projects taking into consideration equipment
capabilities and the characteristics of the system response. All generation shall be capable
of operating within this region.
4.5.2 Automatic Switching and Protective Devices
1. The generator facility shall employ the use of a properly applied interrupting device capable
of automatic operation to interrupt the generation facility from the Company’s EPS. The
device to be used shall be reviewed and approved by the Company before procurement by
the Generator-Owner or IC. The Generator-Owner or IC shall provide protection as
determined by the Company on a site-specific basis.
2. The Company shall review and approve the protective relay devices provided by the
Generator-Owner or IC for protection schemes required by the Company to protect its
system. The use of utility grade relays and relay redundancy is a normal Company
requirement. See Exhibit 1 for a reference list of most device nomenclature.
3. For interconnections on the Company’s transmission system, frequency relays, where used,
shall have ranges to meet the requirements of the Plant Abnormal Frequency Requirements
Curve, see NERC PRC-024-2 referenced above. Voltage relays, where used, shall have
ranges to meet the Company’s transmission planning criteria of +5% from nominal voltage
and –10% for emergencies and those in NERC PRC-024-2.
4. Protective relay devices provided by the Generator-Owner or IC for Company-required
protection schemes shall meet Company test device requirements.
5. Exclusion of Current Transformer Selector Switches: Meter selector switches shall not be
connected into the secondary circuits of current transformers used with protective relays
specified by the Company. Metering shall not be connected in protective relay circuits.
6. It is Company practice to automatically reclose line circuit breakers, without employing
synchronism check protection, within a few seconds after they have automatically been
opened. For specific distribution EPS reclosing, see ESB 756 Appendices B, C, and D.
7. Anti-islanding: Following a DER generator disconnection as a result of Company
distribution source loss, the generation shall remain disconnected until such time as the
Company source has recovered to Company acceptable voltage and frequency limits for a
minimum of five (5) minutes. For merchant power plants, reconnection to the Company’s
transmission source shall be made through mutually agreed operating procedures and
switching protocol with the Company’s Transmission Control Center. There are severe
safety and potential equipment damage issues associated with feeding power into a de-
energized EPS. Any Generator-Owner’s or IC’s installation’s protection system shall be
designed with interlocks and proper protective functions to ensure that there is proper
voltage, frequency and phase angle conditions between the Company’s EPS before the
generator facility is permitted to parallel. Therefore, anti-islanding protection control is
required for parallel generation on the Company’s EPS. If the Company determines that an
active anti-islanding protection scheme is required to mitigate the risk of a formation of an
island in addition to the generator facility’s own anti-islanding control scheme then the
Generator-Owner or IC may propose alternative methods of anti-islanding protection of their
own generation facility that can see and trip for faults on the utility EPS and any upstream
device opening. It is the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s responsibility to demonstrate
comprehensively the validity of such methods and the Company reserves the right to make
the final determination as to which anti-islanding protection method is suitable to meet the
EPS safety and reliability requirements. The use of direct transfer trip (DTT) is a definitive

protection means for anti-islanding protection under good utility practice. DTT typically
requires utility substation modifications to send a signal to trip the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s
facility offline when the substation breaker opens. This also typically requires the Generator-
Owner or IC to lease a communication medium between the substation and the production
facility, as well as install a receiver and tripping device in their equipment. DTT has inherent
high costs and physical limitations associated with equipment installation due to the typical
leased telecommunication line requirement at the EPS source and at the generator(s), as
well as required utility substation modifications. The initial and recurring costs for DTT are at
the expense of the interconnecting customer.
Note: A Customer wishing to use a generation system as a stand-by or emergency
generator shall submit details regarding an interlocking scheme or transfer switch to
prevent the energization of a de-energized Company circuit that complies with
National Grid ESB 750, Section 11.
8. Transmission Ground Fault Detection: The addition of generation sources to distribution
feeders can result in the backfeeding of the substation transformers, effectively turning a
station designed for load into a generation step-up transformer. The Company’s most
common distribution substation transformer has a delta connection on the transmission side
and a wye-grounded connection on the distribution side. Due to the transformer's
configuration,11 it cannot contribute zero sequence ground fault current to single line to
ground faults on a transmission line, and the voltage on the unfaulted phases rises
significantly and rapidly. These overvoltages have the potential to exceed insulation levels of
the station and transmission line equipment, and maximum continuous operating voltage of
surge arresters. This situation can also leave transmission ground faults energized by the
distribution-connected production facilities (e.g., DER and DG). Zero sequence voltage
protection (commonly referred to as “3V0”) on the primary side of the transformer is required
in order to detect these overvoltage conditions. This 3V0 protection will disconnect the
generation from the substation transformer, and stop the generation and transformer from
contributing to the transmission-side overvoltage condition.
If the Company determines there is a likelihood of a zero sequence overvoltage event,
transmission ground fault detection equipment and substation modifications may be
required. Three voltage sensors (typically coupling capacitor voltage transformers (CCVT),
are connected to the transmission side of the utility substation transformer. These voltage
sensors are wired to a 59N relay (3V0 function), which trips the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s
facility offline via utility breakers in the substation. This helps de-energize the ground fault
from all sources. Some substations may require protection for detecting transmission ground
faults other than 3V0. Customers should be aware that these modifications to the Company’s
substations require significant cost and time to install. The cost and time requirements are
provided in the interconnection studies according to the applicable jurisdictional state or
Regional ISO tariffs when performed for the Generator-Owner or IC.
9. For specific technical requirements of parallel generation to the Company distribution EPS,
see ESB 756 Appendices B, C, and D.

11
There may be other transformer configurations for which zero sequence continuity is broken and/or the
production facility is unable to reliably detect and trip offline for transmission ground faults. The Company
determines when and which type of transmission ground fault detection is required based on the
substation configuration on a case-by-case basis.

EXHIBIT 1: REFERENCE LIST OF STANDARD DEVICE NUMBERS

(See latest edition of ANSI C 37.2)
Device Number Function
25 Synchronizing Device
27 Undervoltage Relay
32 Directional Power Relay
46 Negative Sequence Voltage
50 Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay
51 Phase Overcurrent Relay
51C Voltage Controlled Overcurrent Relay
51N Neutral Overcurrent Relay
51V Overcurrent Relay, voltage restraint
52 Breaker
52R Recloser
59 Overvoltage Relay
59G Neutral Voltage Relay
59N Zero Sequence Voltage Relay
62 Time-delay Stopping or Opening Relay
64 Ground Protective Relay
81 Over and Under Frequency Relay
86 Locking - Out Relay
87 Differential Relay

(Refer to latest editions of NFPA 70B or IEEE Standard 141 for

typical electrical single-line diagram development.)
4.5.3 Relay Settings and Testing
1. Protection shall be provided by the Generator-Owner or IC such that abnormal conditions on
the Company’s EPS will not cause damage to generator facility equipment. Protection also
shall be provided by the Generator-Owner or IC such that abnormal conditions in the
generator facility equipment will not cause equipment damage or abnormal conditions on the
Company’s system.
2. Company-designated Relays and Generator-Owner or IC Settings: The Company will
review for acceptance the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s settings and the calibration and test
results of those relays that the Company's Protection Engineering Department designates
as being required to satisfy the Company’s protection practices. In addition, the Company
may require the relaying summary and logic diagrams depending on the complexity of the
installation. Any relay setting issued by the Company shall not be changed or modified at
any time without the prior written consent of the Company.
3. Company Verification of Relay Testing: Upon initial installation or modification, the
Company requires a letter from the Generator-Owner or IC stipulating that all Company–
designated protective devices shall have:
 control wiring verified against the accepted design drawings, and
 the calibration test performed satisfactorily according to the relay setting document of the
accepted design.
The Company reserves the right to witness the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s functional test of
the required devices, i.e., trip tests. This activity will normally be performed on a mutually
accepted schedule. At the Company’s sole discretion, the calibration and test by a third
party with Company approval of results may be an option. Refer to ESB 755 for additional
details on the Company’s policy regarding maintenance.

4. Generator-Owner or IC Supplied Relay Settings and Testing: The Generator-Owner or IC

shall be responsible to specify the settings, calibrate, test, and maintain the balance of their
equipment.
5. The NPCC has established criteria for periodically testing under frequency relays and
reporting their performance used for load shedding critical to system security. Details of
schedules, testing and reporting methods will be made available prior to synchronization.

5.0 OPERATING
5.1 Manual Disconnect Switch
The Generator-Owner or IC shall furnish and install an electrical load break disconnect switch
accessible at all times to the Company. For disconnect switch requirements of generator
facilities connected to distribution systems, see ESB 756 Appendices B, C, and D. This
disconnect shall be connected between the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility and the
connection point to the Company EPS. The visible disconnecting means may consist of a
group-operated load air break switch and fuse, or group operated air break switch and circuit
breaker. It shall be capable of being locked in the open position and have provisions for both
Company and Generator-Owner or IC padlocks. This disconnect device shall be identified by a
permanent sign as designated by the Company. Operation of this switch for any change in its
status shall be immediately reported to the Company.
5.2 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)
5.2.1 The Company reserves the right to open or order open the connection to the Generator-
Owner or IC via circuit breaker, switches, etc., to isolate the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s
equipment without prior notice for the following reasons:
5.2.1.1 Emergency conditions on the transmission system that need to be relieved
immediately requiring such action. Emergencies include but are not limited to:
 Voltage excursions in excess of ±5% of nominal.
 Transmission system elements subjected to loading (pre- or post-
contingency) in excess of thermal ratings where disconnection alleviates the
problem.
 Situations involving restoration of service.
 Excess generation on the Company’s EPS.
Note: When reduced generation output alleviates the problem, it may be
ordered by the Company.
5.2.1.2 When the Company’s periodic check of Generator-Owner’s or IC’s equipment
reveals a hazardous condition, a lack of necessary maintenance, or a lack of
maintenance records for equipment necessary to protect the Company’s EPS.
5.2.1.3 When generating equipment interferes with other generator facilities, other
customers, or with the operation of the Company’s equipment. See Section 4.4.1
herein for Generation Criteria.
5.2.1.4 When required protective relaying and/or tele-protection is altered, inoperable, or
missing.
5.2.1.5 When required special equipment necessary for operating control (e.g.,
telemetering/SCADA) on the Company’s EPS is inoperable or missing.
5.2.2 Only the Company may permit the Generator-Owner or IC to energize a de-energized
Company circuit for system restoration.
5.3 Other
1. In some instances, it may be required for Company operation of circuit protective devices
and switches integral to the Company EPS within the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s facility.
- 25 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756A-2018 ver. 3.0

2. Sequence of events recorders shall be installed to log events such as limiter operation and
protective trips (target logs) and generator performance during severe disturbances.
3. The Company or Regional ISO may, during emergency situations, implement voltage
reduction as a load relief measure. The Generator-Owner or IC is responsible for any
additional equipment necessary to remain on-line during such voltage reductions, refer to
Section 4.0 herein.
4. Should the Generator-Owner’s or IC’s generator facility experience unexpected tripping of
their interrupting device, the Generator-Owner or IC shall first perform their own extensive
analysis of all possible causes for trips of their own system before attempting to resolve
those issues through the Company.
5. Refer to Section 2.1.1 herein and ESB 755 for other Generator-Owner or IC operating
responsibilities.

6.0 REVISION HISTORY

Version Date Description of Revision
1.0 06/01/07 Initial version of new document superseding all previous revisions of ESB 756.
1.1 09/06/11 Permit study of DG on area networks in Section 1.1, no other technical changes, only
formatting and general editing based on September 2010 ESB 750 Series Errata changes.
1.2 09/22/14 Added reference in Section 2.2.1.2 to ESB 751 released in June 2014. Editorial correction
to Table header in Section 4.5.2.8.5.
2.0 08/03/17 June 2017 major revision incorporating NY, MA, RI, NH, and VT jurisdictions and good
utility practice changes.
2.1 12/15/17 October-December 2017 interim amendments to Sections 4.1.1.2 and 4.4.1.5.
3.0 06/29/18 June 2018 revised for IEEE 1547-2018 and updated National Grid practices.

Distributed Generation Connected To

National Grid Distribution Facilities Per The
New York State Standardized Interconnection
Requirements

Version 5.0, 06/29/2018

ESB 756 Appendix B is part of the ESB 750 series

ESB756B-0618_v5 06-29-2018.docx
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
TABLE of CONTENTS .................................................................................................... 2
1.0 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 4
2.0 Scope .................................................................................................................... 4
3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Guidelines ...................................................... 5
4.0 Definitions.............................................................................................................. 6
5.0 Interconnection Customer Interface Procedures ................................................... 7
5.1 APPLICATION PROCESS OVERVIEW ................................................................................ 7
5.1.1 Interconnection Customer Technical Data Submission ......................................... 7
5.1.1.1 Control Diagrams........................................................................................... 8
5.1.1.2 Interconnection Facility Equipment Data Sheets ............................................ 8
5.1.1.3 Site Plan ........................................................................................................ 8
5.1.1.4 Data Required for Energy Storage System Applications ................................ 8
5.1.1.5 Data Required for Facility or Campus-style Microgrid Applications ................ 9
5.2 INTERCONNECTION PROCESS – NON EXPEDITED ............................................................. 9
5.3 OBJECTIVES IN THE APPLICATION PROCESS ................................................................... 9
5.4 CONSIDERATIONS DURING THE APPLICATION PROCESS FOR DER INTERCONNECTIONS IN
SECONDARY GRID AND SPOT NETWORK AREAS .......................................................................11
5.5 INTERCONNECTION CHARGES .......................................................................................12
Table 5.5-1: DER Projects Not Eligible for the Expedited Process where no EPS upgrades
are expected ......................................................................................................................12
Table 5.5-2: DER Projects Not Eligible for the Expedited Process (Complex) ....................13
6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection ........................................................ 13
6.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS .........................................................................................13
Illustration 6.1.5-1: Typical DG Installation Areas on Radial Distribution Feeders...............14
6.2 SIGNIFICANT EPS CONSIDERATIONS .............................................................................15
6.2.1 Direct Transfer Trip ..............................................................................................15
6.2.2 Transmission Ground Fault Detection..................................................................15
Illustration 6.2.2-1: Simple One Line for Transmission Ground Faults for Typical Substation
Transformer Configuration .................................................................................................16
7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements..................................................... 16
7.1 GENERAL CRITERIA ......................................................................................................17
7.1.1 Single Phase........................................................................................................17
7.1.2 Three Phase ........................................................................................................17
7.1.3 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance ................................................................17
7.1.4 Neutral Stabilization, Ground Fault, and Grounding .............................................18
7.2 SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND REVENUE METERING .............................................................18
7.2.1 Service Equipment Requirements........................................................................18
7.2.2 Company Revenue Metering Requirements ........................................................19
7.2.3 Company Revenue Metering Requirements for VDER of Paired ESS plus
Renewable DG ..................................................................................................................19
7.3 TRANSFORMER ............................................................................................................19
7.3.1 Secondary Served Customers .............................................................................19
7.3.2 Primary and Higher Voltage Served Customers...................................................20
7.3.2.1 Effectively Grounded, Four-wire Multi-grounded 3-phase Wye EPS: ............20
7.3.2.2 Not Effectively Grounded, Three-wire 3-phase EPS: ....................................21
7.4 MANUAL GENERATOR DISCONNECTING MEANS .............................................................21
7.5 GENERATOR INTERRUPTING DEVICE REQUIREMENTS .....................................................22
7.5.1 General................................................................................................................22
7.5.2 Local Power Supply Requirements ......................................................................22
7.6 PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ..........................................22
7.6.1 Type Tested (Certified) Equipment ......................................................................23
7.6.2 Non-Type Tested Equipment ...............................................................................23

-2-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
7.6.3 Number of Relays Required.................................................................................23
7.6.3.1 Certified Inverter-based Energy Resource Protection Requirements ............23
7.6.3.2 Non-Certified Energy Resource Protection Requirements ............................24
7.6.4 Instrument Transformers for Protective Device Relays ........................................24
7.6.4.1 Current Transformers (CT)............................................................................24
7.6.4.2 Voltage Transformers (VT) and Connections ................................................24
7.6.5 Protective Relay and Trip Circuit Hard-Wire Requirements..................................25
7.6.6 Protective Relay Test Switch Requirements ........................................................25
7.6.7 Voltage Relay Devices.........................................................................................25
7.6.8 Frequency Relay Devices ....................................................................................25
7.6.9 Synchronizing Devices.........................................................................................26
7.6.10 Overcurrent Relay Devices ..................................................................................26
7.6.11 Utility Grade Relay and Protective Device Settings and Verification.....................26
7.6.11.1 Default Voltage and Frequency Set points for all types of Energy Resources
26
Table 7.6.11.1-1 Utility Grade Relay and Parallel Generation Default Voltage & Frequency
Set points...........................................................................................................................26
7.6.11.2 Synchronism Check Setting Requirements for all types of Generation..........26
Table 7.6.11.2-1 Relay Settings to Parallel with the Company EPS ...................................27
7.6.11.3 Company-designated Relays and Interconnection Customer Settings ..........27
7.6.11.4 Company Verification of Relay Testing .........................................................27
7.6.12 Unintentional Islanding Protection for DER ..........................................................27
7.6.12.1 General.........................................................................................................27
7.6.12.2 Islanding risk mitigation methods required ....................................................28
7.6.12.3 Certified DER................................................................................................29
7.6.12.4 Non-certified & voltage or frequency regulating inverters, induction &
synchronous machines...................................................................................................29
7.7 MONITORING AND CONTROL (M&C) AT DER FACILITY ...................................................29
Table 7.7-1 Monitoring and Control Requirements by Size for DER (1)..............................30
7.8 VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY RIDE THROUGH AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS....................32
7.8.1 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through..................................................................32
7.8.2 Voltage and Frequency Control ...........................................................................32
Table 7.8.2.2-1: Default Mode Settings for Inverter-based Utility Interactive DER ..............32
7.8.3 Return to Service .................................................................................................32
Table 7.8.3-1: Return to Service Parameters for DER........................................................33
8.0 Testing and Commissioning ................................................................................ 33
9.0 Operating............................................................................................................. 33
10.0 Power Quality Monitoring ................................................................................. 34
10.1 POWER QUALITY COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION ................................................................34
10.2 POWER QUALITY DISTURBANCE AND MITIGATION ..........................................................34
10.3 TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGE/LOAD REJECTION OVERVOLTAGE (LROV) ...........................34
11.0 Facility Audit..................................................................................................... 34
12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)....................................................... 35
13.0 REVISION HISTORY ....................................................................................... 35
EXHIBITS ATTACHED.................................................................................................. 35
EXHIBIT 1: COMPANY REQUIREMENTS FOR DER SYSTEMS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR THE EXPEDITED
PROCESS ................................................................................................................................36
EXHIBIT 2: REFERENCE MAPS OF NATIONAL GRID UPSTATE NY SECONDARY NETWORK EPS
AREAS ....................................................................................................................................37
EXHIBIT 3: DISTRIBUTION SECONDARY GRID AND SPOT NETWORK DESCRIPTION .....................38
EXHIBIT 4: RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL SINGLE-LINE
DIAGRAM SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................39

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
FIGURE 1: SAMPLE DISTRIBUTED GENERATOR ONE-LINE DIAGRAM .........................................40
FIGURE 2: TYPICAL SYMBOLOGY FOR ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ...............................................41
EXHIBIT 5: RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR FUNCTIONAL SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM SUBMITTALS42
FIGURE 3: SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM .........................................................43
FIGURE 4: TYPICAL 3V0 REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCAL EPS GROUND FAULT DETECTION ............44
FIGURE 5: TYPICAL OVERHEAD SINGLE PRIMARY SERVICE CONFIGURATION IN NY FOR LARGE
DER INSTALLATIONS...............................................................................................................45
EXHIBIT 6: NET METERING COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION CHECKLIST .........................................46

1.0 Purpose
1. Electric System Bulletin (ESB) 756 Appendix B covers requirements for interconnecting
customers proposing to install a distributed energy resource (DER) system (“Interconnection
Customer” or “Customer”) to National Grid’s (the “Company”) upstate NY electric power
system (EPS) for State jurisdictional projects.
2. ESB 756 Appendix B does not cover the technical state and federal transmission operator
jurisdictional requirements (NY ISO (New York Independent System Operator) and FERC
(Federal Energy Regulatory Commission)) for connection to the Company’s transmission
EPS, community microgrids, and parallel operated DER systems and on-site generators
(OSG) larger than 5 MW that are covered by the Company’s ESB 756 Appendix A. 1
3. This ESB supplements ESB 750 and the New York State Standardized Interconnection
Requirements and Application Process For New Distributed Generators 5 MW or Less
Connected in Parallel with Utility Distribution Systems (NY SIR) covered in Rule 53 of the
Company’s P.S.C.2 No. 220 Electricity Tariff and provides general technical requirements,
recommendations, and assistance to customers regarding DER systems, having an
aggregate nameplate rating of 5 MW or less, connected in parallel to the Company’s
distribution EPS. The NY SIR does not apply to DER systems larger than 5 MW. Each DER
interconnection project will be individually evaluated relative to its unique technical and
engineering parameters. As such, the Company reserves the right to amend or revise the
technical requirements of this document, should it be justified by a project’s unique
circumstances.
4. ESB 756 and this Appendix B are available on the Company’s website at
http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications and in printed form by contacting the
Call Center in New York (see inside cover of ESB 750 for Customer Service Center
telephone numbers). However, since printed copies may not reflect the latest updates,
please refer to the Company’s website for the latest authorized versions.

2.0 Scope
1. This Appendix B to ESB 756 is provided to assist an Interconnection Customer (IC) desiring
to interconnect a generator facility to National Grid’s EPS to meet requirements for all
generating interfacing equipment to be designed, installed, interconnected, tested, and
operated in accordance with applicable government, industry, and Company standards.
2. These requirements are limited and apply to only those types of parallel generation covered
by the NY SIR connected to the Company’s EPS that are net energy metered (NEM)

1
For wholesale (i.e., FERC jurisdictional) tariff requirements, please refer to the following New York
Independent System Operator (“NYISO”)
websites: http:__//www.nyiso.com/public/markets_operations/services/planning/documents/index.jsp?doc
s=interconnection-studies/other-interconnection-
documents, http://www.nyiso.com/public/markets_operations/documents/technical_bulletins/index.jsp,
and http://www.nyiso.com/public/markets_operations/documents/manuals_guides/index.jsp.
2
New York State Public Service Commission (PSC or N.Y.P.S.C.).
-4-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
generation sources (“NEM Classes”) 2 MW or less or non-NEM generation sources with a
nameplate rating of 5 MW or less including other distributed energy resources (DER) such
as energy storage systems (ESS), facility or campus-style microgrids, and where DER
owners, or DER owners as clients of registered aggregators, sign onto a retail tariff with the
intent to sell energy or ancillary services to the retail market. For FERC jurisdictional
projects connected to the Company’s distribution EPS, the technical provisions of this
document also apply in conjunction with ESB 756 Appendix A. Where conflicts arise, the
technical provisions of ESB 756 Appendix B take precedence.
3. These requirements apply only to those points in which the IC and the Company have a
mutual interest in the DER facility’s or premises’ wiring service connection to ensure safety
to the public and the Company employees as well as satisfactory operation, compatibility,
and reliability with the electrical supply to others served by the Company’s EPS. This
includes, but is not limited to,
 the location of the service point and facilities under the Company’s exclusive control,
such as the Company’s metering to be installed at any point on either side of the service
point;
 service lateral;
 service equipment; and
 the Company’s need to automatically isolate parallel sources of the DER facility from the
EPS should there be an unacceptable disturbance, event, or condition within the facility.
Conditions of electric service are based on governmental laws or regulations that determine
the Company’s authority to provide electric service under their respective jurisdictional
electricity tariffs. See 90.2(B)(5) in the National Electrical Code® and the Company’s ESB
750 for more information.
4. For the Company’s interconnection process requirements of the NY SIR, please refer to the
retail tariff requirements at the following Company website:
NY: https://www9.nationalgridus.com/niagaramohawk/business/energyeff/4_app-pkg.asp
5. These requirements may also be applied, at the discretion of the Company, to other
methods used to generate electricity in parallel with the Company’s EPS not covered by the
NYS Renewable Portfolio Standard (NYS RPS) and Clean Energy Standard (NYS CES),
including but not limited to energy storage system (ESS) facilities, regenerative drives used
in elevators, and component power inverters used in exercise equipment and any other
micro scale type energy recapture systems.

3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Guidelines

1. The IC’s DER system shall conform to the latest revision of all local, state and federal codes
and national standards that apply; including issued amendments unless the Company has
taken exception to such standard. Specific codes and standards applicable to this bulletin
include, but are not limited to:
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Std. 1547 “Standard for
Interconnection and Interoperability of Distributed Energy Resources with Associated
Electric Power Systems Interfaces”
 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Std. 1741 “Standard for Inverters, Converters,
Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy
Resources”
 ANSI/IEEE C2 “National Electrical Safety Code®” (NESC)
 NFPA 70 “National Electrical Code®” (NEC)
 NFPA 70B “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance”
 NFPA 70E “Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace”
 NETA-MTS "Maintenance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems"

-5-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
2. The IC’s DER system shall also conform to any applicable requirements of the N.Y.P.S.C. or
NYS Department of Public Service Staff (DPS) and any local, state, federal and/or other
agencies from which a review, approval, or a permit is required.
 The minimum “fall zone” clearance of wind turbine generators (WTG) shall be in
accordance with the local governmental authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and in any
case, shall not be less than 125% of maximum WTG height measured horizontally to the
Company’s EPS equipment.
Refer to ESB 750 for additional information regarding specifications for electrical
installations. The Interconnection Customer is responsible for securing and coordinating
all required easements and permits for installation of equipment on the proposed site.
3. The IC shall comply with the latest revision of the appropriate Company ESB or Electricity
Tariff requirements, which cover details for the customer’s electric service installation.
These include:
 ESB 750 - Specifications for Electrical Installations
 ESB 751 - General Requirements Above 600-volt Service3
 ESB 752 - Service Above 15,000 volts
 ESB 753 - Primary Meter Pole
 ESB 754 - Outdoor Pad Mounted or Vault Enclosed Single and Three Phase
Transformer
 ESB 755 - Operation & Maintenance Requirements for Services Above 600 Volts
 ESB 758 - Primary Service to Metal Enclosed Gear
 P.S.C. No. 220 – Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation’s Electricity Rate Tariff
(Electricity Tariff)
 P.S.C. No. 220, Rule 53 - Standard Interconnection Requirements and Application
Process for New Distributed Generators 5 MW or Less Connected in
Parallel to Utility Distribution Systems
Refer to Exhibits 4 and 5 and Figures 1 through 4 for information when submitting single-
line diagrams to the Company’s electronic mail address at DistributedGenerationServices-
[email protected].

4.0 Definitions
See ESB 750, ESB 756, Rule 53 of the Electricity Tariff, and the NY SIR for definitions of
special terms. The following terms are defined for the purposes of this document.
1. Certified: Equipment that is approved by examination for safety; see NEC Articles 90 and
110.
2. Certified DER: A UL 1741 certified inverter.
3. Generator: Equipment that produces power.
4. Generator Set or Genset: The singular assembly of an electrical generator and a prime
mover.
5. Line section: Any EPS circuit segment that can be isolated via an automatic interrupting
device such as a sectionalizer, recloser, or circuit breaker.
6. Non-certified DER: Any induction or synchronous DER, or non-UL 1741 inverter.
7. Prime Mover: The equipment that drives the generator to output power. For example, in a
typical motor operated generator, i.e., M-G set, the motor would be considered the prime
mover, or for photovoltaic installations the DC panel arrays on a solar facility would be
considered the prime mover.
8. Recloser: A line protective device having automatic interruption and controlled reclosing
characteristics.
9. Utility Grade: Refers to protective device equipment complying with ANSI/IEEE C37.90,
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 and ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2.

3
ESB 751 Applies regardless of service voltage for DER systems.
-6-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
The terms Customer, distributed generator (DG), distributed resource (DR), distributed energy
resource (DER), interconnection customer (IC), and isolation are defined in the NY SIR.

5.0 Interconnection Customer Interface Procedures

5.1 Application Process Overview
This section outlines the process for an IC to receive Company approval to interconnect DER
systems to the Company’s distribution EPS.4 This process is intended for the following:
1. New DER systems with a nameplate rating of 5 MW or less, as aggregated on the customer
side of the point of common coupling (PCC), that are eligible under the NY SIR process and;
2. Review of any modifications affecting the Company’s distribution EPS and service
connection interface at the PCC of existing IC DER systems that:
(i) Have a nameplate rating of 5 MW or less as aggregated on the customer side of the
PCC;
(ii) Are eligible under the NY SIR process; and
(iii) Have been connected to the Company’s EPS where an existing interconnection
agreement and/or power purchase agreement between the IC and the Company is in
place.
This application process and its requirements do not apply to generation equipment that will
never be allowed to operate in parallel with the Company’s EPS. For example, this process
does not apply to emergency standby generators with break-before-make transfer switches and
any other generation sources that operate independently of any connection to the Company’s
EPS and have no provision for such connection (even for a short period of time).
Prior to submitting an application, an IC or their agent should review National Grid’s collection of
maps identify potential DG project sites. This collection of maps and information is accessible
via the National Grid System Data Portal.5 Each tab provides unique information regarding
distribution level electrical circuits in National Grid’s Upstate New York service territory. Users
of the portal can utilize the provided information to gain insight into the current state of National
Grid’s electrical system in New York and get a better idea of locations that are most
accommodating to the interconnection of DG. The Hosting Capacity map is one such tab that
helps to identify the best locations for these types of projects. In addition, the pre-application
process in the NY SIR is another tool to gather information about the utility system when
considering a proposed DG site. Note that the portal and maps are not a guarantee that an IC
can connect at any particular time and place. A number of factors drive the ability and cost of
interconnecting DG to the area EPS and actual interconnection requirements and costs will be
determined following the NY SIR process. Studies will consider the specific project location,
operating characteristics, and timing. Additionally, environmental and other required permits are
independent of National Grid’s interconnection process and may limit the suitability of a
particular site.
5.1.1 Interconnection Customer Technical Data Submission
The IC shall submit, at the time of application, all relevant technical documentation as indicated
in the NY SIR. The Company reserves the right to request additional information as needed
specific to the interconnection of IC equipment including, but not limited to, three line diagrams,
control diagrams, equipment test reports and other information; see the Company’s ESB 751.
The Customer shall provide proof of land ownership or rights to land use.

4
If the Company approves an application to interconnect a DER facility to the Company’s distribution
EPS, the terms and conditions of that approval will be set forth in an Interconnection Agreement, which is
a legally binding document that can only be changed by a written document signed by both parties. See
Appendices A and H in the NY SIR.
5
See https://ngrid.apps.esri.com/NGSysDataPortal/NY/index.html.
-7-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
5.1.1.1 Control Diagrams
The IC shall submit to the Company all control diagrams (“DC control schematics”) of the
equipment associated with the interconnection protective system. Control diagrams depict
all logic used to control the interconnection protective devices. Relay logic diagrams shall
be provided for utility-grade relay functions meeting utility requirements.
5.1.1.2 Interconnection Facility Equipment Data Sheets
The IC shall submit to the Company all technical data associated with the specific
distribution, protection, and generation equipment included in the project. Submitted
documentation shall highlight product numbers and information for the specific
equipment/devices that will be installed as part of the project. Examples of required
documentation specific to distributed energy resources include but are not limited to:
 Rotating machine impedance parameters for modeling
 Inverter-based system models and validation test data
 Inverter islanding detection information, including brief description of islanding
detection method, parameters monitored, parameters perturbed (for active islanding
methods), and whether positive feedback-based methods are to be used
5.1.1.3 Site Plan
A site plan shall be submitted showing the location of major customer equipment, the
Company equipment to be installed on site, and site details that will be helpful to define
accessibility of the site. The site plan shall show the following equipment at minimum:
1. Interfacing transformer(s)
2. Interrupting device(s)
3. Isolation devices(s) (e.g. generator disconnect)
4. Point of Common Coupling (PCC)
5. Company pole number nearest to the proposed PCC
6. Existing and proposed access road(s) including, at a minimum, road material, and
dimensions to confirm Company personnel and equipment access requirements are
met.
7. Restricted accesses, fences, gates and access controls.
8. Generator location
9. Existing service(s)
Site plans shall be to scale with approximate distances indicated, north arrow and scale bar.
In addition to site plan, the Company may request an assessor survey map to determine
property lines, wetlands, and easements.
5.1.1.4 Data Required for Energy Storage System Applications
For applications having ESS facilities proposed, additional information may be required at
the time of application for interconnection such as but not limited to:
 Method of ESS connection whether: (1) ESS directly connected to utility EPS; (2)
Distributed Generator (DG) and ESS DC coupled; (3) DG and ESS AC coupled; and (4)
ESS on load side of service point and utility revenue meter with the premises load, as
applicable to the proposal.
 Sequence of operation for the charging and discharging capabilities of the ESS and the
maximum ramp rate in Watts/second.
 Non-UL 1741 listed inverters will require a utility intertie relay with the appropriate IEEE
1547 functions, settings, and islanding protection according to the Company’s ESB
756 jurisdictional requirements.

-8-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
5.1.1.5 Data Required for Facility or Campus-style Microgrid Applications
Additional information may be required at the time of application for interconnection specific
to the facility or campus-style microgrid proposed operation. Facility or campus-style
microgrid applications have certain characteristics described here, all of which fall under
the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) definition.6
Such microgrids consist of one or more buildings and the relationship with the connection to
the Company’s EPS is characterized as either a single customer-of-record or a single
operating entity on one property. These can take several forms such as:
1. A single building under a common property owner with a common customer account.
The microgrid has generation resources that can operate in parallel with the electric grid
or in island mode.
2. A single building under a common property owner/customer, with multiple direct-metered
accounts. The microgrid is configured so that all customers within the building can share
the benefits of DER.
3. Multiple buildings owned by a common property owner where microgrid loads and DER
are tied with common electric distribution facilities generally not owned by the Company.
These facility or campus-style microgrids are premises wiring systems governed by the NEC
as adopted by the local jurisdictional authority.7
5.2 Interconnection Process – Non Expedited
The process for installation of those facilities the Company deems necessary for interconnection
of the DER system will be specified by the Company in response to the IC’s application in
accordance with the NY SIR. See Exhibit 1 for Company Requirements for Projects Not
Eligible for the Expedited Process.
5.3 Objectives in the Application Process
1. Parallel operation of a generator becomes integrated with the Company’s EPS, in which the
IC and the Company have a mutual interest. The interconnection must preserve the safety,
reliability, security, power quality, and operational efficiency needs of the Company’s EPS.
This is necessary to ensure safety to the public and to Company employees and satisfactory
operation and compatibility with the electrical supply to others. The steps and timing
requirements of the application process are identified within the NY SIR.
2. Additional site-specific requirements may be indicated once the supply voltage, service
arrangement, location, and generation purpose is determined, where such Customer
proposed purpose can be either:
 peak shaving,8
 NEM, remote NEM (RNM),
 Value Stack hourly consumption metering (e.g., eligible RNM, large on-site, and
community distributed generation (CDG) projects that do not qualify for NEM or Phase
One NEM, and ESS paired with an eligible generation technology), or
 export of energy with an agreement for sales9 all according to the Company’s Electricity
Tariff provisions.

6
The U.S. DOE defines a microgrid as “[a] group of interconnected loads and distributed energy
resources (DER) with clearly defined electrical boundaries that acts as a single controllable entity with
respect to the grid [and can] connect and disconnect from the grid to enable it to operate in both grid
connected and island mode.”
7
See NFPA 70-2017, NEC for installation requirements of premises wiring systems related to microgrids.
8
Peak shaving generation is customer-owned generation operated in parallel with the Company’s EPS to
reduce a customer’s electrical demand. Unlike net metering, peak shaving generation, if not authorized
under “behind the meter” NY ISO programs (see ESB 756 Appendix A), is not permitted to flow into the
utility supply system upstream of the billing meter and will require the installation of protection devices
(e.g., reverse power relays) to limit such power export onto the Company’s EPS. The Company’s
revenue metering is detented in this case to prevent reverse billing meter registration.
-9-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
3. For new electric service or modifications to the electric service connection to accommodate
the Customer’s parallel generator, refer to the Company’s latest revision of ESB No. 750,
Specifications for Electrical Installations. The IC will be responsible for any permitting and
conformance to the latest revision of all local, state and federal codes and national
standards that apply. For example:
 Under NY Building Code requirements, the IC will need to provide evidence of electrical
inspection approval from their local code enforcement agency for their premises wiring
installation.
 The IC will also be responsible for any additional costs associated with work completed
by another entity (such as telephone company pole sets). The IC should be aware that
project construction schedules can be severely impacted by this other work.
4. When considering a new or modified DER interconnection arrangement, the following forms
in the Company’s Electricity Tariff are required to be submitted to the Company as
applicable:
 “Form “K” Appendix A Niagara Mohawk Power Corporation d/b/a National Grid New
York State Standardized Contract for Interconnection of New Distributed Generation
Units with Capacity of 5 MW or Less Connected in Parallel with Utility Distribution
Systems.”
 For applications not eligible under Phase One NEM including Value Stack such as
ineligible technologies or projects > 5 MW, “General Information for Connection of On-
Site Generators Application for Electric Standby Service Form “G”.”
5. Any subsequent sale of an On-Site Generator (OSG) facility covered by the requirements of
the NY SIR will require the new owner to establish a separate interconnection agreement
(Form K) for the generation with the Company and comply with these parallel generation
requirements.
6. Refer to:
 The steps to install DER systems in New York as specified in the NY SIR,
 The Company’s Electricity Tariff,
 The Company’s Distributed Generation Services electronic mail address for general
inquiries: [email protected], and
 The Company’s Distributed Generation’s web site when making an application with the
Company to interconnect a DER system with additional information and specific forms as
follows: https://ngus.force.com/s/
7. The application process and attendant services are offered by the Company on a non-
discriminatory basis to any IC. As part of the process, the Company may identify the need
for detailed engineering studies (Coordinated Electric System Interconnection Review or
CESIR), EPS upgrades and additional protection requirements. As allowed by the NY SIR
and the Company’s Electricity Tariff, the costs of the detailed study and upgrades are the
responsibility of the IC. If the IC makes significant changes in the design or installation
scheduling of their DER system, then any previous information furnished by the Company to
the IC is subject to review and possible change, which may cause a delay in service.
8. A CESIR presents the analysis results of the Company’s interconnection study based on the
proposed interconnection and service plan submission from the Interconnection Customer.
The intent of the CESIR is to assess the project’s feasibility, determine its impact on the
utility’s EPS, determine interconnection scope and installation requirements, and determine
costs associated with interconnecting the Interconnection Customer’s generation to the
Company’s EPS.

9
An Agreement for Sales of Export Energy under a NY SIR application may be made per the Company’s
Electricity Tariff, Service Classification No. 6, and is a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA).
- 10 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
9. In accordance with the current NY SIR document, the Company will review and study the
proposed Interconnection Customer’s DG or ESS facility or hybrid facility project to
determine:
 if the project meets the applicable criteria considered in the CESIR process,
 if the addition of the DG or ESS facility or hybrid facility to the Company’s EPS results in
any system impacts, such as relay coordination issues, changes in fault current that
affect equipment ratings, voltage regulation problems, or changes to electric system
operation,
 if the DG and/or ESS facility or hybrid facility, as proposed, presents any potential to
“island” existing load presently being served from the Company’s EPS,
 if the DG and/or ESS facility or hybrid facility, as proposed, can effectively re-
synchronize after an outage to either the Company EPS, or an outage to the generator,
 a good faith, detailed estimate of the total cost of completion of the interconnection of the
proposed system, and the Customer’s cost responsibility for the required interconnection
equipment.
10. The CESIR does not address the Company’s future operations and maintenance (O&M)
associated with the Company’s EPS according to the Interconnection Customer
responsibilities under the NY SIR.
5.4 Considerations during the Application Process for DER
Interconnections in Secondary Grid and Spot Network Areas
1. When applying for a DER system to be interconnected within the Company’s secondary
area network and secondary spot network EPS located in the downtown districts of Albany,
Buffalo, Cortland, Glens Falls, Niagara Falls, Schenectady, Syracuse, Troy, Utica, or
Watertown, DER system installations on distribution secondary network systems may
require a study to be undertaken by the Company regardless of size, type or complexity to
ensure that the DER system does not degrade the reliability, power quality, safety, or
operation of the Company’s network system. Therefore, customers in the downtown
districts of Albany, Buffalo, Cortland, Glens Falls, Niagara Falls, Schenectady, Syracuse,
Troy, Utica, or Watertown should contact the Company at DistributedGenerationServices-
[email protected] to determine if the proposed location is served by a distribution
secondary network system. This should be done while the DER system is still in the
planning stage, and certainly before purchasing equipment or beginning installation. The
Company will review the IC’s plans and discuss options with the customer. Refer to
attached Exhibit 2 for area maps locating the Company’s secondary network service area
and the following link for more specific information
https://ngus.force.com/s/article/ka10W000000wnRaQAI/Upstate-NY-Secondary-Area-
Network-and-Secondary-Spot-Network-Maps
2. Unlike radial distribution systems that deliver power to each customer in a single path from
source to load, underground secondary area network systems deliver power to each
customer through a complex and integrated system of multiple transformers and
underground cables that are connected and operate in parallel; refer to attached Exhibit 3
for more information.
1. Connecting customer DER to the low voltage secondary networks can cause the power
flow on network feeders to shift (i.e., reverse) causing network protectors within the
network system to trip open. The Company’s network system protection is designed
without time delay. Synchronous generators are not permitted to interconnect to the
Company’s secondary voltage network systems. Small induction and inverter-based
generators are considered on the secondary voltage network systems on a case-by-
case basis.

- 11 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
2. Spot networks are similar to area networks except they serve a single premise.
Connection of DER systems on the spot networks are only permitted if the secondary
bus is energized by more than 50% of the number of installed network protectors as
required by the current version of the IEEE Std. 1547.
3. As a result, the connection of customer DER systems on networks (i) poses some
issues for the Company to maintain adequate voltage and worker safety and (ii) has the
potential to cause the reverse power flow on network feeders affecting network protector
operation within the network grid. Therefore, to ensure network safety and reliability
additional information will be required for the Company’s engineering analysis such as:
 Customer’s existing10 or proposed electric demand profile showing minimum load
during peak generation time,
 IC’s expected generation profile shown for a 24-hour period and typical seven (7)-
day duration based on nameplate generation rating, and
 IC’s complete electric service single-line diagram showing the configuration of the
proposed generation and other metered tenants, if any, up to the service point
supplied by the Company’s secondary network EPS.
5.5 Interconnection Charges
ICs shall be subject to charges for interconnection costs. To permit interconnected operations
with an IC, the Company may incur costs which are in excess of those it would have incurred
had the customer taken standard load service. These incremental costs are directly related to
the installation of those facilities the Company deems necessary for the interconnection of the
DER system. They include initial engineering evaluations, purchase and installation of
additional switching, transmission and distribution equipment at Company’s facilities, additional
safety provisions, engineering and administration. These costs shall be paid in full by the IC
prior to commencement of service in accordance with the Company’s Electricity Tariff, and the
NY SIR. For typical Company interconnection cost items expected to support those proposed
DER systems not eligible for the Expedited Process as defined in the NY SIR that will be
defined in a CESIR, see tables 5.5-1 and 5.5-2 which are not intended to be all inclusive. Costs
will be determined according to the Company’s Electricity Tariff and the NY SIR.
1. Payment requirements of the CESIR estimate are outlined in the NY SIR. The Company will
reconcile all charges to reflect actual cost responsibilities upon project completion. In the
event final charges are greater than the CESIR estimate, the Interconnection Customer will
be responsible for all final charges. In the event the final charges are lesser than the CESIR
estimate, the Company will reimburse excess charges.
2. The Company’s Customer Energy Integration (CEI) department shall be consulted for the
Interconnection Customer’s payments in accordance with the Company’s Electricity Tariff.
Table 5.5-1: DER Projects Not Eligible for the Expedited Process where no EPS upgrades
are expected
Item Typical Company Support Activities Attributed to Interconnection Customer's Electricity Tariff Rule
No. Project References
(Requiring Charges to the Customer)
1 Engineering acceptance review of Interconnection Customer’s construction design 24, 36, 37, 53
submittals where the Company has mutual interest such as service connection facilities,
meter mounting provisions, Company-designated protective devices and control schemes
according to the Company’s ESB 750 series.
2 Revenue metering equipment changes/additions. 25, 36, 37, 53

10
In addition, the Company may need to install recording equipment at all metered electricity users to
determine the total demand of the building's network service when obtaining the service connection’s
electric demand profile. The cost to the Customer-Generator will be according to the Company’s
electric customer load survey flat rate and charged in accordance with the terms of the Company’s
Electricity Tariff and NY SIR.

- 12 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
Item Typical Company Support Activities Attributed to Interconnection Customer's Electricity Tariff Rule
No. Project References
(Requiring Charges to the Customer)
3 Field audit of Interconnection Customer’s installation to accepted design. 24, 36, 37, 53
4 Field compliance verification - witness tests of IC’s protective devices coordinating with 24, 36, 37, 53
the Company’s Distribution EPS.
5 Project Management 53
Table 5.5-2: DER Projects Not Eligible for the Expedited Process (Complex)
Item Typical Company Support Activities Attributed to Interconnection Customer's Electricity Tariff Rule
No. Project References
(Requiring Charges to the Customer)
1 Distribution EPS upgrades (e.g., Current Limiting Fuses, Primary Conductors, Line 15-18, 28, 36, 37, 53
Reclosers, Switches, Voltage Regulators, Capacitors, etc.) as a result of DER system
impact.
2 Where Local EPS anti-islanding protection is required, Direct Transfer Trip (DTT) transmit 28, 36, 37, 53
addition to Distribution EPS substation feeder breaker (and/or Line Recloser) for DER
system impact on distribution feeder.
3 Where Company-provided Radio Communications can be applied, additions to support 28, 36, 37, 53
DTT equipment at Distribution EPS substation feeder breaker (and/or Line Recloser) for
DER system impact on distribution feeder.
4 Where Local EPS feeder selectivity may require prompt control measures for DER 28, 36, 37, 53
system impact on distribution feeder operations, Energy Management System Remote
Terminal Unit (EMS-RTU) for status & control addition at the IC system’s facility.
5 Service Connection modifications and additions for DER system impact on the 19-23, 28, 36, 37, 53
Company’s Distribution EPS.
6 Engineering acceptance review of IC's construction design submittals where the 24, 28, 36, 37, 53
Company has mutual interest such as service connection facilities, meter mounting
provisions, Company-designated protective devices and control schemes (e.g., DTT
receive package installation at DER system) according to the Company’s ESB 750
series.
7 Revenue metering equipment changes/additions. 25, 28, 36, 37, 53
8 Field audit of IC’s installation to accepted design. 24, 28, 36, 37, 53
9 Field compliance verification - witness tests of IC’s protective devices coordinating with 24, 28, 36, 37, 53
the Company’s Distribution EPS.
10 Project Management 28, 53

6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection

- 13 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
f. Ground fault over voltages
g. Risk of islanding
h. System restoration
i. Power system stability
j. System reinforcement
k. Metering
l. Arc flash
4. It is important to scrutinize the interconnection of Customer DER facilities to the
Company’s EPS so that any negative impacts to the Company’s EPS performance can
be avoided without degradation of EPS safety and reliability. It is the intent of any
Company study in accordance with the NY SIR requirements, when applicable, to avoid
negative power system impacts by identifying the particular type of impact that will occur
and determining the required equipment upgrades that can be installed to mitigate the
issue(s).
5. In general, DG facilities connected to various locations on the EPS (see Illustration
6.1.5-1) are initially evaluated for the maximum possible DER capacity under ideal
situations that can be installed on the Company’s EPS through technical screens in the
NY SIR. Where initial technical screens identify concerns on the Company’s EPS, site
specific system studies (e.g., available short circuit current contributions, minimum
network loading in light loading seasons, voltage regulator interactions, etc.) will be
required according to the NY SIR and will identify the interconnection requirements.
Illustration 6.1.5-1: Typical DG Installation Areas on Radial Distribution Feeders

- 14 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
1. On single-phase radial distribution systems, generator interconnections with
aggregate generator nameplate ratings over 50 kVA may require three-phase service
and will be determined by the Company on a case-by-case basis.
2. The EPS substation bus voltage regulation, transformer capacity, and high voltage
side protection may be impacted by large DER systems and the Company may
specify interconnection to a higher voltage EPS.
7. The Company’s substations are subject to fault duty limitations. Adding generation to
the Company’s EPS increases the amount of fault current imposed on the substations
and equipment located on the feeder(s). Exceeding the fault duties of equipment and
devices at the substation(s) and on the feeder(s) as a result of DER systems will not be
permitted and alternate methods of interconnection shall be explored or the replacement
at the expense of the IC of “overdutied” equipment and devices with the appropriate
ratings and of the Company’s standard design where this limit has been reached.
8. Normally, one service is provided to the customer according to the Company’s Electricity
Tariff, N.Y.P.S.C. No. 220. However, under specified conditions, multiple service
facilities may be supplied to the Customer from a Company Distribution EPS. The
interconnection of multiple services shall be specified by the Company within the
Company’s operating practices and electric service requirements.11
6.2 Significant EPS Considerations
6.2.1 Direct Transfer Trip
IEEE 1547 requires any DER on a distribution feeder to detect and be tripped offline
within two (2) seconds upon formation of an island from the area EPS. An island is a
condition in which a portion of an area EPS is energized solely by one or more Local
DERs while it is electrically separated from the rest of the area EPS. There are some
cases where a DER’s on-site equipment (such as voltage and frequency relaying or
islanding detection) cannot reliably detect utility islands. Where the Company
determines that a significant risk of islanding exists, DTT may be required. DTT
typically requires utility substation modifications to send a signal to trip the DER
facility offline when the substation breaker opens. This also typically requires the
Customer to lease a communication medium between the substation and the DER
facility, as well as install a receiver and tripping device in their facility. DTT has
inherent high costs and physical limitations associated with equipment installation
due to the typical leased telecommunication line requirement at the EPS source and
at the generator(s), as well as required utility substation modifications. The initial and
recurring costs for DTT are at the expense of the Interconnection Customer. See
section 7.6.12 for more detail on when DTT may be required, which includes but is
not limited to islanding
6.2.2 Transmission Ground Fault Detection
The addition of generation sources to distribution feeders can result in the
backfeeding of the substation transformers, effectively turning a station designed for
load into a generation step-up transformer. The Company’s most common
distribution substation transformer has a delta connection on the transmission side
and a wye-grounded connection on the distribution side. Due to the transformer's
configuration,12 it cannot contribute zero sequence ground fault current to single line
to ground faults on a transmission line, and the voltage on the unfaulted phases rises
significantly and rapidly. These overvoltages have the potential to exceed insulation
levels of the station and transmission line equipment, and maximum continuous
11
See Section 3 in the Company’s ESB 750 for more information on multiple service requests.
12
There may be other transformer configurations for which zero sequence continuity is broken and/or the
DER is unable to reliably detect and trip offline for transmission ground faults. The Company determines
when and which type of transmission ground fault detection is required based on the substation
configuration on a case-by-case basis.
- 15 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
operating voltage of surge arresters. This situation can also leave transmission
ground faults energized by the distribution-connected DER. Zero sequence voltage
protection (commonly referred to as “3V0”) on the primary side of the transformer is
required in order to detect these overvoltage conditions. This 3V0 protection will
disconnect the generation from the substation transformer, and stop the generation
and transformer from contributing to the transmission-side overvoltage condition.
If the Company determines there is a likelihood of a zero sequence overvoltage
event, transmission ground fault detection equipment and substation modifications
may be required.
Illustration 6.2.2-1: Simple One Line for Transmission Ground Faults for Typical
Substation Transformer Configuration

Transmission
Distribution
System
System
13.8kV 115kV Ground
Fault

DER cannot reliably

see transmission Remote End
DER Breaker Transmission
ground fault and
continues to
59N OPENs upon Sources
energize the fault detecting
fault
3V0 (59N relay) trips the
substation feeder breakers
to disconnect the DER
contribution to the ground
fault to de-energize the fault

Illustration 6.2.2-1 shows an example transformer configuration for which it is difficult

for distribution-connected DERs to detect and trip for transmission ground faults.
Where the DER can contribute to this condition without tripping on the 88%
undervoltage trip point, 3V0 may be required to be installed at the substation. Three
voltage sensors (typically coupling capacitor voltage transformers (CCVT), are
connected to the transmission side of the utility substation transformer. These
voltage sensors are wired to a 59N relay (“3V0” or “zero sequence overvoltage”
function), which trips the DER offline via utility breakers in the substation. This helps
de-energize the ground fault from all sources. (Not all details or configurations are
shown. Some substations may require protection for detecting transmission ground
faults other than 3V0). Customers should be aware that these modifications to the
Company’s substations require significant cost and time to install. The cost and time
requirements are provided in the CESIR according to the NY SIR and the Company’s
Electricity Tariff when performed for the Interconnection Customer.

7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements

From the perspective of interconnection, there are three main types of customer generation
systems that interface to the EPS. These include:
 Induction Generators
 Static Power Converters (inverter-based)
 Synchronous Generators
Each type has its own specific characteristics regarding synchronization equipment, protective
functions, starting practices, and electrical operating behavior. There may also be additional
specific requirements that may be identified as part of any CESIR that is performed for a
specific DER system and/or location. For the purposes of this bulletin, any reference to DER
ratings herein refers to the nameplate rating of the generation facility.
 For inverter-based generation, this shall refer to the nameplate rating of the inverter(s). De-
rating of inverter-based DER shall only be considered if the equipment is provided by the

- 16 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
IC’s manufacturer with a permanent means of reducing the rated output, and so marked with
an equipment nameplate stating the de-rated output.
 For rotating machines, this shall refer to the nameplate rating of the generator (as opposed
to the nameplate rating of the generator-set or prime mover). De-rating of rotating machine
generators by their prime mover capabilities shall not be permitted.
 Equipment nameplates shall meet ANSI standards. De-rating of DER facility equipment
shall be evaluated on a case-by-case basis, with consideration given to specific project
conditions, and will be accepted at the sole discretion of the Company.
For facility or campus-style microgrid connections, DER interconnection equipment, protective
systems and microgrid controllers connected at the PCC to the Company’s EPS are to be
designed and operated according to the Company’s requirements and specifications as well as
to applicable codes and industry standards. Facility or campus-style microgrids may be
permitted to automatically trip their PCC isolation device in order to island and serve the
premises load; however, this device is required to be blocked from closing until authorized to do
so by the Company. The control scheme that will disconnect and reconnect the facility or
campus-style microgrid from the Company’s EPS must be reviewed and approved by the
Company through the NY SIR process and is subject to witness testing and/or periodic testing
as necessary. These situations will require that specific operating protocols to ensure that
customer safety and the overall EPS safety and reliability are not in any way compromised.
7.1 General Criteria
The interconnection of all DER systems in parallel with the Company’s EPS requires safeguards
for synchronization and back feed situations in accordance with the NY SIR. Each specific
connection must be studied with respect to size, type, and the nature of the EPS at the
interconnection point. Only the results of a specific study can indicate the suitability of a given
DER system connection to the Company’s EPS and its possible economic viability. See Rule
53 of the Electricity Tariff and the NY SIR for detailed requirements.
7.1.1 Single Phase
Single-phase DER system connections to the Company’s EPS under 600 volts present
power quality and phase balance challenges. Single-phase connections shall have
these minimum characteristics:
 Nameplate rating of a single generator or group of generators equal to or less than
50 kVA unless otherwise specified by the Company on a case-by-case basis.
 Configured as a three-wire, line-to-line with neutral, or line-to-neutral with adequate
load balance.
 A dedicated service lateral with a dedicated transformer, when required by the
Company.
7.1.2 Three Phase
Other than permissible single-phase connections, three-phase connections are required.
The aggregated nameplate rating of all DER systems operating in parallel with the
Company’s EPS on the premise shall not exceed 5 MW per the requirements of the NY
SIR. For greater than 5 MW and networked subtransmission and transmission
applications, refer to ESB 756 Appendix A.
7.1.3 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance
1. The IC’s DER facility shall permit equal current in each phase conductor at the service
point or PCC. Voltage unbalance resulting from unbalanced currents shall not exceed
2% and shall not cause objectionable effects upon or interfere with the operation of the
Company’s facilities and service to others. This criterion shall be met with and without
generation.
2. The interconnection of the DER facility shall not affect the Company’s nominal voltage
delivery at the PCC by greater than 3%.

- 18 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
2. Permanent Plaques: At the service entrance equipment, the IC shall have a permanent
directory plaque to indicate all electric sources and the generator disconnect location(s)
on their premise in accordance with the NEC.
3. For large DER Customers with aggregate generation equal to or greater than 500 kW,
refer to the typical primary overhead service configuration requirements in Exhibit 5.
4. For situations where a higher voltage service connection is required, refer to the
Company’s ESB 752, 753, or 758 as applicable.
7.2.2 Company Revenue Metering Requirements
1. The Company will specify the location and arrangement of all equipment required for the
revenue metering of the IC’s service and DER facility as well as the monitoring of
compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, interconnection agreements, and power
purchase agreements. Reference the Company’s ESB 750, Section 7 for additional
information and requirements. The NY SIR and Rule 53 of the Electricity Tariff describe
qualifications for net metering. Where NEM does not apply, the Company’s revenue
metering will have multiple channels for power delivered and received for power
purchase agreements (PPA) or be detented13 for parallel import connections to prevent
reverse billing meter registration. When applicable, credit metering will be installed if
arrangements have been made for energy sales to the Company under a PPA; see
Service Classification No. 6 of the Electricity Tariff.
2. ICs may be required to provide a telecommunication line to each Company-owned
revenue meter location. This telecommunication line would only be required in the event
a cellular signal was not sufficient to provide reliable service for standard revenue meter
reporting. The telephone line shall be capable of direct inward dial without human
intervention or interference from other devices such as facsimile machines, etc. The
Company will make the final determination of any customer proposed alternate
telecommunications service for Company-owned revenue metering, if any, for the
specific Customer’s DER system installation.
7.2.3 Company Revenue Metering Requirements for VDER of Paired ESS plus
Renewable DG
Company-owned revenue meters are required at the PCC, renewable DG, and ESS in
the DER facility at the IC’s expense for paired ESS and renewable DG projects
applicable to NY value of DER (VDER) of the Company’s Electricity Tariff.
7.3 Transformer
7.3.1 Secondary Served Customers
Where the Company provides secondary service, the Company’s transformer is
standard for service delivery voltages offered in the Company’s Electricity Tariff; see
Section 3 in ESB 750. Maximum transformer size the Company will supply for a new
secondary connected DER connection is 500 kVA where the non-DER premises
electricity use is 500 kVA or less. Non-standard transformers will not be provided by the
Company. The Company will determine when dedicated services and a dedicated
transformer are required in order to reduce the impact on other adjacent customers. The
need for a dedicated transformer(s) may be determined at any point in the IC’s DER
facility’s life cycle. If a dedicated transformer(s) is required, the IC will be advised by the
Company in writing. The cost of the transformer(s) will be the responsibility of the IC
according to the Electricity Tariff and as permitted by the NY SIR. DER facilities
proposed on the customer side of an existing Company-owned transformer may require
the existing transformer service to be replaced under the following typical conditions,
although not all inclusive:
1. DER exceeds the Company’s transformer nameplate ratings.

13
“Detented metering” is measuring and registering power flow in a single direction by either mechanical,
or electronic, or programming means in a revenue meter.
- 19 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
2. Interconnection of DER to the customer side of the transformer creates undesirable
effects on the Company’s EPS.
3. Transformer is a non-standard design no longer provided by the Company’s
standard (see ESB 750 for standard service voltages) to meet the power quality,
safety, and/or reliability to the individual customer, or the EPS.
4. Existing transformer configuration is such that an additional primary side protection
scheme is needed for the DER facility to detect and trip the generation source for
faults on the Company’s EPS that requires the IC to have primary service.
7.3.2 Primary and Higher Voltage Served Customers
The Company reserves the right to specify the winding connections for the IC’s
interconnect transformer between the Company’s delivery point and the IC’s DER
system output terminals as well as whether it is to be grounded or ungrounded. The IC
shall provide their interconnection transformer’s specifications and ratings for the
Company’s review and acceptance in the CESIR process.
7.3.2.1 Effectively Grounded, Four-wire Multi-grounded 3-phase Wye EPS:
To avoid overvoltage on the distribution EPS and other customers, the
Company’s policy requires any DER facility 500 kW and above connected to a
four-wire multi-grounded distribution feeder to provide an effectively grounded
system with respect to the Company’s EPS. Refer to Section 7.1.4 for specific
grounding requirements.
The Company requires that the IC selects their interface transformer’s winding
configurations so that the DER system is interconnected effectively grounded.
The IC’s DER facility shall be designed such that it cannot connect to the
Company’s EPS without the means of effective grounding in service. In all
instances, when the means of effective grounding is out of service or
disconnected from the system, the DER facility shall be disconnected from the
Company’s EPS.
Any DER or aggregate DER below 500 kW in an IC’s facility may be permitted to
utilize a primary delta - secondary wye grounded or primary wye grounded –
secondary wye grounded transformer with an ungrounded source. The Company
reserves the right to require an effectively grounded source for generation at 250
kW and above depending on DER saturation and other conditions on individual
distribution EPS feeders.
Effective grounding may be accomplished with the following configurations:
1. A wye-grounded to wye-grounded transformer with a grounded generator
source.
2. A wye-grounded connected primary winding with a fully insulated neutral and
the secondary winding to have a delta connection. The insulated neutral is to
establish provisions for the addition of a grounding reactor or grounding
resistor in the event the generator's contribution to faults on the Company’s
EPS results in undesirable fault current values.
3. A wye-grounded to wye-grounded transformer with an associated grounding
transformer.
4. A delta primary winding with a primary side grounding transformer and having
any secondary configuration.
5. A wye-grounded primary with wye-ungrounded secondary with a primary side
grounding transformer.
6. A wye-ungrounded primary with wye-grounded or wye-ungrounded
secondary with a primary side grounding transformer.

- 20 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
7.3.2.2 Not Effectively Grounded, Three-wire 3-phase EPS:
On three-phase Company EPS circuits other than effectively grounded, only the
connection of ungrounded primary interface transformers shall be permitted. A
delta primary is normally required.
7.4 Manual Generator Disconnecting Means
1. In accordance with the NY SIR and the Company’s electric service requirements in ESB
750, inverter-based DER systems 25 kW and below are not required to have a separate
manual generator disconnect switch if the unit has a disconnecting means integrated into
the design and meets the requirements of the NEC.
2. For those DER systems requiring a manual generator disconnect switch, these isolation
devices shall meet applicable UL, ANSI, and IEEE standards, and shall be installed to
meet the NEC and all applicable local, state, and federal codes.
3. The IC’s DER facility shall have a load break disconnect switch accessible at all times to the
Company to electrically isolate the Company’s distribution EPS from the customer’s DER
system. The IC shall provide contact information for their qualified personnel that can be
reached 24/7, should complications arise with access to the IC’s equipment. The Company
will be make efforts whenever possible to notify the IC should the DER facility need to be
de-activated; however, the Company reserves the right to operate the DER facility’s
disconnect directly in emergency situations. Should there be any complications with
Company access to the DER facility’s disconnecting device, the Company reserves the right
to disconnect the IC’s service in its entirety by the next upstream Company-owned isolation
means when absolutely necessary.
For installations above 600 V, the location of the DER facility disconnecting means shall
comply with Company requirements for working clearances, access road construction,
vegetation management, and other similar requirements to ensure adequate access for
Company operating personnel and equipment. Should the disconnecting means be located
behind the IC's locked gate, double locking is required, where both the Company’s and IC’s
locks would be employed.
4. In accordance with the Company’s safety rules and practices, this isolation device must be
used to establish a visually open, working clearance boundary when applying protective
grounds as needed, performing maintenance, and repair work. The designated generator
disconnect also must be accessible and lockable in the open position and have provisions
for both Company and IC padlocks. For installations above 600 V, the visual open of all
three phases shall be capable of being observed without opening the equipment.
Site-specific technical requirements will be considered by the Company if permitted to grant
draw-out breakers with the provision for padlocking at the draw-out position, above 600 V or
with a full load output of greater than 960 A, that are proposed to meet these isolation
requirements. If the Company grants such use, the IC will be required, upon the Company’s
request, to provide qualified operating personnel to open the draw-out circuit breaker and
ensure isolation of the DER system, with such operation to be witnessed by the Company
followed immediately by the Company locking the device to prevent re-energization. In an
emergency or outage situation, where there is no access to the draw-out breaker or no
qualified personnel, the Company may disconnect the electric service to the premise to
isolate the DER system.
5. The visible generator disconnect switch must be a blade-type switch meeting the
requirements of the NEC and nationally recognized product standards. Pull-out switches or
blocks are not permitted for this application.
6. The connection of the disconnect switch shall have the line connection (i.e., jaw side) of the
switch made to the utility source. Hinge side of switch shall be connected electrically
towards the customer.
7. This disconnect device shall be identified by a permanent sign as required in accordance
with the NEC and the NY SIR.

7.5 Generator Interrupting Device Requirements

7.5.1 General
1. The generator interrupting device shall be designed to ensure the interrupting of the
DER system upon loss of interrupting device supply power, or upon loss of local
power supply source.
2. When a local power supply source is utilized, generator interconnection interrupting
devices shall have DC trip coils and tripping energy.
3. For primary wye grounded – secondary delta, and for primary delta interconnection
transformers, the interrupting device shall be installed on the high voltage side. If
there is more than one interconnection transformer, this requirement applies to each
one individually. The interconnection interrupting device shall be capable of
interrupting the current produced when the DER facility is connected out of phase
with the Company's EPS.
7.5.2 Local Power Supply Requirements
When a continuous local power supply is proposed to comply with the Company’s
protection element operational requirements to safely remove the generation from the
EPS the following conditions shall be met:
1. Failure of an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) rectifier shall not inhibit relay power
supply and operation from the local power supply.
2. A fail-safe alarm contact shall be incorporated into the control trip scheme of the
generator main interrupting device for loss of local power supply charge source.
3. The local power supply shall be sized to ensure successful operation of generator
interrupting device upon loss of charge source. This supply shall be capable of
providing all power requirements to initiate and complete the entire operating
process of tripping the interconnection interrupting device.
4. The local power supply system shall be hard-wired and permanently installed.
Portable cord-and-plug devices are prohibited.
5. System design calculations in accordance with IEEE standards and other industry
standards as applicable shall be provided by the IC for supply voltage, capacity
specifications, and charging system provisions and are subject to the Company’s
review and acceptance.
6. Control circuits associated with protective relays shall be DC powered from a battery
and battery charger system. Solid state relays shall be self-powered or DC powered
from a battery and battery charger system.
7. If the DER facility uses a non-latching interconnection contactor, AC powered
relaying may be permitted provided the relay as well as its method of application are
fail-safe, meaning that if the relay fails or if the voltage and/or frequency of its AC
power source deviate from the relay’s design requirements for power, the relay or a
separate fail-safe power monitoring relay will immediately trip the generator by
opening the coil circuit of the interconnection contactor after a maximum 2 second
time delay.
7.6 Protection and Protective Equipment Requirements
The Interconnection Customer is solely responsible for the protection of their DER and
premise equipment. The Interconnection Customer is required to provide electrical
equipment and relays with ranges and rating that will allow proper DER and premise relay
system coordination with Company protection systems. Coordination margins and
parameters will be determined by the Company.
The protection system shall be designed with interlocks and protective functions to ensure
that there is proper voltage, frequency and phase angle conditions between the Company’s
EPS before the DER system is permitted to parallel. The IC is responsible for voltage
excursion detection and the detection of three-phase, line-to-line, and line-to-ground faults
- 22 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
on the Company’s EPS as well as faults on the IC’s system that cause overcurrent
conditions on the Company’s EPS.
For the purpose of evaluating fault current, short circuit protection, and protective relay
settings, current values are based on the full Volt-Ampere (VA) nameplate rating of the
equipment, which may be greater than the kW rating of the equipment. For ESS, all
protection reviews, regardless of any on-site operational limitations, are performed at the
sum of the nameplate ratings of the ESS and any paired DG since fault currents are related
to the full kVA nameplate ratings of the inverter(s) and/or generators used.
The Company may specify values within the allowable ranges of IEEE 1547 subject to the
limitations on voltage and frequency trip settings specified by the regional reliability
coordinator that consider bulk power system impacts of affected aggregate DER capacity.
Where Regional ISO voltage and frequency requirements apply, the IC shall refer to the
Company’s ESB 756 Appendix A for specific requirements related to North American
Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) Protection and Control (PRC) standards.14
7.6.1 Type Tested (Certified) Equipment
Protective equipment that has been type tested and recognized by the NY SIR will be
permitted. See the NYS DPS’ list of certified interconnection equipment on their website
at: http://www3.dps.ny.gov/W/PSCWeb.nsf/All/DCF68EFCA391AD6085257687006F396B?OpenDocument.
The IC shall follow the testing requirements as outlined in Rule 53 of the Electricity Tariff
and the NY SIR. Refer to Exhibit 6 for a guide for the Company’s witness for verifying a
type tested net-metered DER system’s operational compliance.
7.6.2 Non-Type Tested Equipment
Protective equipment that has not been type tested per the NY SIR will be permitted with
the implementation of utility grade protective devices acceptable to the Company. The
use of utility grade relays15 is subject to prior Company review and acceptance per
section 7.6.3.2.
7.6.3 Number of Relays Required
Relays are considered redundant only when two utility grade relays with identical
protective functions are provided. Where relay performance may affect the operation of
the Company’s EPS at service voltages less than 15 kV, a single utility grade
microprocessor-based relay along with a Company approved scheme, where relay
failure automatically trips the associated breaker(s), is acceptable. If the IC decides not
to use redundant protection systems on their equipment, then appropriate action such as
removing equipment from service shall be taken when a piece of equipment is no longer
adequately protected. The utility grade relay failure alarm shall be wired to initiate trip to
the Company-designated generator interrupting device. Auxiliary relays, where used,
shall be fail safe and utility grade. If two utility grade relays are used to provide the
required functions for sufficient redundancy, the failure of both relays, being out of
service shall trip the interrupting device.
7.6.3.1 Certified Inverter-based Energy Resource Protection Requirements
IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 certified16 inverters shall be equipped with an internal
active anti-islanding scheme, under voltage (27), over voltage (59), under frequency
(81U) and over frequency (81O) relays. Inverter based generators shall be in
compliance with the latest version of IEEE 1547 and its amendments (“IEEE 1547”).
The IC shall provide the voltage and frequency ride through capabilities as specified in
IEEE 1547 Category II in any inverters installed as part of a DER facility proposed to
interconnect to the Company’s EPS. The voltage regulation capabilities shall be turned

14
See https://www.nerc.com/pa/Stand/Pages/ReliabilityStandards.aspx and
https://www.nerc.com/pa/stand/Pages/ReliabilityStandardsUnitedStates.aspx?jurisdiction=United%20Stat
es.
15
See definition of “utility grade” for protective device equipment in Section 4.
16
See definition for “certified” in Section 4.
- 23 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
OFF unless otherwise required by the Company. See section 7.8 for further inverter
function requirements.
7.6.3.1.1 Individual Certified Inverter-based Energy Resources below 500 kW
If the inverter is IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 listed, the internal relays are
considered as the only required protection and an additional utility grade relay is not
necessary to be installed. At the Company’s sole discretion the Company reserves the
right to require a utility grade relay for systems above 300 kW with, at minimum,
functions 27, 59, 81U/O enabled.
7.6.3.1.2 Individual Inverter-based Energy Resource 500 kW or Above
IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 listed inverter internal relay functions are considered
as primary protection. The Company requires one additional utility grade relay to be
installed as secondary protection for inverter-based solar PV generation 500 kW and
above. The 27, 59, 81U/O, and 51N or 51G elements shall be activated in the utility
grade protection relay. The IC shall provide either 51G ground time overcurrent or 51N
residual neutral time overcurrent as part of their ground protection requirements when
meeting the NEC. On circuits where generation is permitted to connect as an
ungrounded source, a 59N relay function is required to detect ground faults on the utility.
Where Company-required functions are not redundant, such as overcurrent or 59N
functions, refer to section 7.6.3 for fail-safe tripping requirements.
7.6.3.2 Non-Certified Energy Resource Protection Requirements
Where Company-required functions are not redundant, such as overcurrent or 59N
functions, refer to section 7.6.3 for fail-safe tripping requirements.
7.6.3.2.1 Energy Resources below 500 kW
For any non-certified generators less than 500 kW one utility grade relay installed as
primary protection is required. At minimum the 27, 59, and 81 U/O functions shall be
active in this relay. For all systems 300 kW or larger, the Company reserves the right to
require redundant utility grade relaying.
7.6.3.2.2 Energy Resources equal to or above 500 kW
For any non-certified generator equal or above 500 kW, if the generator is equipped with
internal relays with 27, 59, and 81U/O relays, one utility grade relay is required to be
installed as the secondary protection. 27, 59, 81 U/O, and overcurrent elements for both
phase and ground shall be active in the utility grade relay. Otherwise, two utility grade
relays and one Company-designated interrupting device shall be installed to meet the
protection requirements. On circuits where generation is permitted to connect as an
ungrounded source, a 59N relay function is required to detect ground faults on the area
EPS.
7.6.4 Instrument Transformers for Protective Device Relays
7.6.4.1 Current Transformers (CT)
CT ratios and accuracy classes shall be chosen such that secondary current is less than
or equal to 5 amperes under normal operation and 100 amperes under maximum fault
conditions For the primary wye grounded – secondary delta installations, the CTs shall
be installed on the primary voltage side. If the interconnection transformer is primary wye
grounded – secondary wye grounded, the CTs can be installed on either the primary or
secondary voltage side, provided the CTs sense the current contribution to Company
EPS faults from ground sources installed on the facility. CT accuracy and burden
calculations shall be provided for review by the Company. Meter selector switches shall
not be connected into the secondary circuits of current transformers used with protective
relays specified by the Company.
7.6.4.2 Voltage Transformers (VT) and Connections
Voltage sensing is required on all three phases on the utility side of the interrupting
device. VTs for voltage sensing shall be configured wye-grounded (Yg-Yg) for

- 24 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
effectively grounded circuits. Voltage measurements shall have no more than 2% error
under the expected ambient temperature range (-10°C (14°F) to +45°C (113°F)) and no
higher than 4% error under all operating temperatures (-40°C (-40°F) to +65°C (149°F)).
If the secondary voltages can be used to detect voltage depressions for faults that occur
on the Company’s EPS, and the secondary voltage is within the relay’s acceptable
operating range, a direct voltage connection may be acceptable and VTs may not be
required. The use of Yg-broken Delta VTs will be considered by the Company on a case-
by-case basis.
7.6.5 Protective Relay and Trip Circuit Hard-Wire Requirements
Unless authorized otherwise by the Company, protective relays shall be hardwired to the
device they are tripping. Interposing computer-based or programmable logic controllers,
auxiliary modules, or the like are prohibited in the trip control scheme between the relay
and the device being tripped. Trip circuits shall not be fused.
The use of interposing relays is subject to approval by the Company. Interposing relays,
if proposed, shall be utility grade, and the tripping scheme shall be fail-safe.
Generator protective relays shall be located no greater than 30 feet from the device in
which they control.
7.6.6 Protective Relay Test Switch Requirements
Microprocessor and non-draw out relays, including 86 lockout relay functions, shall have
ABB FT-1, or equivalent, test switches isolating all inputs and outputs of the relay. All
test switches shall be labeled for the associated relay functions. DC inputs or outputs
are not permitted on AC test switches.
 AC Inputs: Each relay shall have its own AC test switch.
 DC Inputs and Outputs:
o For relays designated by the Company it is required that each individual relay
have its own DC test switch that isolates the positive and negative DC for each
input and output.
o For relays required to protect the IC’s equipment, it is required that each relay
have its own DC test switch for inputs and outputs. For ease of maintenance
testing and troubleshooting, it is required to isolate the positive and negative DC
of the input and output.
 Groups of relays that protect the same piece of equipment, such as a transformer or
a feeder, may share a DC test switch under the following conditions:
o The individual blades of the test switch shall be grouped by relay.
o A permanent label shall be affixed to the relay panel identifying the use of each
blade.
Exception: Where the relay inputs are supplied by a control cable (such as a some
recloser installations) and the relay test set uses a control cable that inputs to the same
port in the recloser control enclosure, test switches may not be required.
7.6.7 Voltage Relay Devices
Over and under voltage relays shall meet IEEE 1547 requirements including capability
for under voltage ride through. See Table 7.6.11.1-1 below for default voltage relay
settings.
7.6.8 Frequency Relay Devices
Over and under frequency relays shall meet IEEE 1547 requirements including capability
for under frequency ride through. The under-frequency trip setting shall not conflict with
the under-frequency load shedding schemes on the Company’s EPS. For adjustable
under frequency settings in IEEE 1547, the chosen setting shall fall below the generator
under frequency trip modeling curve of NERC PRC-006-2.17 See Table 7.6.11.1-1 below
for default frequency relay settings.
17
See https://www.nerc.com/pa/Stand/Reliability%20Standards/PRC-006-2.pdf.
- 25 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
7.6.9 Synchronizing Devices
The IC shall designate one or more synchronizing devices that employ a synchronizing
protection element (25) such as motorized breakers, contactor/breaker combinations, or
a fused contactor (if mutually agreeable) to be used to connect the DER facility’s
generator to the Company’s EPS. This synchronizing device could be a device other
than the interconnection interrupting device and shall be utility grade. The synchronizing
device shall be capable of interrupting the current produced when the DER facility is
connected out of phase with the Company's EPS. Synchronism check relay functions
are required at all breakers through which the generation will be synchronized with the
utility source. This includes any breakers where any part of the IC’s DER facility will
island and then synchronize back to the Company’s EPS.
7.6.10 Overcurrent Relay Devices
Overcurrent protection is required to detect faults on the Company’s EPS, as well as
faults on the IC’s system that cause overcurrent conditions on the Company’s EPS.
Overcurrent elements are required for both phase and ground. For inverter-based
systems, a voltage controlled phase element (51C) is required. These relays shall utilize
voltage sensing with Yg-Yg VTs specified in section 7.6.4.2.
7.6.11 Utility Grade Relay and Protective Device Settings and Verification
7.6.11.1 Default Voltage and Frequency Set points for all types of Energy Resources
Unless otherwise specified by the Company, the default settings for voltage and
frequency trip elements are required to have setting ranges according to the
following table 7.6.11.1-1 and the final time delay settings shall be approved by
the Company:
Table 7.6.11.1-1 Utility Grade Relay and Parallel Generation Default Voltage & Frequency
Set points

DEFAULT
PICKUP RANGE
DEVICE CLEARING
(Default set points in bold)
TIME (sec)
Under Frequency 2 (81U) < 56.5 Hz 0.16
Under Frequency 1 (81U) < 58.5 Hz 300
Over Frequency 1 (81O) ≥ 61.2 Hz < f <62.0Hz 300
Over Frequency 2 (81O) > 62 Hz 0.16
Under Voltage (27) < 50% of Nominal 1.1
Under Voltage (27) 50% <V< 88% of Nominal 2
Over Voltage (59) 110% <V< 120% of Nominal 2
Over Voltage (59) ≥ 120% of Nominal 0.16

- 26 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
Table 7.6.11.2-1 Relay Settings to Parallel with the Company EPS
Max. Frequency Max. Voltage Max. Phase Angle
Generator Size Difference Difference Difference
(kVA) ( f, Hz) ( V, %) ( , degrees)
0-500 0.3 10 20
>500 – 1,500 0.2 5 15
>1,500 – 10,000 0.1 3 10
7.6.11.3 Company-designated Relays and Interconnection Customer Settings
1. The Company will review the IC’s settings and the calibration and test results of
those relays that the Company designates as being required to satisfy the
Company’s protection practices. In addition, the Company may require the
relaying summary and logic diagrams depending on the complexity of the
installation.
2. Any relay setting specified by the Company shall not be changed or modified at
any time without the prior written consent of the Company.
3. The Customer shall be responsible to specify the settings, calibrate, test, and
maintain the balance of their equipment.
7.6.11.4 Company Verification of Relay Testing
Prior to the Witness Test, the Company requires a letter from the IC stipulating
that all Company–designated protective devices have:
 control wiring verified against the accepted design drawings, and
 the calibration test performed satisfactorily according to the relay setting
document of the accepted design.
7.6.12 Unintentional Islanding Protection for DER
The Customer’s DER system shall not energize a de-energized Company circuit;
therefore, anti-islanding protection is required for parallel generation on the Company’s
distribution EPS. If the Company determines that an anti-islanding protection scheme is
required to mitigate the risk of a formation of an island in addition to the generator
facility’s own islanding detection scheme then the Company will require direct transfer
trip (DTT). The IC may propose alternative methods of anti-islanding protection of their
own generation facility, although it is the IC’s responsibility to demonstrate
comprehensively the validity of such methods and the Company reserves the right to
make the final determination as to which anti-islanding protection method is suitable to
meet the EPS safety and reliability requirements.
Note: A Customer wishing to use a generation system as a stand-by or emergency
generator shall submit details regarding an interlocking scheme or transfer switch
to prevent the energization of a de-energized Company circuit that complies with
National Grid ESB 750, Section 11.
7.6.12.1 General
1. The Company may reclose at any distribution EPS segment at any time without
checking for de-energized segments as normal system operations to maintain
service reliability. It is important to the DER operator to be aware of this
possibility as it is the responsibility of the DER operator to trip off within 2
seconds in the event the EPS utility source is not present.
2. During DER impact evaluation, when a DER on the circuit causes the Company’s
system protection to be unable to trip for end of line faults, appropriate measures
will be taken to correct this protection gap. The Company’s device setting
adjustments, additional protection devices, and/or customer impedance
grounding may be required.
3. The requirements outlined below in regards to unintentional islanding mitigation
risks are not applicable for DER proposed to be interconnected to a Company
secondary network system. The Company’s network systems are not designed
for and cannot accept back feed.
- 27 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
4. Utility interactive inverters evaluated under these requirements shall not actively
regulate frequency and/or voltage or provide Var support functions. Any inverter
type generation established as frequency and/or voltage regulating or Var
supportive will be reviewed under section 7.6.12.4 requirements.
5. DER threshold values shall be analyzed in aggregate where multiple DER
projects are supplied from a single point of connection to the EPS. Individual
DER projects on sub-divided or adjacent parcels may be evaluated based upon
total aggregate nameplate ratings as an equivalent single point connection to the
EPS.
6. For cases where the line section aggregated DER is ≤ 33% of minimum load
regardless of DER type mix and is connected to < 35 kV distribution EPS no
additional requirements identified below shall be required.
7. For DER equipped with DTT, those DER facilities will not be factored into the 10
and 25% ratio screens identified in this bulletin.
8. Where used within this document, reclose blocking is a voltage supervised
reclose permissive feature required at any mid-line automated interrupting device
identified through the steps outlined. Where this feature is required, each mid-
line device is also required to be SCADA equipped through the Company’s
distribution EMS cellular network.
9. A complete distribution feeder may contain multiple line sections. Depending on
the aggregate DER size to load ratio, multiple line sections may require review
and be screened accordingly per the steps outlined.
10. Each screen shall be repeated for each line section applicable to the proposed
DER. Where DTT or reclose blocking is required based on the screens, it shall
be applied at the sectionalizing device for that line section.
7.6.12.2 Islanding risk mitigation methods required
Special conditions outlined within this section are required at minimum, regardless of
the screening outcomes applicable in the following sections.
1. Cases where the Company’s PCC recloser is required
a. DER ≥ 300 kW and DER > 33% minimum load and is connected to < 5 kV
EPS.
b. DER connected to > 15 kV and < 35 kV EPS where DER > 50% onsite
minimum host load.
2. Cases where additional EPS protection schemes, including but not limited to
transfer tripping, may be required18
a. If line faults (phase and ground where applicable) cannot be cleared by DER
protective device or the Company’s PCC recloser.19
b. Unique arrangements not explicitly defined within this document at the
Company’s discretion.
c. If the DER cannot be tripped off with utility-owned devices when automated
sectionalizing schemes will operate.
DER connected to > 35 kV EPS where DER > 50% onsite minimum load and the
connecting line is radially supplied.
3. The Company shall be provided with access rights, whether easement or fee-
owned right-of-way, of the Company’s facilities on the IC’s property for the PCC
recloser installation serving their DER facility. See Figure 5 for a typical one-line
configuration of a PCC recloser primary metered overhead service.

18
While the intent of this unintentional islanding protection policy is to encourage DER installations while
minimizing inhibitive impacts to the DER installation, the Company reserves the right and flexibility to
enforce protective measures deemed required for the safety and reliability of the EPS.
19
Customers should be aware that >15kV class circuits typically involve more complex protection
schemes, which can be more likely to require DTT due to inability to see and trip faults in an acceptable
time frame, in addition to operational issues that may be present at these voltage classes (23kV and
34.5kV).
- 28 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
7.6.12.3 Certified DER20
1. All inverters shall have an 88% voltage trip within two (2) seconds to be
considered in this section.
2. Proposed DER rated ≤ 50 kW
a. No requirements.
3. Proposed DER rated > 50 kW and < 1000 kW
a. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is ≤ 10% of mix.
i. No additional requirements.
b. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is > 10% and ≤ 25% of aggregate
DER.
i. Sandia screening21 may be applicable depending on inverter models on
segment.
ii. Company-owned PCC recloser and reclose blocking required if Sandia
screens not passed.
1. Detailed risk of islanding (ROI) study may be performed at the IC’s
request. If results of the detailed study show no significant risk of
islanding for a period greater than 2 seconds, then the recloser and
reclose blocking is waived.
c. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is > 25% of all DER.
i. NG PCC recloser and reclose blocking required22
1. Detailed ROI study may be performed at the IC’s request. If results
of the detailed study show no significant risk of islanding for a period
greater than 2 seconds, then reclose blocking is waived. Company-
owned PCC recloser is waived for aggregate DER ≤ 67% of line
load to generation ratio or < 500 kW.
4. Proposed DER rated DER ≥ 1000 kW
a. Company-owned PCC Recloser required.
b. Reclose blocking required if line segment aggregate DER > 50% of minimum
load.
7.6.12.4 Non-certified & voltage or frequency regulating inverters, induction &
synchronous machines
1. Require ANSI C37.90 protective relay with IEEE 1547 voltage and frequency
tripping and restoration functions.
2. Total aggregate line section DER > 33% minimum load
a. DTT required.
7.7 Monitoring and Control (M&C) at DER Facility
DER ranging from 500 kW and above shall require (300 kW and above for projects connected to
primary circuit voltages less than 5 kV) supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA)
communication for visibility to the Company’s energy or distribution management systems (EMS
or DMS) and to incorporate the ability for the Company’s system operators from regional control
centers via EMS to remote trip the generation, or DER facility, from the Company’s EPS. This

20
Inverter firmware derating is not acceptable for reduction of system size to satisfy thresholds within this
section.
21
Sandia screens (http://energy.sandia.gov/wp-content/gallery/uploads/SAND2012-1365-v2.pdf) are valid
only for certified inverters that have been confirmed, in writing from the manufacturer, to meet the
definition of the Sandia Frequency Shift (SFS), or Sandia Voltage Shift (SVS) as positive feedback based
methods or for inverters using impedance detection with positive feedback. SFS and SVS both rely on
positive feedback to work.
Positive feedback – detecting a deviation in grid parameters and acting to try to make that deviation from
nominal worse. Where acting to try to make that deviation worse, the perturbations must push harder as
the deviations from nominal increase. The algorithm must be able to push bi-directionally in order to be
considered for this screen.
22
Where feasible, installing a PCC recloser in front of the non-certified DER may reduce or eliminate any
further requirements to the subject applicant DER.
- 29 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
visibility is essential in maintaining daily system operability and the flexibility to transfer loads
and feeder segments to allow for system upgrades, repairs, seasonal loading transfers, and
other normal distribution system management functions that may require a SCADA remote
terminal unit (RTU) or a PCC Recloser at a DER facility.
Table 7.7-1 Monitoring and Control Requirements by Size for DER (1)
Individual or Individual or Individual or
Less than 50 Aggregated 50 Aggregated 300 kW Aggregated
kW kW and less than and Greater on 5 kV 500 kW and
500 kW (3) and less EPS (3) Greater
Monitoring may Monitoring may be Monitoring shall be Monitoring shall
Monitoring
be required required required be required
PCC Recloser
Control
shall be required
(PCC Recloser)
(2)
Basic control may Control shall be
Control (RTU)
be required required
Notes:
(1) EMS-RTU installations may be required for DER applications not covered by the
conditions in this table as determined by the Company on a case-by-case basis. Some
examples are situations where an RTU may be required could occur where there is EPS
feeder selectivity operation or significant current on a line section for switching
procedures, paired DER or DER and facility load at a PCC, and if the proposed DER
system is subject to NYISO requirements.
(2) Where a PCC recloser is required or requested and approved, the EMS-RTU
requirement is waived, since SCADA requirements will be extracted from the Company’s
PCC recloser for EMS purposes unless cellular communication cannot be established at
the PCC recloser location.
(3) Basic control and monitoring requirements for DER in the 50 kW up to 500 kW range
will be determined by the Company based on the following parameters:
 Company Distribution System Voltage – Control may be required for lower
proposed system sizes interconnecting at the Company’s 5 kV voltage classes and
below.
 Hosting Capacity – Control and monitoring may be required as a means to increase
solar PV DER hosting capacity.
 Anti-Islanding Requirements – Pursuant to Section 7.6.12 Unintentional Islanding
Protection for DER requirements herein, a PCC recloser may be required for
monitoring and control.
 NY SIR Screen Borderline Violations –Systems that only marginally pass or fail a
given screen will require monitoring if it is not already a requirement, and may also
require control.
 NYISO Requirements – If the proposed system is subject to NYISO requirements,
monitoring and/or control will be required if it is not already a requirement.
 Distribution Automation – Potential monitoring and control screens must consider
the aggregate line section generation in multiple circuit configurations. The need for
control due to the proposed system’s impact on neighboring line sections is an
increasing concern as Distribution Automation continues to be implemented in the
Company’s service area to ensure customer reliability and efficiency is not sacrificed.
The Company may require control if the existing DG exceeds an aggregate capacity
greater than the minimum load according to Section 7.6.12 herein on any of the
neighboring line sections.
 Loading – Control and monitoring may be required as output exceeding the local
loading raises a number of concerns across voltage, thermal, and protection power
system criteria.

- 30 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
 Phase Balancing – Control and monitoring may be required as aggregate
generation on single phase line sections may create adverse impacts to the
Company’s distribution system planning and operations.
1. Company RTU input requirements.
The minimum set of required data values at the PCC for solar PV DER in the individual
or aggregated 50 kW and less than 500 kW range for basic monitoring shall include:
 Per phase voltage and current,
 Three phase values for real (watts) and reactive (VARs) power, and
 Power factor.
For DERs as determined in Table 7.7-1, the required inputs from the RTU to the
Company’s EMS for status and control of DER systems connected to the Company's EPS
shall be as follows:
 Status of individual generator breaker(s)
 Status of main or interconnect breaker at the PCC
 Control input for the “designated generator interrupting device”
 Three phase line current for each generator
 Three phase line current at the PCC with the Company
 Three phase line-to-line voltage for each generator
 Three phase line-to-line voltage at the PCC with the Company
 Output kW for each unit (+ delivered to the Company, - received)
 Output kVAR for each unit (+ delivered to the Company, - received)
 Total MW (+ delivered, - received) at the PCC
 Total MVAR (+ delivered, - received) at the PCC
Notes:
(1) The Company will provide an RTU point list for inputs required at the DER system.
(2) Exceptions to the list above may be considered by the Company on a case-by-case
basis.
(3) The control portion would only involve the remote trip of the IC’s interrupting device(s)
designated by the Company or the Company’s PCC recloser where installed. When a
remote RTU trip command is issued, the local DER facility’s interrupting device must be
designed for reset through a manual process and is subject to review by the Company
for acceptance.
2. Company RTU installation requirements. When a Company RTU is specified for a parallel
generation project, the Company will determine the requirements for equipment, installation,
and communications media in the interconnection study for the DER system. The IC will be
responsible for all initial and recurring costs associated with communications for this RTU.
General requirements for the RTU installation in the IC facility are, but not limited to:
1. The RTU cabinet is typically 42" H x 30" W x 26" D and shall be wall, pole or strut
mounted with the bottom edge 36" above the floor. A 5-foot clear working space shall be
maintained in front of the mounting panel.
2. A dedicated 20A, 120VAC, single phase 60 hertz power circuit is required for the RTU
cabinet. All conduit and wiring (minimum of No. 10 AWG copper) to the telemetry
cabinet for this circuit shall enter the cabinet from the bottom. A three (3) foot length of
all conductors shall be provided for final Company connection.
3. The IC will be responsible for mounting this equipment in their installation, subject to
Company approval. The IC will provide space, power, and all input connections for this
package.
4. The following guidelines shall be adhered to:
1) The RTU shall be remote from heavy traffic areas, work areas and loading areas.
- 31 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0
2) The RTU shall be remote from heat producing or high electrostatic or
electromagnetic field producing equipment.
3) The analog inputs to the RTU shall be provided by DNP3 protocol communication.
Where DNP3 communication is unavailable, the analog inputs shall be +1.0mA DC
at rated input, +2ma DC maximum; see Section 7.7.1 above.
5. For telecommunication provider steps and requirements:
1) The local serving telephone company’s facilities demarcation and equipment shall be
located as close to the RTU cabinet and protection relays, as feasible, relative to the
IC’s mutually agreed upon location.
2) The IC is responsible for arranging the installation and paying all costs associated
with required telecommunication line(s) including maintenance and recurring
telephone company charges.
3) The IC shall be responsible for all telephone company coordination, installation, final
connections, and commissioning of all required telecommunication circuits.
4) The IC is responsible to complete telephone company’s form requirements such as
high voltage protection (HVP) form when arranging for the telecommunication
service. The technical information normally provided includes, but not limited to: total
square footage area of Ground Grid/Mat, Grid Impedance (in Ohms) to Remote
Earth, total expected Fault Current (line-to-ground) in Amps RMS (or Amps Peak),
Earth Return Current (as % of Total Fault Current), X/R Ratio, and Soil Resistivity
(layer depth information in feet).
5) The IC is responsible to comply and coordinate with their telephone company’s
commissioning process of telecommunications circuits required with the Company.
7.8 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through and Control Requirements
7.8.1 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through
DER shall meet the requirements of IEEE 1547.
7.8.2 Voltage and Frequency Control
1. All DER shall meet the requirements of IEEE 1547. Field adjustable settings shall not be
changed without express written consent of the Company.
2. The voltage and frequency capabilities permitted in IEEE1547 shall be disabled by default in
accordance with Table 7.8.2.2-1 unless otherwise approved by the Company.
Table 7.8.2.2-1: Default Mode Settings for Inverter-based Utility Interactive DER
Function Default Activation State
23
SPF, Specified Power Factor OFF
Q(V), Volt-Var Function with Watt or Var Priority OFF
SS, Soft-Start Ramp Rate ON
Default value: 2% of maximum current output per
second
FW, Freq-Watt Function OFF OFF
If a device does not have the above mode settings, the device shall operate in unity power
factor mode with any available grid support functions disabled.
7.8.3 Return to Service
The DER shall not connect or return to service following a trip (including any ground fault
current sources) until detecting 5 minutes of healthy utility voltage and frequency. “Healthy
Utility Voltage and Frequency” is defined by Table 7.8.3-1, in accordance with the Enter
Service Criteria in IEEE 1547 section 4.10:

23
OFF and operating at unity PF. Or set to ON with unity PF.
- 32 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

Table 7.8.3-1: Return to Service Parameters for DER

Utility Voltage
Default Value
Parameter
Minimum Return to 0.95 per unit of nominal
Service Voltage: voltage
Maximum Return to 1.05 per unit of nominal
Service Voltage: voltage
Minimum Return to 59.5 Hz
Service Frequency:
Maximum Return to 60.5 Hz
Service Frequency:

8.0 Testing and Commissioning

1. The Company reserves the right to witness the IC’s testing of the required devices, i.e., trip
tests.
2. All Company-designated relay functions and all synchronizing elements will be witness-
tested/verified by the Company’s personnel prior to energization.
3. A letter, written by the Customer or their assigned agent, indicating the protection and
control scheme has been functionally tested in accordance with the Customer’s submitted
design as accepted by the Company, shall be completed prior to the Company’s witness
testing.
4. The IC shall submit a testing and commissioning plan (TCP) to the Company for review at
least twenty (20) business days prior to the scheduled witness test. If needed, consult the
Company for guidance on preparing a TCP. This activity will normally be performed on a
schedule as specified in the NY SIR.
5. All required equipment test reports shall be submitted per ESB 751 prior to final TCP
acceptance.
6. The TCP shall be finalized as accepted by the Company no later than five business (5) days
prior to functional testing of the Company-designated protective devices.

9.0 Operating
1. The DER system shall maintain a power factor at the PCC in accordance with the NY SIR;
at or between 0.90 leading or lagging (Var or voltage support can also be considered within
machine ratings) unless more strict requirements apply in the Company’s CESIR.
Corrective equipment may be required and, if so, it will be at the IC’s expense; refer to ESB
750. It is the Company’s expectation that the IC will strive to maintain a power factor at their
service point that does not adversely affect the power quality (PQ) of the Company’s EPS;
see ESB 750.
2. The Company requires a Sequence of Operations (SOO) from the Customer. The Company
also requires an operating description from the Interconnection Customer for normal,
alternate, and emergency (if proposed) operations, if the Customer desires to operate in
these modes and in the event of any changes to the existing procedures.
3. The IC is responsible for the operation and maintenance of their facilities up to the
demarcation point of the IC’s service on the Customer’s property in accordance with the
Company’s ESBs.
4. The IC shall follow the Company’s specified switching protocol upon commissioning,
synchronizing, and return-to-service situations with the Company’s distribution system
operator; see ESB 755 for more information on IC operating and maintenance
responsibilities.

10.0 Power Quality Monitoring

10.1 Power Quality Compliance Verification
If during the study the interconnection of a DER system is identified as having the
potential to cause PQ effects on the Company’s EPS, then PQ monitoring shall be
installed by the Company or Company-accepted third party PQ testing company to verify
the Customer is maintaining its PQ with and without generation. Third party PQ test
methods and results may be submitted to the Company for review and acceptance.
These verification tests shall include, at a minimum, the following in accordance with the
Company’s Electricity Tariff and the limits and cost responsibilities specified in the NY
SIR:
 Check service point voltage for any discernible voltage fluctuation.
 Check service point frequency for any discernible frequency fluctuation.
 Check PCC power factor to ensure it is no less than 90% (leading or lagging).
 Check service point harmonic distortion to ensure limits specified in ESB 750 and the
NY SIR as applicable, are maintained. Current harmonic distortion shall not
adversely affect voltage harmonic distortion, the Company’s EPS, or service to other
customers.
10.2 Power Quality Disturbance and Mitigation
1. If disturbances on the Company’s Distribution EPS and/or to other customers are
suspected to originate from a customer with an installed DER system, PQ monitoring
shall be installed to verify the Customer is maintaining their power quality in
accordance with the Company’s ESB 750 and the NY SIR.
2. If it is determined that system modifications or changes are needed in order to
mitigate the disturbance issue, the cost of such modifications or changes shall be
borne by the Interconnection Customer.
3. If any power quality concerns as a result of the customers DER installation cannot be
immediately corrected, the IC will not be permitted to continue generation until
such concerns are resolved to the Company’s satisfaction.
10.3 Transient Overvoltage/Load Rejection Overvoltage (LROV)
The DER facility shall limit its cumulative instantaneous overvoltage according to Figure
3 of IEEE 1547 section 7.4.2.
Most inverters have a ‘self-protective overvoltage’ setting in the inverters that, if enabled,
is capable of tripping for no higher than 1.4pu voltage in 1ms or less clearing time. This
set point is one acceptable means to meet the requirements if a letter from the inverter
manufacturer is provided to the Company stating that this setting (or tighter) is enabled
in the inverters to be installed on the site, and the inverter voltage response adheres to
the curve in IEEE 1547. The Customer shall provide a letter from the inverter
manufacturer or a National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) confirming the
requirements from the standard are met. The letter shall be on the manufacturer or
NRTL’s letterhead and include the firmware version and serial numbers of each inverter
for the installation. Test data and/or standards certification supporting these statements
may also be required at the discretion of the Company.

11.0 Facility Audit

The Company shall reserve the right to periodically audit the IC’s generation equipment
installation and service connection for compliance with the Company’s requirements.

12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)

The Company reserves the right to have the IC remove their DER system from the Company’s
EPS at any time upon the Company’s request. Normally, such requests result from the need to
facilitate maintenance, testing, or repair of Company facilities. The Customer’s generator
disconnect switch24 may be opened by the Company (isolating the Customer’s generating
equipment), without prior notice to the IC, for any of the following reasons:
 System emergency operations require such action.
 Company periodic checks of IC’s interfacing equipment reveal a hazardous condition, or
lack of necessary maintenance for equipment necessary to protect the Company’s EPS.
 Generating equipment interferes with other customers or with the operation of the
Company’s EPS.
 When required protective relaying and/or tele-protection is altered, inoperable, or missing.
 When required special equipment necessary for operating control (e.g.,
telemetering/SCADA) on the Company’s EPS is inoperable or missing.
 Parallel operation, other than for NY SIR testing of type tested inverters, prior to Company
approval to interconnect.
 Failure to make available records of verification tests and maintenance of the IC’s protective
devices designated by the Company, unless otherwise specified in the NY SIR.
 Situations where the area EPS is in a non-normal operating scenario and the generator has
not been studied for interconnection in that specific operating scenario.

13.0 REVISION HISTORY

Version Date Description of Revision
1.0 06/01/07 Initial version of new document superseding all previous revisions of ESB 756.
2.0 09/06/11 Revise for Dec. 2010 NY SIR.
3.0 09/22/14 Revise for Apr. 2013 & Feb. 2014 NY SIR and technical updates in Sections 4, 5, and 6.
4.0 08/03/17 June 2017 revise for Apr. & Nov. 2016 and Feb. 2017 NY SIR and changes in National
Grid protection practices.
4.1 12/18/17 October-December 2017 interim amendments to Sections 7.6.11, 7.7, and 7.8.
4.2 02/09/18 January-February 2018 interim amendments to Sections 7.6.11, 7.6.12, and 7.8.
5.0 06/29/18 June 2018 revised for April 2018 NY SIR, IEEE 1547-2018, and updated National Grid
practices.

EXHIBITS ATTACHED

24
Refer to Section 7.4 regarding technical requirements for draw-out breakers over 600 V and the
Company’s Electricity Tariff for limitations of service.

EXHIBIT 1: Company Requirements for DER Systems Not Eligible for

the Expedited Process
These are Company items to be considered in the Interconnection Customer’s DER System Project Schedule.
ID Activity Description NY SIR §I.C / ESB ref.
Project Definition & Conceptual Analysis Phase
1 IC Form K w/technical submittal & prelim. design received Steps 1 - 3
2 Company Preliminary Technical Assessment & cost estimate for CESIR Step 4
3 Company Form K Interconnection Agreement and Form G as needed are executed with Step 5
IC
4 IC commits to final CESIR and provides advance payment Step 5
Preliminary Design Review Phase ESB 751 Stage A
5 IC’s preliminary project schedule, design, specifications, test reports, and protective Step 6
device settings received.
6 Company final CESIR and Interconnection Service Plan with Planning Grade construction Step 6
estimate
7 Company reviews IC preliminary design & returns comments Step 6
Final Design Review Phase ESB 751 Stage B
8 IC commits to utility system modifications in CESIR & Interconnection Service Plan and Step 7
provides advance payment
9 IC's project schedule, final design, specifications, & protective device coordination Step 7; ESB 750 & 752 or
analysis received 753 or 754 or 758
10 Company reviews IC’s design & returns comments Step 8; ESB 752 or 753 or
754 or 758
Installation Progress Review Phase ESB 751 Stage C
11 IC’s corrected design, test reports, & protective device settings received Step 8; ESB 752 or 753 or
754 or 758
12 Company reviews IC’s design & returns comments Step 8; ESB 752 or 753 or
754 or 758
Installation Compliance Verification Phase ESB 751 Stage D
13 IC’s advance notice of functional testing received Step 9; ESB 755
14 Electrical inspection certification approval received from municipal or AHJ authorized 3rd ESB 750 & 752 or 753 or
party agency 754 or 758; Local AHJ
15 IC’s acknowledgement of satisfactory wiring & relay calibration tests received Steps 9 & 10; ESB 755
16 Company witness of IC’s functional testing Step 10; ESB 755
17 Company field audit of IC’s service connection Steps 8 - 10; ESB 750 &
752 or 753 or 754 or 758
18 IC resolves open compliance verification items Steps 8 - 10; ESB 750 &
752 or 753 or 754 or 758
19 Verification testing satisfied Steps 9 & 10
Energization & Synchronization Phase ESB 751 Stage E
20 Company’s metering installation complete Steps 8 - 10; ESB 750 &
752 or 753 or 754 or 758
21 IC’s energization sequence plan received for interconnections > 600 V Steps 9 & 10; ESB 755
22 Company’s supply system interconnection complete Steps 9 & 10
23 Company review/acceptance of IC’s resolved open items in 18 above. Steps 9 & 10
24 Company proceeds with energization Steps 9 & 10
25 IC is permitted to synchronize generation facility in parallel to the Company’s supply Step 10
Project Closeout Phase ESB 751 Stage F
26 For interconnections > 600 V, remainder of IC’s protective system functional testing Step 11; ESB 755
documented in an acknowledgement letter submitted to the Company within 10 business
days after energization
27 IC’s as-built design drawings received within 90 days for interconnections > 600 V Step 11; ESB 750 § 1.7
28 Company reconciliation of project costs with IC within 90 days of as-built documents Step 11
received.

- 36 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

EXHIBIT 2: Reference Maps of National Grid upstate NY Secondary

Network EPS Areas

NY Central Division NY Eastern Division

National Grid customers in the downtown districts of Albany, Buffalo, Cortland, Glens Falls,
Niagara Falls, Schenectady, Syracuse, Troy, Utica, and Watertown can refer to the
following Internet web site to view maps of National Grid’s Secondary Networks and
determine if the proposed location is served in those areas.
http://www.nationalgridus.com/niagaramohawk/home/energyeff/4_networkmap.asp

NY Western Division

- 37 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

EXHIBIT 3: Distribution Secondary Grid and Spot Network Description

In Upstate New York, National Grid generally has two types of electrical distribution systems:
radial and distribution secondary network systems. While the vast majority of customers are served from
radial power systems, some customers in the downtown districts of Albany, Buffalo, Cortland, Glens Falls,
Niagara Falls, Schenectady, Syracuse, Troy, Utica, and Watertown are served by distribution secondary
network systems; see Exhibit 3 for area maps. These systems are designed to meet the higher reliability
needs, dense load levels, and limited space commonly encountered in urban areas.
A distribution secondary network system delivers electricity through a complex and integrated
system of transformers and underground cables that are connected and operate in parallel. Power can
flow in either direction on the secondary service delivery lines, commonly called secondary distribution
lines. The loss of a single line or transformer in a secondary network system does not cause an
interruption of power, unlike radial systems where there is only one line and one path for power to flow
from the distribution substation to the customer’s point of service. If a radial system experiences an
outage, service is interrupted to the customers until repairs are completed; this is less likely to be the
case in a distribution secondary network system.
In distribution secondary network systems, devices called “network protectors” are usually
arranged to automatically connect its associated transformer to the network system when conditions are
such that the transformer when connected will supply power to the network and to automatically
disconnect the transformer from the network when power flows from the network to the transformer. The
integration of DER into a distribution secondary network system may result in network protectors
exceeding their original design criteria or nameplate ratings.

Example Distribution Secondary Grid Example Distribution Secondary Spot

Network Diagram Network Diagram

Underground secondary grid (area) network systems

deliver power to each customer through a complex
Spot networks are similar to grid (area) networks
and integrated system of multiple transformers and
except they serve a single premise.
underground cables that are connected and operate
in parallel.

EXHIBIT 4: Recommended Guidelines for Residential and Commercial

Single-line Diagram Submittals
Refer to Figures 1 and 2 for typical illustration and symbology.
1. Identify the project, Company’s electric service order (ESO) number, location and
submitter’s name and address.
2. Indicate standard and any non-standard system voltages, number of phases, and frequency
of the incoming circuit. Indicate wye and delta systems; show whether grounded or
ungrounded.
3. Identify cable, conductors and conduit, the type and number. The Company is interested in
how the power is getting from the service point to the protective equipment.
4. Identify wiring troughs and/or junction boxes where used.
5. Use standard symbols. See NFPA 70B or IEEE Standard 141 for symbols in typical
electrical single-line diagram development.
6. Identify the service equipment’s switch and fuse or circuit breaker as to manufacturer, type,
rating, catalog number, etc. Service equipment must be able to safely interrupt the
maximum available fault current from the supply; refer to NEC Articles 110 and 230.
7. Show billing meter trough or instrument transformers’ cabinet (C.T. cabinet) in circuitry.
Indicate source and load for the circuit. Refer to Section 7 in the Company’s ESB 750 for
acceptable metering configurations.
8. Identify other protective devices and ratings. Include ratings in volts and amps, the
interruption rating, and type and number of trip coils on circuit breakers. Also, note any
special features of fuses (current limiting, dual element, etc.).
9. Identify ratios of current and potential transformers, taps to be used on multi-ratio
transformers, and connection of dual ratio current transformers if used.
10. Identify any relays, if used, and their functions. Indicate which interrupting device(s) are
tripped by the relay(s) used.
11. Show connections, winding configuration, and ratings of power transformers for any to be
used. Show the transformer impedance and X/R ratio.
12. Indicate the connections, winding configuration and ratings of grounding transformers if any
are to be used. Show the impedance and X/R ratio.
13. Identify Generator Disconnect and its ratings, the service point, and the PCC.
14. Provide catalog cut-sheets clearly identifying exact model to be installed for devices and
equipment of mutual interest to the Company and of the IC. Equipment shall be inclusive
but not limited to the main service arrangement, any transformer in the circuit path between
the point of common coupling and the generator, the generator interrupting device, the utility
disconnect, and inverter(s) and/or relay(s).

- 39 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

FIGURE 1: Sample Distributed Generator One-Line Diagram

[TYPICAL ONLY]

FIGURE 2: Typical Symbology for Electrical Drawings

- 41 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

EXHIBIT 5: Recommended Guidelines for Functional Single-line

Diagram Submittals
Refer to Figures 3 and 4 for typical illustrations.
In addition to Exhibit 4:
15. On functional single-line diagram submittals, industry standard device numbers are
necessary. Refer to the following List of Standard Device Numbers (See latest edition of
ANSI C 37.2):

Device Number Function

25 Synchronizing Device / Synchronism Check
27 Under Voltage Relay
32 Directional Power Relay
46 Negative Sequence Voltage
50 Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay
51 Phase Overcurrent Relay
51C Voltage Controlled Overcurrent Relay
51G Ground Overcurrent Relay
51N Neutral Overcurrent Relay
51V Overcurrent Relay, voltage restraint
52 Breaker
52R Recloser
59 Over Voltage Relay
59G Neutral Voltage Relay
59N Zero Sequence Voltage Relay
62 Time-delay Stopping or Opening Relay
64 Ground Protective Relay
79 AC Reclosing Relay
81 Over and Under Frequency Relay
86 Locking - Out Relay
87 Differential Relay

FIGURE 3: Sample Functional Single-Line Diagram

[TYPICAL ONLY]

- 43 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756B-2018 ver. 5.0

FIGURE 4: Typical 3V0 Requirements for Local EPS Ground Fault

Detection

FIGURE 5: Typical Overhead Single Primary Service Configuration in

NY for Large DER Installations

Notes:
The IC will be required to install a Primary Meter Pole service to the Company’s specifications
on which the Company will dead end the Company’s primary service conductors and connect to
the main disconnect switch. This point will be the physical PCC. See the Company’s ESB 753
for installation specification requirements.
All Company-owned service lateral facilities and equipment on private property will require
easements. These easements will be the responsibility of the IC to obtain in accordance with
the Company’s specific electric service requirements; see ESB 750.

EXHIBIT 6: Net Metering Compliance Verification Checklist

Account Number: __________________________________________
Email:____________ ________
Customer Name: ___________________________________________ Phone #__________ ________
Last First Work Phone #________ _____
Service Address: __________________________________________________________________ __
Number Street Town/City Zip
Billing Address: _________________________________________________________________ ____
Number Street Town/City Zip
Qualified Installer: _______________________ License #__________Phone #___________________
Last First (if available) Cellular #__________________
Address: __________________________________________________ FAX #___________ ________
Number Street Town/City Zip Email:____________________

 Verify One-Line Diagram (installed equipment)

UL 1741 Certified Inverter Model
Software version
Company billing meter s/n Net-meter One Meter Option: YES___ NO___
Inspection received? YES Number ( attach copy of approval certificate )
NO , then stop and await inspection approval.

 Verify Plot Plan (equipment’s location)

“Generator Disconnect Switch” is at agreed location: YES___NO___.
“Generator Disconnect Switch” is labeled as such: YES NO .
Label is at meter location to identify location of Generator Disconnect: YES NO .

 Verify DG System Is Operating (producing power)

Verify “Generator Disconnect Switch” is Open.
Verify voltage is zero volts on DG side of open “Generator Disconnect Switch”: YES___NO___.
Close “Generator Disconnect Switch”.
Verify DG inverter alarms and voltage present on utility side of “Generator Disconnect Switch”:
YES___NO___.

 Restoration of Utility Power Test

Open “Generator Disconnect Switch”, pause at least 1 to 2 minutes, then Close “Generator
Disconnect Switch”. Record time when “Generator Disconnect Switch” is closed:
Record time when DG Inverter starts producing power: . Is the time
between the “Generator Disconnect Switch” closure and when DG Inverter permits
synchronization to utility source greater than 5 minutes? YES____NO____

 24-hour Telephone Number Contact

Name: ______________________________ Number ()_

Performed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name (Customer’s qualified installer)

Witnessed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name (Company witness)

Distributed Generation Connected to National Grid

Distribution Facilities per the Massachusetts
Standards for Interconnecting Distributed Generation

Version 5.0, 06/29/2018

ESB 756 Appendix C is part of the ESB 750 series

ESB756C-0618_v5 06-29-2018.docx
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
TABLE of CONTENTS .................................................................................................... 2
1.0 Purpose....................................................................................................... 4
2.0 Scope.......................................................................................................... 5
3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Guidelines ............................................ 5
4.0 Definitions ................................................................................................... 7
5.0 Interconnecting Customer Interface Procedures ......................................... 7
5.1 APPLICATION PROCESS OVERVIEW......................................................................... 7
5.1.1 Customer Technical Data Submission.................................................................. 8
5.1.1.1 Control Diagrams ............................................................................................ 8
5.1.1.2 Interconnection Facility Equipment Data Sheets ............................................. 8
5.1.1.3 Site Plan ......................................................................................................... 8
5.1.1.4 Data Required for Energy Storage System Applications ................................. 9
5.1.1.5 Data Required for Facility or Campus-style Microgrid Applications.................. 9
5.2 INTERCONNECTION PROCESS FOR DER NOT ELIGIBLE FOR THE SIMPLIFIED PROCESS
............................................................................................................................. 9
5.3 OBJECTIVES IN THE APPLICATION PROCESS ...........................................................10
5.4 CONSIDERATIONS DURING THE APPLICATION PROCESS FOR DER INTERCONNECTIONS
IN SECONDARY GRID AND SPOT NETWORK AREAS .................................................11
5.5 INTERCONNECTION CHARGES ................................................................................12
Table 5.5-1: DER Projects where no EPS upgrades are expected.....................................13
Table 5.5-2: Complex DER Projects...................................................................................13
6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection .............................................. 13
6.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ..................................................................................13
Illustration 6.1.5-1: Typical DG Installation Areas on Radial Distribution Feeders...............15
6.2 SIGNIFICANT EPS CONSIDERATIONS ......................................................................16
6.2.1 Direct Transfer Trip .............................................................................................16
6.2.2 Transmission Ground Fault Detection .................................................................16
Illustration 6.2.2-1: Simple One Line for Transmission Ground Faults for Typical Substation
Transformer Configuration .................................................................................................17
7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements .......................................... 17
7.1 GENERAL CRITERIA ..............................................................................................18
7.1.1 Single Phase .......................................................................................................18
7.1.2 Three Phase........................................................................................................18
7.1.3 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance................................................................18
7.1.4 Neutral Stabilization, Ground Faults, and Grounding...........................................18
7.2 SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND REVENUE METERING......................................................19
7.2.1 Service Equipment Requirements .......................................................................19
7.2.2 Company Revenue Metering Requirements ........................................................20
7.2.3 Company Revenue Metering Requirements (ESS paired with DG) .....................20
Illustration 7.2.3-1 Typical ESS Paired with DG Metered Service ...................................21
7.3 TRANSFORMER .....................................................................................................21
7.3.1 Secondary Served Customers.............................................................................21
7.3.2 Primary and Higher Voltage Served Customers ..................................................22
7.3.2.1 Effectively Grounded, Four-wire Multi-grounded 3-phase Wye EPS:..............22
7.3.2.2 Not Effectively Grounded, Three-wire 3-phase EPS:......................................22
7.4 MANUAL GENERATOR DISCONNECTING MEANS ......................................................22
7.5 GENERATOR INTERRUPTING DEVICE REQUIREMENTS ..............................................24
7.5.1 General ...............................................................................................................24
7.5.2 Local Power Supply Requirements......................................................................24
7.6 PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS ...................................25

-2-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
7.6.1 Type Tested (Certified) Equipment ......................................................................26
7.6.2 Non-Type Tested Equipment...............................................................................26
7.6.3 Number of Relays Required ................................................................................26
7.6.3.1 Certified Inverter-based Energy Resource Protection Requirements..............26
7.6.3.2 All Non-Certified Energy Resource Protection Requirements.........................27
7.6.4 Instrument Transformers for Protective Relays....................................................27
7.6.4.1 Current Transformers (CT).............................................................................27
7.6.4.2 Voltage Transformers (VT) and Connections .................................................27
7.6.5 Protective Relay and Trip Circuit Hard-Wire Requirements .................................27
7.6.6 Protective Relay Test Switch Requirements ........................................................28
7.6.7 Voltage Relay Devices ........................................................................................28
7.6.8 Frequency Relay Devices....................................................................................28
7.6.9 Synchronizing Devices ........................................................................................28
7.6.10 Overcurrent Relay Devices..................................................................................29
7.6.11 Utility Grade Relay and Protective Device Settings and Verification ....................29
7.6.11.1 Default Voltage and Frequency Set points for all types of Energy Resources 29
Table 7.6.11.1-1 Utility Grade Relay and Parallel Generation Default Voltage & Frequency
Set Points ..........................................................................................................................29
7.6.11.2 Synchronism Check Setting Requirements for all types of Generation ...........29
Table 7.6.11.2-1 Relay Settings to Parallel with the Company EPS ...................................29
7.6.11.3 Company-designated Relays and Customer Settings ....................................30
7.6.11.4 Company Verification of Relay Testing...........................................................30
7.6.12 Unintentional Islanding Protection for DER..........................................................30
7.6.12.1 General ..........................................................................................................30
7.6.12.2 Islanding risk mitigation methods required .....................................................31
7.6.12.3 Certified DER .................................................................................................31
7.6.12.4 Non-certified & voltage or frequency regulating inverters, induction &
synchronous machines...................................................................................................32
7.7 MONITORING AND CONTROL (M&C) AT DER FACILITY ............................................32
7.7.1 For Independent Power Producer (IPP) – “Utility Connected Stand Alone” projects
(DER with no load).............................................................................................................33
7.7.2 For Non IPP - “Behind the meter” projects (DER’s with customer Load)..............33
Table 7.7.2-1: RTU Requirements by Facility Size ............................................................33
7.8 VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY RIDE THROUGH AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ............34
7.8.1 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through .................................................................34
7.8.2 Voltage and Frequency Control ...........................................................................34
Table 7.8.2.2-1: Default Mode Settings for Inverter-based Utility Interactive DER ..............34
7.8.3 Return to Service.................................................................................................34
Table 7.8.3-1: Return to Service Parameters for DER........................................................35
8.0 Testing and Commissioning ...................................................................... 35
9.0 Operating .................................................................................................. 35
10.0 Power Quality Monitoring .......................................................................... 36
10.1 POWER QUALITY COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION ........................................................36
10.2 POWER QUALITY DISTURBANCE AND MITIGATION ...................................................36
10.3 TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGE/LOAD REJECTION OVERVOLTAGE (LROV)....................36
11.0 Facility Audit.............................................................................................. 37
12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)................................................ 37
13.0 REVISION HISTORY ................................................................................ 37
EXHIBITS ATTACHED.................................................................................................. 37
EXHIBIT 1: COMPANY REQUIREMENTS FOR PROJECTS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR THE SIMPLIFIED
PROCESS .............................................................................................................38
EXHIBIT 2: REFERENCE MAPS OF NATIONAL GRID MASSACHUSETTS SECONDARY NETWORK
-3-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
EPS AREAS .........................................................................................................39
EXHIBIT 3: DISTRIBUTION SECONDARY GRID AND SPOT NETWORK DESCRIPTION .....................40
EXHIBIT 4: RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL SINGLE-LINE
DIAGRAM SUBMITTALS ..........................................................................................41
FIGURE 1: SAMPLE RESIDENTIAL PHOTOVOLTAIC DISTRIBUTED GENERATOR INSTALLATION –
SINGLE PHASE, NET METERED ..............................................................................42
FIGURE 2: SAMPLE DISTRIBUTED GENERATOR ONE-LINE DIAGRAM .........................................43
FIGURE 3: TYPICAL SYMBOLOGY FOR ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ...............................................44
EXHIBIT 5: RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR FUNCTIONAL SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM SUBMITTALS45
FIGURE 4: SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM .........................................................46
FIGURE 5: TYPICAL 3V0 REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCAL EPS GROUND FAULT DETECTION ............47
EXHIBIT 6: TYPICAL OVERHEAD PRIMARY SERVICE CONFIGURATION IN MA FOR LARGE DER
INSTALLATIONS.....................................................................................................48
EXHIBIT 7: NET METERING COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION CHECKLIST (SIMPLIFIED PROCESS)......49

1.0 Purpose
1. Electric System Bulletin (ESB) 756 Appendix C covers requirements for interconnecting
customers proposing to install a distributed energy resource (DER) system
(“Interconnecting Customer” or “Customer”) to National Grid’s (“the Company”)
Massachusetts electric power system (EPS) for State jurisdictional projects.
2. ESB 756 Appendix C does not cover the technical federal and state transmission
operator jurisdictional requirements (ISO-NE (New England Independent System
Operator) and FERC (Federal Energy Regulatory Commission)) for connection to the
Company’s transmission EPS, community microgrids, and parallel operated DER
systems and on-site generators (OSG) that are covered by the Company’s ESB 756
Appendix A.1
3. This ESB supplements ESB 750 and the M.D.P.U. 2 1320 Massachusetts Electric
Company Nantucket Electric Company d/b/a National Grid Standards for Interconnecting
Distributed Generation (MA SIDG; see
https://www9.nationalgridus.com/non_html/1320%20-
%20DG%20Interconnection%20Tariff_10.01.16.pdf) and provides general technical
requirements, recommendations, and assistance to customers regarding DER systems
connected in parallel to the Company’s distribution EPS. Note that the MA SIDG does
not apply to DER facilities, or group of facilities, having specific requirements under ISO-
NE3 Operating Procedures No. 14 and No. 18 and where wholesale DER connections
are proposed. Each DER interconnection project will be individually evaluated relative to
its unique technical and engineering parameters. As such, the Company reserves the
right to amend or revise the technical requirements of this document, should it be
justified by a project’s unique circumstances.
4. ESB 756 and this Appendix C are available from the Company’s website at
http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications and in printed form by contacting

-4-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
the Call Center in Massachusetts (see inside cover of ESB 750 for Customer Service
Center telephone numbers). However, since printed copies may not reflect the latest
updates, please refer to the Company’s website for the latest authorized versions.

2.0 Scope
1. This Appendix C to ESB 756 is provided to assist a Customer desiring to interconnect a
generator facility to National Grid’s EPS to meet requirements for all generating
interfacing equipment to be designed, installed, interconnected, tested, and operated in
accordance with applicable government, industry, and Company standards.
2. These requirements are limited and apply to only those types of parallel generation
covered by the MA SIDG connected to the Company EPS that are net metered
generation sources (Net Metered Classes) or non-net metered generation sources
including other distributed energy resources (DER) such as energy storage systems
(ESS), facility or campus-style microgrids, and where DER owners, or DER owners as
clients of registered aggregators, sign onto a retail tariff with the intent to sell energy or
ancillary services to the retail market. For FERC jurisdictional projects connected to the
Company Distribution EPS, the technical provisions of this document also apply. Where
conflicts arise, the technical provisions of ESB 756 Appendix C take precedence.
3. These requirements apply only to those points in which the Customer and the Company
have a mutual interest of the DER facility’s or premises’ wiring service connection to
ensure safety to Company employees and the public as well as satisfactory operation,
compatibility, and reliability with the electrical supply to others served by the Company’s
EPS. This includes, but not limited to,
 the location of the service point and facilities under the Company’s exclusive control,
such as the Company’s metering to be installed at any point on either side of the
service point;
 service lateral;
 service equipment; and
 the Company’s need to automatically isolate parallel sources of the DER facility from
the EPS should there be an unacceptable disturbance, event, or condition within the
facility.
Conditions of electric service are based on governmental laws or regulations that
determine the Company’s authority to provide electric service under their tariffs. See
90.2(B)(5) in the National Electrical Code® and the Company’s ESB 750 for more
information.
4. For the Company’s interconnection process requirements of the MA SIDG, please refer
to the retail tariff requirements at the following Company website:
MA: https://www9.nationalgridus.com/masselectric/home/energyeff/4_interconnection-
process.asp
5. These requirements may also be applied, at the discretion of the Company, to other
methods used to generate electricity in parallel with the Company’s EPS, including but
not limited to energy storage system (ESS) facilities, regenerative drives used in
elevators, and component power inverters used in exercise equipment and any other
micro-scale type energy recapture systems.

3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Guidelines

-5-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Std. 1547 “Standard for
Interconnection and Interoperability of Distributed Energy Resources with Associated
Electric Power Systems Interfaces”
 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Std. 1741 “Standard for Inverters, Converters,
Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy
Resources”
 ANSI/IEEE C2 “National Electrical Safety Code®” (NESC)
 NFPA 70 “National Electrical Code®” (NEC)
 NFPA 70B “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance”
 NFPA 70E “Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace”
 NETA-MTS "Maintenance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems"
2. The Customer’s DER facility shall also conform to any applicable requirements of the
Massachusetts DPU and any local, state, federal and/or other agencies from which a
review, approval, or a permit is required.
 The minimum “fall zone” clearance of wind turbine generators (WTG) shall be in
accordance with the local governmental authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and in any
case, shall not be less than 125% of maximum WTG height measured horizontally to
the Company’s overhead distribution lines.
 Refer to ESB 750 for additional information regarding specifications for electrical
installations. The Customer is responsible for securing and coordinating all required
easements and permits for installation of equipment on the proposed site.
3. The Customer shall comply with the latest revision of the appropriate Company ESB or
tariff requirements, which cover details for the Customer’s electric service installation.
These include:
 ESB 750 - Specifications for Electrical Installations
 ESB 751 - General Requirements Above 600-Volt Service4
 ESB 752 - Service Above 15,000 volts
 ESB 754 - Outdoor Pad Mounted or Vault Enclosed Single and Three Phase
Transformer
 ESB 755 - Operation & Maintenance Requirements for Services Above 600 Volts
 ESB 758 - Primary Service to Metal Enclosed Gear
 M.D.P.U. 1320 - Massachusetts Electric Company Nantucket Electric Company
d/b/a National Grid Standards for Interconnecting Distributed Generation (MA SIDG)
 M.D.P.U. 1316 - Massachusetts Electric Company Nantucket Electric Company
Terms and Conditions for Distribution Service
 M.D.P.U. 1360 - Massachusetts Electric Company Nantucket Electric Company
Net Metering Provision
 M.D.P.U 1321 – Massachusetts Electric Company Nantucket Electric Company
Qualifying Facility Power Purchase Rate P

4
ESB 751 Applies regardless of service voltage for DER systems.

-6-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
Refer to Exhibits 4 and 5 and Figures 1 through 3 for information when submitting
single-line diagrams to the Company’s electronic mail address at
[email protected].

4.0 Definitions
See ESB750, ESB756, and the MA SIDG for definitions of special terms. The following
terms are defined for the purposes of this document.
1. Certified: Equipment that is approved by examination for safety; see NEC Articles 90
and 110.
2. Certified DER: A UL 1741 certified inverter.
3. Generator: Equipment that produces power.
4. Generator Set or Genset: The singular assembly of an electrical generator and a prime
mover.
5. Line section: Any EPS circuit segment that can be isolated via an automatic
interrupting device such as a sectionalizer, recloser, or circuit breaker.
6. Non-certified DER: Any induction or synchronous DER, or a non-UL 1741 inverter.
7. Prime Mover: The equipment that drives the generator to output power. For example, in
a typical motor operated generator, i.e., M-G set, the motor would be considered the
prime mover, or for photovoltaic installations the DC panel arrays on a solar facility
would be considered the prime mover.
8. Recloser: A line protective device having automatic interruption and controlled
reclosing characteristics.
9. Utility Grade: Refers to protective device equipment complying with ANSI/IEEE C37.90,
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 and ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2.

The terms Customer, distributed generator (DG), distributed resource (DR), distributed
energy resource (DER), interconnecting customer (IC), and isolation are defined in the MA
SIDG.

5.0 Interconnecting Customer Interface Procedures

5.1 Application Process Overview
This section outlines the process for a Customer to receive Company approval to
interconnect DER facilities to the Company’s distribution EPS.5 This process is intended for
the following:
1. New DER facilities (as aggregated on the customer side of the point of common coupling
(PCC)), that are eligible under the MA SIDG process and;
2. Review of any modifications affecting the Company distribution EPS and service
connection interface at the PCC of existing Customer DER systems that:
(i) Have a nameplate rating in aggregate on the Customer’s side of the PCC that
exceed the service connection rating;
(ii) Are eligible under the MA SIDG process; and
(iii) Have been interconnected to the Company EPS where an existing retail
interconnection agreement and/or power purchase agreement between the
Customer and the Company is in place.

-7-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
This application process and its requirements do not apply to generation equipment that will
never be allowed to operate in parallel with the Company Distribution EPS. For example,
this process does not apply to emergency standby generators with break-before-make
transfer switches and any other generation sources that operate independently of any
connection to the Company Distribution EPS and have no provision for such connection
(even for a short period of time).
As stated above, this application process is mandated by the Massachusetts DPU for
customer generation equipment that will be connected to the Company Distribution EPS on
a full or part time basis; see the MA SIDG.
5.1.1 Customer Technical Data Submission
The Customer shall submit, at the time of application, all relevant documentation as
specified in the MA SIDG. The Company reserves the right to request additional information
as needed specific to the interconnection of Customer equipment including, but not limited
to, three line diagrams, control diagrams, equipment test reports and other information; see
the Company’s ESB 751. The Customer shall provide proof of land ownership or rights to
land use.
5.1.1.1 Control Diagrams
The Customer shall submit all control diagrams (“DC control schematics”) of the equipment
associated with the interconnection protective system. Control diagrams depict all logic
used to control the interconnection protective devices. Relay logic diagrams shall be
provided for utility-grade relay functions meeting utility requirements.
5.1.1.2 Interconnection Facility Equipment Data Sheets
The Customer shall submit all technical data associated with the specific distribution,
protection, and generation equipment included in the project. Submitted documentation
shall highlight product numbers and information for the specific equipment/devices that will
be installed as part of the project. Examples of required documentation specific to DERs
include but are not limited to:
 Rotating machine impedance parameters for modeling
 Inverter-based system models and validation test data
 Inverter islanding detection information, including brief description of islanding detection
method, parameters monitored, parameters perturbed (for active islanding methods),
and whether positive feedback-based methods are to be used
5.1.1.3 Site Plan
A site plan shall be submitted showing the location of major customer equipment, the
Company equipment to be installed on site, and site details that will be helpful to define
accessibility of the site. The site plan shall show the following equipment at minimum:
1. Interfacing transformer
2. Interrupting devices
3. Isolation device(s) (e.g. Generator Disconnect)
4. Point of Common Coupling (PCC)
5. Company pole number nearest the proposed PCC
6. Company line extension to site and from nearest Point of Interconnection
7. Restricted accesses, fences, gates and access controls
8. Existing and proposed Access road(s) including, at a minimum, road material, surface
loading criteria, and dimensions to confirm Company personnel and equipment access
requirements are met.
9. Generator location
10. Existing service(s)

-8-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
Site plans shall be to scale with approximate distances indicated. In addition to site plan, the
Company may request an assessor map to determine property lines, wetlands and
easements.
5.1.1.4 Data Required for Energy Storage System Applications
For applications having ESS proposed, additional information may be required at the time of
application for interconnection such as but not limited to:
 Method of ESS connection whether: (1) ESS directly connected to utility EPS; (2)
Distributed Generator (DG) and ESS DC coupled; (3) DG and ESS AC coupled; and (4)
ESS on load side of service point and utility revenue meter with the premises load, as
applicable to the proposal.
 Sequence of operation for the ESS’ charging and discharging capabilities and the
maximum ramp rate in Watts/second.
 Non-UL 1741 listed inverters will require a utility intertie relay with the appropriate IEEE
1547 functions, settings, and islanding protection according to the Company’s ESB
756 jurisdictional requirements.
 Service configuration and revenue metering provisions shall meet the Company’s ESB
750 and its applicable supplements.
5.1.1.5 Data Required for Facility or Campus-style Microgrid Applications
Additional information may be required at the time of application for interconnection specific
to the facility or campus-style microgrid proposed operation. Facility or campus-style
microgrid applications have certain characteristics described here, all of which fall under the
U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) definition.6 Such microgrids consist of one or more
buildings and the relationship with the interconnected utility is characterized as either a
single customer-of-record or a single operating entity on one property. These can take
several forms such as:
1. A single building under a common property owner with a common customer account.
The microgrid has generation resources that can operate in parallel with the electric grid
or in island mode.
2. A single building under a common property owner/customer, with multiple direct-metered
accounts. The microgrid is configured so that all customers within the building can share
the benefits of DER.
3. Multiple buildings owned by a common property owner where microgrid loads and DER
are tied with common electric distribution facilities generally not owned by the utility.
These facility or campus-style microgrids are premises wiring systems governed by the
National Electrical Code (NEC) as adopted by the local jurisdictional authority. 7
5.2 Interconnection Process for DER Not Eligible for the
Simplified Process
The process for installation of those facilities the Company deems necessary for
interconnection of the DER system will be specified by the Company in accordance with the
MA SIDG in response to the Customer’s DER interconnection application. See Exhibit 1 for
Company requirements for Projects not Eligible for the Simplified Process.

5.3 Objectives in the Application Process

1. Parallel operation of a generator becomes integrated with the Company EPS, in which
the Customer and the Company have a mutual interest. The interconnection must
preserve the safety, reliability, security, power quality, and operational efficiency needs
of the Company’s EPS. This is necessary to ensure safety to the public and to
Company employees and satisfactory operation and compatibility with the electrical
supply to others. The steps and timing requirements of the application process are
identified within the MA SIDG.
2. Additional site-specific requirements may be indicated once the supply voltage, service
arrangement, location, and generation purpose is determined, where such Customer
proposed purpose can be either:
 peak shaving,8
 net metering for solar, wind, anaerobic digestion, small hydroelectric, agricultural or
other projects in accordance with the Company’s net-metering tariff, M.D.P.U. 1360,
 ESS paired with DG, or
 export energy for a QF with an agreement for sales9 all according to the Company’s
tariff provisions.
3. For new electric service or modifications to electric service to accommodate the
Customer’s parallel generator, refer to the Company’s latest revision of ESB No. 750,
Specifications for Electrical Installations. The Customer will be responsible for any
permitting and conformance to the latest revision of all local, state and federal codes and
national standards that apply. For example:
1. Under MA and municipal building code requirements the Customer will need to
provide evidence of electrical inspection approval from their local municipal code
enforcement agency.
2. The Customer will also be responsible for any additional costs associated with work
completed by another entity (such as Telco set poles). The Customer should be
aware that project construction schedules can be severely impacted by this other
work.
4. When considering a DER interconnection arrangement, an M.D.P.U. 1320 Exhibit A
application or Exhibit B pre-application and/or Exhibit C application must be submitted to
the Company’s Distributed Generation Services department.
5. Any subsequent sale of an On-Site Generator (OSG) facility covered by the
requirements of the MA SIDG of the original retail Customer’s facility will require the new
owner to establish a separate interconnection agreement (M.D.P.U. 1320 Exhibit F
and/or G) for the generation and to comply with these parallel generation requirements.
6. Refer to:
 The steps to install distributed generation in Massachusetts as specified in the MA
SIDG; see Section 3.0 of M.D.P.U. 1320
(https://www9.nationalgridus.com/non_html/Interconnect_stds_MA.pdf),

- 10 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
 The Company’s Distributed Generation Services electronic mail address as follows
for inquiries: [email protected], and
 The Company’s (www.nationalgridus.com) “Distributed Generation” web site at
https://www9.nationalgridus.com/masselectric/home/energyeff/distributed_gener
ation.asp for information and forms listed below (from M.D.P.U. 1320)
https://www9.nationalgridus.com/non_html/Interconnect_stds_MA.pdf) when
making an application with the Company:
o Simplified Process application form and service agreement (Exhibit A)
o Pre-Application Report Form (Exhibit B)
o Expedited and Standard Process application form (Exhibit C)
o Supplemental Review Agreement for those projects which have failed one or
more screens in the Expedited Process (Exhibit D)
o Impact Study Agreement under the Standard Process (Exhibit E)
o Detailed Study Agreement for the more detailed study under the Standard
Process which requires substantial System Modifications (Exhibit F)
o Interconnection Service Agreement for Expedited and Standard Process
(Exhibit G)
o Agreement Between the Company and the Company’s Retail Customer
(Exhibit H)
o Landowner Consent Agreement (Exhibit I)
o Schedule Z – Additional Information Required for Net Metering Service
 The following Independent System Operator-New England (ISO-NE) requirements
apply under this bulletin:
 DER projects 60 kW or larger that will export power require asset
registration by the Company’s Customer Energy Integration (CEI)
department to ISO-NE.
 DER projects greater than 1 MW but less than 5 MW will require a
notification by the Company’s CEI department to ISO-NE via Attachment
4 under ISO-NE Planning Procedure (PP) 5-1.
 DER projects greater than or equal to 5 MW will require a review of
transmission system impacts and a Proposed Plan Application (PPA) filed
with ISO-NE. Refer to ISO-NE PP 5-1.
7. The application process and attendant services are offered by the Company on a non-
discriminatory basis to any Customer. As part of the process, the Company may identify
the need for detailed engineering studies, EPS upgrades and additional protection
requirements. As allowed by the Massachusetts DPU, the costs of the detailed study
and upgrades are the responsibility of the Customer. If the Customer makes significant
changes in the design or scheduling of their DER system, then any previous information
furnished by the Company to the Customer is subject to review and possible change,
which may cause a delay in service.
8. The following website contains the Company’s application of the MA SIDG net metering
rules: https://www.nationalgridus.com/masselectric/home/energyeff/4_net-mtr.asp.
5.4 Considerations during the Application Process for DER
Interconnections in Secondary Grid and Spot Network Areas
1. When applying for a DER interconnection within the Company’s secondary area network
and secondary spot network EPS located in the downtown districts of Brockton, Lynn,
and Worcester in Massachusetts, DER installations on distribution secondary network
systems may require a study to be undertaken to ensure the DER facility does not
degrade the reliability, power quality, safety, or operation of the Company’s network

- 11 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
system. For these areas, the study may be required regardless of DER size, type, or
complexity. Therefore, customers in the downtown districts of Brockton, Lynn, and
Worcester should check the National Grid Website: “Area Network Maps”
[http://www.nationalgridus.com/masselectric/business/energyeff/4_networkmap.asp]. If
that street location is highlighted in red (or near) the red line, then contact the
Company at [email protected] to determine if the proposed
location is served by a distribution secondary network system. This should be done
while the project is still in the planning stage, and certainly before purchasing equipment
or beginning installation. The Company will review the Customer’s plans and discuss
options with the Customer. Refer to attached Exhibit 2 for area maps locating the
Company’s secondary network service areas.
2. Unlike radial distribution systems that deliver power to each customer in a single path
from source to load, underground secondary area network systems deliver power to
each customer through a complex and integrated system of multiple transformers and
underground cables that are connected and operate in parallel; refer to attached Exhibit
3 for more information.
1. Connecting customer DER to the low voltage secondary networks can cause the
power flow on network feeders to shift (i.e., reverse) causing network protectors
within the network system to trip open. The Company’s network system protection is
designed without time delay. Synchronous generators are not permitted to
interconnect to the Company’s secondary voltage network systems. Small induction
and inverter-based generators are considered on the secondary voltage network
systems on a case-by-case basis.
2. Spot networks are similar to area networks except they serve a single premise.
Connection of DER systems on the spot networks are only permitted if the secondary
bus is energized by more than 50% of the number of installed network protectors as
required by the current version of the IEEE Std. 1547.
3. As a result, the connection of customer DER facilities on networks (i) poses some
issues for the Company to maintain adequate voltage and worker safety and (ii) has
the potential to cause the power flow on network feeders to shift (i.e., reverse)
causing network protectors within the network grid to trip open. Therefore, to ensure
network safety and reliability additional information will be required for the
Company’s engineering analysis such as:
 Customer’s existing10 or proposed electric demand profile showing minimum load
during peak generation time,
 Customer’s expected generation profile shown for a 24-hour period and typical
seven (7)-day duration based on nameplate generation rating, and
 Customer’s complete electric service single-line diagram showing the
configuration of the proposed generation and other metered tenants, if any, up to
the service point supplied by the Company’s secondary network EPS.
5.5 Interconnection Charges
Customers shall be subject to charges for interconnection costs. To permit interconnected
operations with a Customer, the Company may incur costs in excess of those it would have
incurred had the Customer taken firm service. These costs, called interconnection costs,
are directly related to the installation of those facilities the Company deems necessary for
interconnection. They include initial engineering evaluations, purchase and installation of

Table 5.5-2: Complex DER Projects

Item Typical Company Support Activities Attributed to Customer's Project
No.
(Requiring Charges to the Customer)
1 Company Distribution EPS upgrades (e.g., Current Limiting Fuses, Primary Conductors, Line Reclosers, Switches,
Voltage Regulators, Capacitors, etc.) as a result of DER impact.
2 Where Local EPS anti-islanding protection is required, Direct Transfer Trip (DTT) transmit addition to Distribution EPS
substation feeder breaker (and/or Line Recloser) for DER impact on distribution feeder.
3 Where Company-provided Radio Communications can be applied, additions to support DTT equipment at Distribution
EPS substation feeder breaker (and/or Line Recloser) for DER impact on distribution feeder.
4 Where Local EPS feeder selectivity may require prompt control measures for DER impact on distribution feeder
operations, EMS-RTU (analog status & control) addition at the DER facility.
5 Service Connection modifications and additions for DER impact on the Company Distribution EPS.
6 Revenue metering equipment changes/additions.
7 Engineering acceptance review of Customer's construction design submittals where the Company has mutual interest
such as service connection facilities, meter mounting provisions, Company-designated protective devices and control
schemes (e.g., DTT receive package installation at DER) according to the Company’s ESB 750 series.
8 Field audit of Customer installation to accepted design.
9 Field compliance verification - witness tests of Customer protective devices coordinating with the Company
Distribution EPS.
10 Project Management (CEI, Distr. Line, Distr. Station, etc.)

6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection

- 13 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
2. An Impact Study, and a Detailed Study in some cases, is needed to identify the severity
of system impacts and the upgrades needed to avoid problems on the Company EPS.
Typically, an Impact or Detailed Study will be performed by the Company to determine if
the proposed generation on the circuit results in any relay coordination, fault current,
and/or voltage regulation problems.
3. There is a wide range of potential issues associated with the interconnection of DER
facilities to the Company Distribution EPS including, but not limited to:
a. Impact on step voltage regulation equipment
b. Increased fault duty on Company and Customer protective devices and
equipment
c. Interference with the operation of protection systems
d. Harmonic distortion contributions
e. Voltage flicker
f. Ground fault overvoltages
g. Risk of islanding
h. System restoration
i. Power system stability
j. System reinforcement
k. Metering
l. Arc flash
4. It is important to scrutinize the interconnection of Customer DER systems to the
Company EPS so that any negative impacts to the Company EPS performance can be
avoided without degradation of EPS safety and reliability. It is the intent of any
Company study in accordance with the MA SIDG requirements when applicable to avoid
negative power system impacts by identifying the particular type of impact that will occur
and determining the required equipment upgrades that can be installed to mitigate the
issue(s).
5. In general, DG facilities connected to various locations on the radial distribution EPS
(see Illustration 6.1.5-1) are initially evaluated for the maximum possible DER capacity
under ideal situations that can be installed on the Company’s EPS through technical
screens. Where initial technical screens identify concerns on the Company’s EPS, site
specific system studies (e.g., available short circuit current contributions, minimum
network loading in light loading seasons, voltage regulator interactions, etc.) will be
required and will identify the interconnection requirements.

6. DER saturation, such that it becomes technically infeasible to operate on the distribution
feeder or line section, becomes problematic when multiple proposed projects or
additional proposed projects are submitted in excess of the designed capacity of major
EPS infrastructure. The Company will identify DER saturation in initial screening reviews
and in the results of impact studies for DER applications. Studies will be more complex
and accommodating interconnections will likely require more involved infrastructure
development, costs, and duration to construct.
1. The EPS substation bus voltage regulation, transformer capacity, and high voltage
side protection may be impacted by large DER systems and the Company may
specify interconnection to a higher voltage EPS, which allows for continued growth of
small DER on the Company’s Distribution EPS (e.g. residential solar).
2. On single-phase radial distribution systems, generator interconnections with
aggregate generator nameplate ratings over 50 kVA may require three-phase service
and will be determined by the Company on a case-by-case basis.
7. The Company’s distribution substations are subject to fault duty limitations. Adding
generation to the Company Distribution EPS increases the amount of fault current
imposed on the substations and equipment on the feeder(s). Exceeding the fault duties
of equipment and devices at the substation(s) and on the feeder(s) as a result of DER
facilities will not be permitted. Where the equipment fault duty ratings have been
reached or exceeded, alternate methods of interconnection shall be explored or
equipment shall be replaced at the expense of the Customer with comparable equipment
of the appropriate withstand and/or AIC rating.
8. Normally, one service is provided to the customer according to the Company’s electricity
tariff, M.D.P.U. 1316. However, under specified conditions, multiple service facilities may
be supplied to the Customer from a Company Distribution EPS. The interconnection of
multiple services shall be specified by the Company within the Company’s operating
practices and electric service requirements.11

11
See Section 3 in the Company’s ESB750 for more information on multiple service requests.

6.2 Significant EPS Considerations

6.2.1 Direct Transfer Trip
IEEE 1547 requires any DER on a distribution feeder to detect and be tripped offline
within two (2) seconds upon formation of an island from the area EPS. An island is a
condition in which a portion of an area EPS is energized solely by one or more Local
DERs while it is electrically separated from the rest of the area EPS. There are some
cases where a DER’s on-site equipment (such as voltage and frequency relaying or
islanding detection) cannot reliably detect utility islands. Where the Company
determines that a significant risk of islanding exists, direct transfer trip (DTT) may be
required. DTT typically requires utility substation modifications to send a signal to trip
the DER facility offline when the substation breaker opens. This also typically
requires the Customer to lease a communication medium between the substation
and the DER facility, as well as install a receiver and tripping device in their facility.
DTT has inherent high costs and physical limitations associated with equipment
installation due to the typical leased telecommunication line requirement at the EPS
source and at the generator(s), as well as required utility substation modifications.
The initial and recurring costs for DTT are at the expense of the Interconnecting
Customer. See section 7.6.12 for more detail on when DTT may be required, which
includes but is not limited to islanding
6.2.2 Transmission Ground Fault Detection
The addition of generation sources to distribution feeders can result in the
backfeeding of the substation transformers, effectively turning a station designed for
load into a generation step-up transformer. The Company’s most common
distribution substation transformer has a delta connection on the transmission side
and a wye-grounded connection on the distribution side. Due to the transformer's
configuration,12 it cannot contribute zero sequence ground fault current to single line
to ground faults on a transmission line, and the voltage on the unfaulted phases rises
significantly and rapidly. These overvoltages have the potential to exceed insulation
levels of the station and transmission line equipment, and maximum continuous
operating voltage of surge arresters. This situation can also leave transmission
ground faults energized by the distribution-connected DER. Zero sequence voltage
protection (commonly referred to as “3V0”) on the primary side of the transformer is
required in order to detect these overvoltage conditions. This 3V0 protection will
disconnect the generation from the substation transformer, and stop the generation
and transformer from contributing to the transmission-side overvoltage condition.
If the Company determines there is a likelihood of a zero sequence overvoltage
event, transmission ground fault detection equipment and substation modifications
may be required.

12
There may be other transformer configurations for which zero sequence continuity is broken and/or the
DER is unable to reliably detect and trip offline for transmission ground faults. The Company determines
when and which type of transmission ground fault detection is required based on the substation
configuration on a case-by-case basis.

Illustration 6.2.2-1 shows an example transformer configuration for which it is difficult

for distribution-connected DERs to detect and trip for transmission ground faults.
Where the DER can contribute to this condition without tripping on the 88%
undervoltage trip point, 3V0 may be required to be installed at the substation. Three
voltage sensors (typically coupling capacitor voltage transformers (CCVT), are
connected to the transmission side of the utility substation transformer. These
voltage sensors are wired to a 59N relay (“3V0” or zero sequence overvoltage
function), which trips the DER offline via utility breakers in the substation. This helps
de-energize the ground fault from all sources. (Not all details or configurations are
shown. Some substations may require protection for detecting transmission ground
faults other than 3V0). Customers should be aware that these modifications to the
Company’s substations require significant cost and time to install. The cost and time
requirements are provided in the impact study according to the MA SIDG and the
Company’s Electric Tariff when performed for the Interconnecting Customer.

7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements

- 17 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
For facility or campus-style microgrid connections, DER interconnection equipment,
protective systems and microgrid controllers connected at the PCC to the Company’s EPS
are to be designed and operated according to the Company’s requirements in this bulletin
as well as to applicable codes and industry standards. Facility or campus-style microgrids
may be permitted to automatically trip their PCC isolation device in order to island and serve
the premises load; however, this device is required to be blocked from closing until
authorized to do so by the Company. The control scheme that will disconnect and reconnect
the facility or campus-style microgrid from the Company’s EPS must be reviewed and
approved by the Company through the MA SIDG process and is subject to witness testing
and/or periodic testing as necessary. These situations will require that specific operating
protocols to ensure that customer safety and the overall EPS safety and reliability are not in
any way compromised.
7.1 General Criteria
The interconnection of all parallel generators requires safeguards for synchronization and
back feed situations in accordance with the MA SIDG. Each specific connection must be
studied with respect to size, type, and the nature of the Company’s Distribution EPS at the
POI. Only the results of a specific study can indicate the suitability of a given generator
connection to the Company’s Distribution EPS and its possible economic viability. See the
MA SIDG for detailed requirements.
7.1.1 Single Phase
Single phase parallel generator connections to the Company’s EPS under 600 volts
present power quality and phase balance challenges. Single phase connections
shall have these minimum characteristics:
 Nameplate rating of a single generator or group of generators equal to or less
than 50 kVA unless otherwise specified by the Company on a case-by-case
basis.
 Configured as a three-wire, line-to-line with neutral, or line-to-neutral with
adequate load balance.
 A dedicated service lateral with a dedicated transformer, when required by the
Company.
7.1.2 Three Phase
Other than permissible single phase connections, three phase connections are
required. The aggregated nameplate rating of all DER systems operating in parallel
with the Company’s EPS on the premise equal to or greater than 5 MW according to
the MA SIDG for facilities, or group of facilities, have specific requirements under
ISO-NE Operating Procedures No. 14 and No. 18. Refer to ESB 756 Appendix A for
additional information in these cases and where wholesale DER connections are
proposed.
7.1.3 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance
1. The Customer’s DER facility shall permit equal current in each phase conductor at
the service point or PCC. Voltage unbalance resulting from unbalanced currents
shall not exceed 2% and shall not cause objectionable effects upon or interfere with
the operation of the Company’s facilities and service to others. This criterion shall be
met with and without generation.
2. The interconnection of the DER facility shall not affect the Company’s nominal
voltage delivery at the PCC by greater than 3%.
7.1.4 Neutral Stabilization, Ground Faults, and Grounding
1. Where the Customer is served from a Company multi-grounded distribution circuit,
an effectively grounded system with respect to the Company’s EPS must be
provided to ensure neutral stability and avoid distribution circuit over voltage during
accidental isolation of the Company’s area EPS from the Company’s main system.
- 18 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
This may require an additional ground source. Adequate grounding can be provided
either by the use of wye-delta main power transformer or by installing an appropriate
grounding means (see Section 7.3 for acceptable effective grounding options).
2. Contributing to ground faults on the Company’s distribution EPS can desensitize the
relays at the Company’s substation. The effects of such grounding on the Company’s
ground relay sensitivity shall be limited. The Company requires ground protection on
any system that can be a generation source and to protect transformers that can be
paralleled and supplied from two sources. When generator tripping is needed to
sense ground faults on the Company’s distribution EPS:
 The winding arrangement of the Customer’s DER facility transformer and the
generator winding shall be such that the Company’s system remains effectively
grounded (see Section 7.3).
 The Company may require that the grounding impedance be limited to the
highest value suitable for neutral stabilization, or to limit generator ground fault
contributions. Contribution to the faults on the Company’s distribution EPS can
desensitize the relays upstream of the Customer’s interconnection. For that
reason, it is required that the Customer provide a means to install a grounding
reactor/resistor within their facility to limit the ground fault current. Where
possible, this shall be limited to three times the generator rating and limit the rise
of ground fault current at the point on the high voltage (primary) level nearest the
proposed service point by no more than 10%. The grounding reactor/resistor
shall not violate the effectively grounded system requirements. The impedance
of the grounding reactor/resistor will be specified by the Company. If the 10%
criterion is not met with the grounding impedance, other methods, upon
Company acceptance may be required by the Customer to mitigate the increase
in fault current.
 If the Customer is permitted to interconnect through an un-grounded source, a
3V0 scheme will be required on the primary side of the approved delta primary
wound transformer (see Figure 5) supplying the DER system. Refer to Section
7.3.1 for further discussion on service transformer requirements.
3. As a minimum, the Customer’s DER system equipment shall be grounded in
accordance with the latest requirements of the NEC. For specific installations, refer
to the applicable sections of this document and the Company’s ESB 750.
4. Distribution circuits may have unbalanced loads (i.e. single phase loads) which result
in neutral currents on equipment connected to multi-grounded circuits. Customers
installing grounding equipment (i.e. grounding reactors, grounding transformers) are
encouraged to consider this unbalance current when designing neutral-connected
equipment where there is no transformer isolation from the Company’s EPS. The
Company recommends the Customer consider a minimum 100A continuous current
rating (or the actual unbalance current, whichever is greater) for 15kV class-
connected grounding reactors, and similar equipment parameters for other voltages.
7.2 Service Equipment and Revenue Metering
7.2.1 Service Equipment Requirements
1. The Customer shall provide service entrance equipment as a part of their installation;
see the Company’s ESB 750. The Customer’s service equipment shall be rated, at a
minimum, for the maximum fault current available from the Company EPS and their
own contribution from the generator(s), motors, etc.
2. Permanent Plaques: The Interconnecting Customer shall install and maintain clearly
labeled permanent plaques in accordance with NFPA 70 (National Electrical Code)
and MA SIDG.
3. For large Customers with aggregate generation equal to or greater than 500 kW,
refer to the typical primary overhead service configuration requirements in Exhibit 6.

- 19 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
4. For situations where a higher voltage service connection is required, refer to the
Company’s ESB 752, 753, or 758 as applicable.
7.2.2 Company Revenue Metering Requirements
1. The Company will specify the location and arrangement of all equipment required for
the revenue metering of the Customer’s service and DER facility as well as the
monitoring of compliance with all applicable laws, regulations, interconnection
agreements, and power purchase agreements. Reference the Company’s ESB 750,
Section 7 for additional information and requirements. The Company’s net metering
tariff, M.D.P.U. 1360, which describes qualifications for net metering. Where net
metering does not apply, the Company’s revenue metering will have multiple
channels for power delivered and received for power purchase agreements (PPA) or
be detented13 for parallel import connections to prevent reverse billing meter
registration. When applicable, credit metering will be installed if arrangements have
been made for energy sales to the Company.
2. Customers may be required to provide a telecommunications line to each Company-
owned revenue meter location. The telecommunication line would be required only
in the event a cellular signal is not present for standard revenue meter reporting. The
telephone line shall be capable of direct inward dial without human intervention or
interference from other devices such as fax machines, etc. The Company will make
the final determination of any Customer proposed alternate telecommunications
service for Company-owned revenue metering, if any, for the specific Customer’s
DER system installation.
7.2.3 Company Revenue Metering Requirements (ESS paired with DG)
ESS paired with DG DER projects require a separate meter for DER metering such that two
meters are normally installed including the supply meter at each location at the IC’s
expense. The service supply to the two meters can be one combined service connected to a
multi-gang meter socket and then split for the final meter connections; see the Company’s
ESB 750 (https://www.nationalgridus.com/ProNet/Technical-Resources/Electric-
Specifications).
The installation of a single service from the weatherhead to a junction box mounted on the
side of the house, which would subsequently serve individual meter sockets is not
acceptable. Bifurcation of the service for the purposes of serving multiple meters related to
ESS paired with DG is only acceptable at the weatherhead.
Refer to illustration 7.2.3-1 for this meter location and installation and note:
 <60kW, IC installs 2-gang meter socket trough at service location accessible for the
Company’s AMR meters (standard for load, net type for DG).
 >60kW, IC installs metering provisions at service location for the Company’s wireless
communications meters (detent for load, bi-directional for DG).

13
“Detented metering” is measuring and registering power flow in a single direction by either mechanical,
or electronic, or programming means in a revenue meter.

Company-owned revenue meters are required at the PCC, renewable DG, and ESS in the
DER facility at the Customer’s expense for paired ESS and renewable DG projects.
7.3 Transformer
7.3.1 Secondary Served Customers
Where the Company provides secondary service, the Company’s transformer is an
equipment standard for service delivery voltages offered in M.D.P.U. 1316; see
Section 3 in ESB 750. The maximum transformer size the Company will supply for a
new secondary connected DER connection is 500 kVA where the non-DER premises
electricity use is 500 kVA or less. Non-standard transformers will not be provided by
the Company. The Company will determine when dedicated services and a
dedicated transformer are required in order to reduce the impact on other adjacent
customers. The need for a dedicated transformer(s) may be determined at any point
in the Customer’s DER life cycle. If a dedicated transformer(s) is required, the
Customer will be advised by the Company in writing. The cost of the transformer(s)
will be the responsibility of the Customer according to M.D.P.U. 1316 and as
permitted by the MA SIDG.
DER facilities proposed on the customer side of an existing Company-owned
transformer may require the existing transformer service to be replaced under the
following typical conditions, although not all inclusive:
1. DER exceeds the Company’s transformer nameplate ratings
2. Interconnection of DER to the customer side of the transformer creates
undesirable effects on the Company’s EPS.
3. Transformer is a non-standard design no longer provided by the Company’s
standard (see ESB 750 for standard service voltages) to meet the power quality,
safety, and/or reliability to the individual customer, or the EPS.
4. Existing transformer configuration is such that an additional primary side
protection scheme is necessary for the DER facility to detect and trip the

- 21 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
generation source for faults on the Company’s EPS that would require the
Customer to have primary service.
7.3.2 Primary and Higher Voltage Served Customers
The Company reserves the right to specify the winding connections for the
Customer’s interconnection transformer between the Company’s delivery point and
the Customer’s DER facility output terminals as well as whether it is to be grounded
or ungrounded. The Customer shall provide their interconnection transformer’s
specifications and ratings for the Company’s review and acceptance in the impact
and detailed studies.
7.3.2.1 Effectively Grounded, Four-wire Multi-grounded 3-phase Wye EPS:
To avoid over voltage on the distribution EPS, the Company’s policy requires that
any DER facility 500 kW and above connected to a four wire distribution feeder to
provide an effectively grounded system with respect to the Company’s EPS. Refer to
Section 7.1.4 for specific grounding requirements.
The Company requires that the Customer select their interface transformer’s winding
configurations so that the DER system is interconnected effectively grounded. The
Customer’s DER facility shall be designed such that it cannot connect to the
Company EPS without the means of effective grounding in service. In all instances,
when the means of effective grounding is out of service or disconnected from the
system, the DER site shall be disconnected from the Company EPS.
Any DER or aggregate DER below 500 kW in a Customer’s facility may be permitted
to utilize a primary delta - secondary wye grounded or primary wye grounded –
secondary wye grounded transformer with an ungrounded source. The Company
reserves the right to require an effectively grounded source for generation 250 kW
and above depending on DER saturation and other conditions on individual
distribution EPS feeders.
Effective grounding may be accomplished with the following configurations:
1. A wye-grounded to wye-grounded transformer with a grounded generator source.
2. A wye-grounded connected primary winding with a fully insulated neutral and the
secondary winding to have a delta connection. The insulated neutral is to
establish provisions for the addition of a grounding reactor or grounding resistor
in the event the generator's contribution to faults on the Company’s EPS results
in undesirable fault current values.
3. A wye-grounded to wye-grounded transformer with an associated grounding
transformer.
4. A delta primary winding with a primary side grounding transformer and having
any secondary configuration.
5. A wye-grounded primary with wye-ungrounded secondary with a primary side
grounding transformer.
6. A wye-ungrounded primary with wye-grounded or wye-ungrounded secondary
with a primary side grounding transformer.
7.3.2.2 Not Effectively Grounded, Three-wire 3-phase EPS:
On three-phase Company EPS circuits other than effectively grounded, only the
connection of ungrounded primary interface transformers shall be permitted. A delta
primary is normally required.
7.4 Manual Generator Disconnecting Means
The Customer’s DER facility shall have an electrical load break disconnect switch accessible at
all times to the Company to electrically isolate the Company’s distribution EPS from the
customer’s DER system. The Customer shall provide direct 24/7 unencumbered access to the

- 22 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
disconnecting switch to allow Company personnel to operate the disconnecting switch and
apply protective grounds as needed, without the need to contact the Customer. The Company
will make efforts whenever possible to notify the Customer should the DER need to be de-
activated, however the Company reserves the right to operate the DER disconnect directly in
emergency situations in accordance with Section 7 of M.D.P.U. 1320.
The Customer shall provide contact information for Customer personnel that can be reached
24/7, should complications arise with access to the Customer’s equipment. Should there be any
complications with Company access to the DER disconnecting means, the Company reserves
the right to disconnect the Customer’s service in its entirety via the next upstream Company
owned disconnecting means in accordance with Section 7.0 of M.D.P.U. 1320.
The disconnecting means shall have the following characteristics:
1. In accordance with the MA SIDG and the Company’s electric service requirements of ESB
750, inverter-based systems 25 kW and below are not required to have a separate manual
disconnecting means if the unit has a disconnecting means integrated into the design and
meets the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC).
2. Rating: Disconnecting means shall be rated to interrupt the maximum generator output;
meet applicable Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American National Standards Institute
(ANSI), and IEEE standards; and shall be installed to meet the NEC and all applicable local,
state, and federal codes.
3. Arrangement: The connection of the disconnect switch shall have the line connection (i.e.,
jaw side) of the switch made to the utility source and shall be gang operated. It shall be
capable of being grounded on the Company side. The grounding means must be
compartmentalized such that the location where the ground is applied is completely
barriered from any live parts.
4. Location and Type:
1. For those DER systems that are connected directly to the area EPS requiring a manual
disconnecting means at the PCC that can be opened for isolation, the device shall be a
gang-operated, blade-type switch (“knife switch”). Pull-out switches or blocks are not
permitted for this application. In accordance with the Company’s safety rules and
practices, this isolation device must be used to establish a visually open, working
clearance boundary when performing maintenance and repair work. The visual open
must be observable without opening the equipment.
2. For those DER systems connected directly to a Customer’s building distribution system
downstream of the PCC requiring a manual disconnecting means for isolation of the
DER, the disconnecting means may be in the form of a draw out circuit breaker,
disconnect, or comparable device mutually agreed upon by the Company and the
Customer. In accordance with the Company’s safety rules and practices, this isolation
device must be used to establish a visually open, working clearance boundary when
performing maintenance and repair work. The disconnecting means shall be installed
between the DER system and the point of connection to the Customer’s premises wiring
system in accordance with the NEC. For installations above 600 V, the visual open of all
three phases shall be capable of being observed without opening the equipment.
3. The location of the disconnecting means shall comply with Company standards for
working clearances, access road construction, vegetation management, and other
similar requirement to ensure adequate access for Company personnel and equipment.
Should the disconnecting means be located behind the Customer's locked gate, double
locking is required, where both the Company’s and Customer’s locks would be
employed.
4. The location and type of disconnecting means for all DER projects will be reviewed on a
case by case basis to confirm whether the Customer’s proposed equipment is
appropriate.
- 23 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
5. Access and Locks: The disconnecting means must be readily accessible at all times to the
Company to electrically isolate the Company’s Distribution EPS from the Customer’s
generator facilities. In all instances, the disconnecting means shall have provisions to be
locked in the open position with space for Company and Customer padlocks.
6. Maintenance: The Customer is solely responsible for the maintenance of all fuses in fused,
blade-type disconnect switches.
7. Identification: All required disconnecting means shall be identified by a permanent sign as
required by the NEC and the ESB 750.
7.5 Generator Interrupting Device Requirements
7.5.1 General
1. For any aggregate generation connected to a common feeder that is equal to or
above 500 kW, an interconnection interrupting device such as a circuit breaker shall
be installed at the Customer’s site. The 500 kW criteria is intended to encompass
individual sites that are comprised of multiple smaller generators, totaling 500 kW or
greater. It is also intended to encompass generation located at multiple sites that
total 500 kW. Due to the unique circumstances of each individual installation, the
Company reserves the right to require an interrupting device if necessary. As such,
interrupting devices may be required for projects below 500 kW, if the project
warrants the installation. The Company may elect to waive this requirement if all
Company protective and interrupting requirements are met by a Company device at
the facility.
2. The generator interrupting device shall be designed to ensure the interrupting of the
DER system, and its effective grounding source upon loss of interrupting device
supply power, or upon loss of local power supply source.
3. When a local power supply source is utilized, generator interconnection interrupting
devices shall have DC trip coils and tripping energy.
4. For primary wye grounded – secondary delta, and for primary delta interconnection
transformers, the interrupting device shall be installed on the high voltage side. If
there is more than one interrupting device, this requirement applies to each one
individually. The interconnection interrupting device shall be capable of interrupting
the current produced when the DER facility is connected out of phase with the
Company's EPS.
5. The interrupting device shall be located upstream (closer to the Company’s source)
of the generation and any grounding transformer(s), so that it is capable of
disconnecting the fault current contributions of the generation and grounding
transformer.
7.5.2 Local Power Supply Requirements
When a continuous local power supply is proposed to comply with the Company’s
protection element operational requirements to safely remove the generation from the
EPS, the following conditions shall be met:
1. Failure of an uninterruptible power supply (UPS) rectifier shall not inhibit relay power
supply and operation from the local power supply.
2. A fail-safe alarm contact shall be incorporated into the control trip scheme of the
generator main interrupting device for loss of local power supply charge source.
3. The local power supply shall be sized to ensure successful operation of generator
interrupting device upon loss of charge source. This supply shall be capable of
providing all power requirements to initiate and complete the entire operating
process of tripping the interconnection interrupting device.

- 25 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
For the purpose of evaluating fault current, short circuit protection, and protective relay
settings, current values are based on the full Volt-Ampere (VA) nameplate rating of the
equipment, which may be greater than the kW rating of the equipment. For ESS, all
protection reviews, regardless of any on-site operational limitations, are performed at the
sum of the nameplate ratings of the ESS and any paired DG since fault currents are related
to the full kVA nameplate ratings of the inverter(s) and/or generators used.
7.6.1 Type Tested (Certified) Equipment
Protective equipment that has been type tested and recognized under UL Standard 1741
by the MA SIDG for Group 1 DER facilities will be permitted. The Customer shall follow
the testing requirements as outlined in the MA SIDG. Exhibit 8 attached is a guide for
the Company’s witness for verifying a type tested net-metered DER installation’s
operational compliance.
7.6.2 Non-Type Tested Equipment
Protective equipment that has not been type tested per the MA SIDG and considered as
Group 2 DER facilities will be permitted with the implementation of utility grade protective
devices acceptable to the Company. The use of utility grade relays15 is subject to prior
Company review and acceptance per section 7.6.3.2.
7.6.3 Number of Relays Required
Relays are considered redundant only when two utility grade relays with identical
protective functions are provided. Where relay performance may affect the operation of
the Company’s Distribution EPS at service voltages less than 15kV, a single utility grade
microprocessor-based relay along with a Company approved scheme, where relay
failure automatically trips the associated breaker(s), is acceptable. If the Customer
decides not to use redundant protection systems on their other equipment, then
appropriate action such as removing equipment from service shall be taken when a
piece of equipment is no longer adequately protected. The utility grade relay failure
alarm shall be wired to initiate trip to the Company-designated generator interrupting
device. Auxiliary relays, where used, shall be fail safe and utility grade. If two utility
grade relays are used to provide the required functions for sufficient redundancy, the
failure of both relays, being out of service, shall trip the interrupting device.
7.6.3.1 Certified Inverter-based Energy Resource Protection Requirements
IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 certified16 inverters shall be equipped with an internal
active anti-islanding scheme, under voltage (27), over voltage (59), under frequency
(81U) and over frequency (81O) relays. Inverter based generators shall be in
compliance with the latest version of IEEE 1547. The Customer shall provide the
voltage and frequency ride through capabilities as specified in IEEE 1547 Category II in
any inverters installed as part of a DER facility proposed to interconnect to the
Company’s EPS. The voltage regulation capabilities in the device shall be turned OFF
unless otherwise required by the Company. See section 7.8 for further inverter function
requirements.
7.6.3.1.1 Individual Certified Inverter-based Energy Resources below 500 kW
If the inverter is IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 listed, the internal relays are
considered as the only required protection and an additional utility grade relay is not
necessary to be installed. At the Company’s sole discretion the Company reserves the
right to require a utility grade relay for certified systems above 250 kW with, at minimum,
functions 27, 59, 81U/O enabled.

15
See definition of “utility grade” for protective device equipment in Section 4.
16
See definition for “certified” in Section 4.

- 26 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
7.6.3.1.2 Individual Inverter-based Energy Resource Equal or above 500 kW
IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 listed inverter internal relay functions are considered
as primary protection. The Company requires one additional utility grade relay to be
installed as secondary the utility grade protection for inverter-based solar PV generation
equal or greater than 500 kW. The 27, 59, 81U/O and 51N or 51G elements shall be
activated in the utility grade protection relay. The Customer shall provide either 51G
ground time overcurrent or 51N residual neutral time overcurrent as part of their ground
protection requirements when meeting the NEC. On circuits where generation is
permitted to connect as an ungrounded source, a 59N relay function is required to detect
ground faults on the utility. Where Company-required functions are not redundant, such
as overcurrent or 59N functions, refer to section 7.6.3 for fail-safe tripping requirements.
7.6.3.2 All Non-Certified Energy Resource Protection Requirements
Where Company-required functions are not redundant, such as overcurrent or 59N
functions, refer to section 7.6.3 for fail-safe tripping requirements.
7.6.3.2.1 Energy Resources below 500 kW
For any non-certified generator less than 500 kW one utility grade relay is required to be
installed. 27, 59, and 81 U/O at minimum shall be active in the utility grade relay. For all
systems 250 kW or larger, the Company reserves the right to require redundant utility
grade relaying.
7.6.3.2.2 Energy Resources equal to or above 500 kW
For any non-certified generator equal or above 500 kW, if the generator is equipped with
internal relays with 27, 59, and 81U/O relays, one utility grade relay is required to be
installed as the secondary protection. 27, 59, 81 U/O, and overcurrent elements for both
phase and ground shall be active in the utility grade relay. Otherwise, two utility grade
relays and one Company-designated interrupting device shall be installed to meet the
protection requirements. On circuits where generation is permitted to connect as an
ungrounded source, a 59N relay function is required to detect ground faults on the area
EPS.
7.6.4 Instrument Transformers for Protective Relays
7.6.4.1 Current Transformers (CT)
CT ratios and accuracy classes shall be chosen such that secondary current is less than
5 amperes normal operation, 100 amperes under maximum fault condition and
transformation errors are consistent with Company practices. For the primary wye
grounded – secondary delta installations, the CTs shall be installed on the high side. If
the interconnection transformer is primary wye grounded – secondary wye grounded, the
CTs can be installed on either high or low side, provided the CTs sense the current
contribution to Company EPS faults from ground sources installed on the facility. CT
accuracy and burden calculations shall be provided for review by the Company.
7.6.4.2 Voltage Transformers (VT) and Connections
Voltage sensing is required on all three phases on the utility side of the interrupting
device. VTs for voltage sensing shall be configured wye-grounded (Yg-Yg) for
effectively grounded circuits. Voltage measurements shall have no more than 2% error
under the expected ambient temperature range (-10°C (14°F) to +45°C (113°F)) and no
higher than 4% error under all operating temperatures (-40°C (-40°F) to +65°C (149°F)).
If the secondary voltages can be used to detect voltage depressions for faults that occur
on the Utility EPS, and the secondary voltage is within the relay’s acceptable operating
range, VTs may not be required. The use of Yg-Broken Delta VTs will be considered by
the Company on a case-by-case basis.
7.6.5 Protective Relay and Trip Circuit Hard-Wire Requirements
Unless authorized otherwise by the Company, protective relays shall be hardwired to the
device they are tripping. Further, interposing computer-based or programmable logic
- 27 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
controllers, auxiliary modules, or the like are not permitted in the trip control scheme
between the relay and the device being tripped. Trip circuits shall not be fused.
The use of interposing relays is subject to approval by the Company. Interposing relays,
if proposed, shall be utility grade, and the tripping scheme shall be fail-safe.
Meter selector switches shall not be connected into the secondary circuits of current
transformers used with protective relays specified by the Company.
Generator protective relays shall be located no greater than 30 feet from the device in
which they control.
7.6.6 Protective Relay Test Switch Requirements
Microprocessor and non-draw out relays, including relay function 86 shall have ABB FT-
1, or equivalent, test switches isolating all inputs and outputs of the relay. All test
switches shall be labeled for the associated relay functions.
 AC Inputs: Each relay shall have its own AC test switch. DC inputs or outputs are
not permitted on AC test switches.
 DC Inputs and Outputs:
o For relays designated by the Company as necessary to protect the Company’s
Distribution EPS, it is required that each individual relay have its own DC test
switch that isolates the positive and negative DC for each input and output.
o For relays required to protect the Customer’s equipment, it is required that each
relay have its own DC test switch for inputs and outputs. For ease of
maintenance testing and troubleshooting, it is required to isolate the positive and
negative DC of the input and output.
 Groups of relays that protect the same piece of equipment, such as a transformer or
a feeder, may share a DC test switch under the following conditions:
o The individual blades of the test switch shall be grouped by relay.
o A permanent label shall be affixed to the relay panel identifying the use of each
blade.
Exception: Where the relay inputs are supplied by a control cable (such as a some
recloser installations) and the relay test set uses a control cable that inputs to the same
port in the recloser control enclosure, test switches may not be required.
7.6.7 Voltage Relay Devices
Voltage relays shall be frequency compensated to provide a uniform response in the
range of 40 to 70 Hz, and meet IEEE 1547 requirements including capability for under
voltage ride through. See Table 7.6.11.1-1 below for default voltage relay settings.
7.6.8 Frequency Relay Devices
Over and Under Frequency relays shall meet IEEE 1547 requirements including
capability for under frequency ride through. The under-frequency trip setting shall not be
higher than 58.9 Hz, as to not conflict with the under-frequency load shedding schemes
on the Company’s EPS. For adjustable under frequency settings in table 2 of IEEE
1547, the chosen setting shall not fall within the prohibited region of NERC PRC-024-2.
See Table 7.6.11.1-1 below for default frequency relay settings.
7.6.9 Synchronizing Devices
The Customer shall designate one or more synchronizing devices that employ a
synchronizing protection element (25) such as motorized breakers, contactor/breaker
combinations, or a fused contactor (if mutually agreeable) to be used to connect the
DER facility’s generator to the Company’s EPS. This synchronizing device could be a
device other than the interconnection interrupting device and shall be utility grade. The
synchronizing device shall be capable of interrupting the current produced when the
DER facility is connected out of phase with the Company's EPS. Synchronism check
relay functions are required at all breakers through which the generation will be
- 28 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
synchronized with the utility source. This includes any breakers where any part of the
Customer’s DER facility will island and then synchronize back to the Company’s EPS.
7.6.10 Overcurrent Relay Devices
Overcurrent protection is required to detect faults on the Company’s EPS, as well as
faults on the Customer system that cause overcurrent conditions on the Company EPS.
Overcurrent elements are required for both phase and ground. For inverter-based
systems, a voltage controlled phase element (51C) is required. These relays shall utilize
voltage sensing via the Yg-Yg VTs specified in section 7.6.4.2.
7.6.11 Utility Grade Relay and Protective Device Settings and Verification
7.6.11.1 Default Voltage and Frequency Set points for all types of Energy Resources
Unless otherwise specified by the Company, the default settings for voltage and
frequency trip elements are required to have setting ranges according to the following
table 7.6.11.1-1 and the final time delay settings shall be approved by the Company:
Table 7.6.11.1-1 Utility Grade Relay and Parallel Generation Default Voltage & Frequency
Set Points

DEFAULT
PICKUP RANGE
DEVICE CLEARING
(Defaults set points in bold)
TIME (sec)
Under Frequency (81U) < 56.5 Hz 0.16
Under Frequency (81U) < 58.5 Hz 300

Over Frequency (81O) 61.2 Hz < f <62.0Hz 300

Over Frequency (81O) > 62.0 Hz 0.16
Under Voltage (27) < 50% of Nominal 1.1
Under Voltage (27) 50% <V< 88% of Nominal 2
Over Voltage (59) 110% <V< 120% of Nominal 2
Over Voltage (59) ≥ 120% of Nominal 0.16

- 29 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
7.6.11.3 Company-designated Relays and Customer Settings
1. The Company will review the Customer’s settings and their calibration and test
results of those relays that the Company designates as being required to satisfy
the Company protection practices. In addition, the Company may require the
relaying summary and logic diagrams depending on the complexity of the
installation.
2. Any relay setting specified by the Company shall not be changed or modified at
any time without the written consent of the Company.
3. The Customer shall be responsible to specify the settings, calibrate, test, and
maintain the balance of their equipment.
7.6.11.4 Company Verification of Relay Testing
Prior to the Witness Test, the Company requires a letter from the Customer stipulating
that all Company–designated protective devices have:
 control wiring verified against the accepted design drawings, and
 the calibration test performed satisfactorily according to the relay setting document of
the accepted design.
7.6.12 Unintentional Islanding Protection for DER
The Customer’s DER system shall not energize a de-energized Company circuit;
therefore, anti-islanding protection is required for parallel generation on the Company’s
distribution EPS. If the Company determines that an anti-islanding protection scheme is
required to mitigate the risk of a formation of an island in addition to the generator
facility’s own islanding detection scheme then the Company will require direct transfer
trip (DTT). The Customer may propose alternative methods of anti-islanding protection
of their own generation facility, although it is the Customer’s responsibility to
demonstrate comprehensively the validity of such methods and the Company reserves
the right to make the final determination as to which anti-islanding protection method is
suitable to meet the EPS safety and reliability requirements.
Note: A Customer wishing to use a generation system as a stand-by or emergency
generator shall submit details regarding an interlocking scheme or transfer switch
to prevent the energization of a de-energized Company circuit that complies with
National Grid ESB 750, Section 11.
7.6.12.1 General
1. The Company may reclose at any distribution EPS segment at any time without
checking for de-energized segments as normal system operations to maintain
service reliability. It is important to the DER operator to be aware of this
possibility as it is the responsibility of the DER operator to trip off within 2
seconds in the event the EPS utility source is not present.
2. During DER impact evaluation, when a DER on the circuit causes the Company’s
system protection to be unable to trip for end of line faults, appropriate measures
will be taken to correct this protection gap. The Company’s device setting
adjustments, additional protection devices, and/or customer impedance
grounding may be required.
3. The requirements outlined below in regards to unintentional islanding mitigation
risks are not applicable for DER proposed to be interconnected to a Company
secondary network system. The Company’s network systems are not designed
for and cannot accept back feed.
4. Utility interactive inverters evaluated under these requirements shall not actively
regulate frequency and/or voltage or provide Var support functions. Any inverter
type generation established as frequency and/or voltage regulating or Var
supportive will be reviewed under section 7.6.12.4 requirements.
5. DER threshold values shall be analyzed in aggregate where multiple DER
projects are supplied from a single point of connection to the EPS. Individual
DER projects on sub-divided or adjacent parcels may be evaluated based upon

17
While the intent of this unintentional islanding protection policy is to encourage DER installations while
minimizing inhibitive impacts to the DER installation, the Company reserves the right and flexibility to
enforce protective measures deemed required for the safety and reliability of the EPS.
18
Customers should be aware that >15kV class circuits typically involve more complex protection
schemes, which can be more likely to require DTT due to inability to see and trip faults in an acceptable
time frame, in addition to operational issues that may be present at these voltage classes (23kV and
34.5kV).
19
Inverter firmware derating is not acceptable for reduction of system size to satisfy thresholds within this
section.

- 31 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
2. Proposed DER rated ≤ 50 kW
a. No requirements.
3. Proposed DER rated > 50 kW and < 1000 kW
a. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is ≤ 10% of mix.
i. No additional requirements.
b. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is > 10% and ≤ 25% of aggregate
DER.
i. Sandia screening20 may be applicable depending on inverter models on
segment.
ii. Company-owned PCC recloser and reclose blocking required if Sandia
screens not passed.
1. Detailed risk of islanding (ROI) study may be performed at the
Customer’s request. If results of the detailed study show no
significant risk of islanding for a period greater than 2 seconds, then
the recloser and reclose blocking is waived.
c. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is > 25% of all DER.
i. NG PCC recloser and reclose blocking required21
1. Detailed ROI study may be performed at the Customer’s request. If
results of the detailed study show no significant risk of islanding for
a period greater than 2 seconds, then reclose blocking is waived.
Company-owned PCC recloser is waived for aggregate DER ≤ 67%
of line load to generation ratio or < 500 kW.
4. Proposed DER rated DER ≥ 1000 kW
a. Company-owned PCC Recloser required.
b. Reclose blocking required if line segment aggregate DER > 50% of minimum
load.
7.6.12.4 Non-certified & voltage or frequency regulating inverters, induction &
synchronous machines
1. Require ANSI C37.90 utility-grade protective relay with IEEE 1547 voltage and
frequency tripping and restoration functions.
2. Total aggregate line section DER > 33% minimum load
a. DTT required.
7.7 Monitoring and Control (M&C) at DER Facility
DER ranging from 250 kW in capacity and up on radial distribution systems may require
supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) communication for visibility to the Company’s
energy management system (EMS) and to incorporate the ability for the Company’s system
operators via EMS to remote trip the generation, or DER facility, from the Company’s EPS. This
visibility is essential in maintaining daily system operability and the flexibility to transfer loads
and feeder segments to allow for system upgrades, repairs, seasonal loading transfers, and
other normal distribution system management functions that may require a SCADA remote
terminal unit (RTU) or a PCC Recloser at a DER facility.

- 32 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
7.7.1 For Independent Power Producer (IPP) – “Utility Connected Stand Alone” projects
(DER with no load)
1. The Company generally does not require any RTU system for IPP generators,
regardless of the size or voltage class.
2. Where available, the Company will utilize the Company-owned PCC Recloser serving
the DER installation to obtain Company’s operational polling data.
3. The Interconnecting Customer (IC) is advised to communicate with Independent System
Operator (ISO) -New England for any telemetry requirement as ISO-NE may require
real-time monitoring between ISO-NE EMS and the DER site. The IC shall refer to the
ISO-NE website and ISO-NE customer service help desk for details.
4. The Company reserves the right to require the IPP customer to install a RTU at their
facility for any special circumstances. One situation where an EMS-RTU may be
required is where there is Distribution EPS feeder selectivity operation.
7.7.2 For Non IPP - “Behind the meter” projects (DER’s with customer Load)
1. For Non IPP projects, the Company will require the Interconnecting Customer(IC) to
install RTU at their facility based on the Company’s delivery voltage level and the DER
size. RTUs will be required for “behind the meter” DER installations for the feeder
voltage class values provided in the table below.
Table 7.7.2-1: RTU Requirements by Facility Size
Delivery Voltage Class Non IPP Generating Capacity
5kV or below. 500 kW or greater
greater than 5kV but less than 15kV 1 MW or greater
>15kV 1.8 MW or greater
2. EMS-RTU installations may be required for DER applications not covered by the
conditions above as determined by the Company on a case-by-case basis. One
situation where an EMS-RTU may be required is where there is Distribution EPS feeder
selectivity operation.
3. The control portion would only involve the remote trip and block closing of the
Customer’s interrupting device(s) designated by the Company. The block close function
will be performed by control circuitry and is subject to review by the Company for
acceptance.
4. The required inputs from the RTU to the Company’s EMS shall be as follows:
 Status of main or interconnect breaker at the point of common coupling (PCC)
 Status of individual generator breakers
 Control input for the “designated generator interrupting device” for trip, block close &
permit close functionality
 Three phase line current for each generator
 Three phase line current at the PCC with the Company (when there is multiple
generator breakers)
 Three phase line-to-line voltage for each generator
 Three phase line-to-line voltage at the PCC with the Company(when there is multiple
generator breakers)
 Output kW for each unit (+ delivered to the Company, - received)
 Output kVAR for each unit (+ delivered to the Company, - received)
 Total MW (+ delivered by generator, - received by generator) at the PCC

- 33 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
 Total MVAR (+ delivered by generator, - received by generator) at the PCC
Exceptions to the above list may be considered by the Company on a case-by-case
basis
Note: The Company will provide an EMS-RTU point list for inputs required at the DER
system.
5. When a Company EMS-RTU is specified for a parallel generation project, the Company
will determine the requirements for equipment, installation, and communications media
in the interconnection study for the DER system. The Customer will be responsible for
all initial and recurring costs associated with communications for their RTU.
6. The Interconnecting Customer (IC) is advised to communicate with Independent System
Operator (ISO) -New England for any telemetry requirement as ISO-NE may require
real-time monitoring between ISO-NE EMS and the DER site. The IC shall refer to the
ISO-NE website and ISO-NE customer service help desk for details.
7.8 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through and Control Requirements
7.8.1 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through
Inverter-based DER shall meet the requirements of IEEE 1547 Category II and the
requirements of the NE ISO SRD pursuant to the ISO-NE Public notification February 2,
2018. See section 7.6.11 for corresponding voltage and frequency default trip settings in
accordance with the NE ISO SRD.
 In the Permissive Operation region above 1.1 p. u. voltage, inverters shall ride-
through in Momentary Cessation mode as defined in the NE ISO SRD and IEEE
1547.
7.8.2 Voltage and Frequency Control
1. All generators shall be in compliance with the latest revision of IEEE 1547. Field
adjustable settings shall not be changed without express written consent of the
Company.
2. The voltage and frequency capabilities permitted in IEEE 1547shall be disabled by
default in accordance with Table 7.8.2.2-1 unless otherwise approved by the Company.
Table 7.8.2.2-1: Default Mode Settings for Inverter-based Utility Interactive DER
Function Default Activation State
22
SPF, Specified Power Factor OFF
Q(V), Volt-Var Function with Watt or Var Priority OFF
SS, Soft-Start Ramp Rate ON
Default value: 2% of maximum current output per
second
FW, Freq-Watt Function OFF OFF
The above mode settings are in accordance with the NE ISO SRD. If a device does not
have the above mode settings and is not within the scope of the 2018 NE ISO SRD, the
device shall operate in unity power factor mode with any available grid support functions
disabled.
7.8.3 Return to Service
The DER shall not connect or return to service following a trip (including any ground fault
current sources) until detecting 5 minutes of healthy utility voltage and frequency. “Healthy
Utility Voltage and Frequency” is defined by Table 7.8.3-1, in accordance with the Enter
Service Criteria in IEEE 1547 section 4.10:

22
OFF and operating at unity PF. Or set to ON with unity PF.

- 34 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
Table 7.8.3-1: Return to Service Parameters for DER
Utility Voltage Parameter Default Value
Minimum Return to 0.95 per unit of nominal
Service Voltage: voltage
Maximum Return to 1.05 per unit of nominal
Service Voltage: voltage
Minimum Return to 59.5 Hz
Service Frequency:
Maximum Return to 60.5 Hz
Service Frequency:

8.0 Testing and Commissioning

1. The Company reserves the right to witness the Customer’s functional testing of the required
devices, i.e., trip tests.
2. All Company-designated relay functions and all synchronizing elements will be witness-
tested/verified by the Company’s personnel prior to energization.
3. A letter, written by the Customer or their assigned agent, indicating the protection and
control scheme has been functionally tested in accordance with the Customer’s submitted
design as accepted by the Company, shall be completed prior to the Company’s witness
testing.
4. The Customer shall submit a testing and commissioning plan (TCP) to the Company for
review at least 20 business days prior to the scheduled witness test. If needed, consult the
Company for guidance on preparing a TCP. This activity will normally be performed on a
schedule as specified by Section 4.2.4 in the MA SIDG.
5. All required equipment test reports shall be submitted per ESB 751 prior to final TCP
acceptance.
6. The TCP shall be finalized as accepted by the Company no later than five (5) business days
prior to functional testing of the Company-designated protective devices.

9.0 Operating
1. The Customer’s DER system shall maintain a power factor at the PCC in accordance with
the MA SIDG between 0.90 leading or lagging (VAR or voltage support can also be
considered within machine ratings) unless more strict requirements apply according to the
Company’s Impact or Detailed Study. Corrective equipment may be required and, if so, it
will be at the Customer’s expense; refer to ESB 750. It is the Company’s expectation that
the Customer will strive to maintain a power factor at their service point that does not
adversely affect the power quality (PQ) of the Company’s EPS; see ESB 750.
2. The Company requires a Sequence of Operations (SOO) from the Customer. The Company
also requires an operating description from the Interconnection Customer for normal,
alternate, and emergency (if proposed) operations, if the Customer desires to operate in
these modes and in the event of any changes to the existing procedures.
3. The Customer is responsible for performing all operating functions associated with their
equipment and for maintaining all equipment under their ownership. The Customer shall
arrange to have trained personnel available for the proper and safe operation of their
equipment.
4. The Customer shall follow the Company’s specified switching protocol upon commissioning,
synchronizing, and return-to-service situations with the Company’s distribution system
operator; see ESB 755 for more information on Customer operating and maintenance
responsibilities.
5. The Customer’s service and backup service requirements from the Company’s system shall
be requested using the prescribed forms in the Company’s electricity tariff, M.D.P.U. 1316.

- 35 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756C-2018 ver. 5.0
6. Where the Company is requested to supply demand pulse information (either analog or
digital), its use is not intended for generator dispatch or control.
7. Should the Customer Facility experience unexpected tripping of their interrupting device, the
Customer shall first perform their own extensive analysis of all possible causes for trips of
their own system before attempting to resolve those issues through the Company.

10.0 Power Quality Monitoring

10.1 Power Quality Compliance Verification
If during the study a DER interconnection project is identified as having the potential to
cause power quality (PQ) effects on the EPS, then PQ monitoring shall be installed by
the Company or Company-accepted third party PQ testing company to verify the
Customer is maintaining its power quality with and without generation. Third party PQ
test methods and results may be submitted to the Company for review and acceptance.
These verification tests shall include, at a minimum, the following in accordance with the
Company’s electricity tariff, M.D.P.U. 1316 and the limits and cost responsibilities
specified in the MA SIDG:
 Check service point voltage for any discernible voltage fluctuation.
 Check service point frequency for any discernible frequency fluctuation.
 Check PCC power factor to ensure it is no less than 90% (leading or lagging).
 Check service point harmonic distortion to ensure limits specified in ESB 750 and the
MA SIDG as applicable, are maintained. Current harmonic distortion shall not
adversely affect voltage harmonic distortion, the Company Distribution EPS, or
service to other customers.
10.2 Power Quality Disturbance and Mitigation
1. If disturbances on the EPS and/or to other customers are suspected to originate from a
Customer with DER, PQ monitoring shall be installed to verify the Customer is
maintaining their power quality in accordance with the Company’s ESB 750 and the MA
SIDG.
2. If it is determined that system modifications or changes are needed in order to mitigate
the disturbance issue, the cost of such modifications or changes shall be borne by the
Interconnection Customer.
3. If any power quality concerns as a result of the Customer’s DER installation cannot be
immediately corrected, the Customer will not be permitted to continue generation until
such concerns are resolved to the Company’s satisfaction.
10.3 Transient Overvoltage/Load Rejection Overvoltage (LROV)
The DER facility shall limit its cumulative instantaneous overvoltage according to Figure
3 of IEEE 1547 section 7.4.2.
Most inverters have a ‘self-protective overvoltage’ setting in the inverters that, if enabled,
is capable of tripping for no higher than 1.4pu voltage in 1ms or less clearing time. This
set point is one acceptable means to meet the requirements if a letter from the inverter
manufacturer is provided to the Company stating that this setting (or tighter) is enabled
in the inverters to be installed on the site, and the inverter voltage response adheres to
the curve in IEEE 1547. The Customer shall provide a letter from the inverter
manufacturer or a National Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) confirming that the
requirements from the standard are met. The letter shall be on the manufacturer or
NRTL letterhead and include the firmware version and serial numbers of each inverter
for the installation. Test data and/or standards certification supporting these statements
may also be required at the discretion of the Company.

11.0 Facility Audit

The Company reserves the right to periodically audit the Customer’s generation equipment
installation and service connection for compliance with the Company’s requirements.

12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)

Pursuant to Section 7 in the MA SIDG, the Company reserves the right to have the Customer
remove their generation from the Company EPS at any time upon the Company’s request.
Normally, such requests result from the need to facilitate maintenance, test, or repair of
Company facilities. The Customer’s generator disconnect switch23 may be opened by the
Company (i.e., isolating the Customer’s generating equipment), without prior notice to the
Customer, for any of the following reasons:
 System emergency operations require such action.
 Company periodic checks of Customer’s interfacing equipment reveal a hazardous
condition, or lack of necessary maintenance for equipment necessary to protect the
Company’s EPS.
 Generating equipment interferes with other customers or with the operation of the
Company’s EPS.
 When required protective relaying and/or tele-protection is altered, inoperable, or missing
When required special equipment necessary for operating control (e.g.,
telemetering/SCADA) on the Company’s EPS is inoperable or missing.
 Parallel operation, other than for MA SIDG testing of type tested inverters, prior to Company
approval to interconnect.
 Failure to make available records of verification tests and maintenance of the Customer’s
protective devices designated by the Company, unless otherwise specified in the MA SIDG.
 Situations where the area EPS is in a non-normal operating scenario and the generator has
not been studied for interconnection in that specific operating scenario.

13.0 REVISION HISTORY

Version Date Description of Revision
1.0 06/01/07 Initial version of new document superseding all previous revisions of ESB 756.
1.1 07/29/11 September 2010 ESB 750 Series Errata changes, formatting, and general editing.
2.0 05/11/12 Revised and formatted incorporating tech requirements of MA DPU 1219 Dec. 2009.
3.0 07/15/15 Revise entire document for MA DPU 1219 May 2013 MA DPU 1320 June 2015 and
technical updates.
4.0 08/03/17 June 2017 revise for MDPU 1320 October 2016, IEEE 1547a amendment, and technical
updates.
4.1 12/15/17 October-December 2017 interim amendments to Sections 5.1.1.2, 7.6.11, and 7.8.
4.2 02/09/18 January-February 2018 interim amendments to Sections 7.6.11, 7.6.12, and 7.8.
5.0 06/29/18 June 2018 revised for IEEE 1547-2018 and updated National Grid practices.

EXHIBITS ATTACHED

23
Refer to Section 7.4 regarding technical requirements for draw-out breakers over 600V and the
Company’s ESB 750.

EXHIBIT 1: Company Requirements for Projects Not Eligible for the

Simplified Process
These are Company items to be considered in the Customer’s DER Project Schedule.
ID Activity Description MA SIDG § or ESB ref.
Project Definition & Conceptual Analysis Phase
1 Customer M.D.P.U. 1320 Exhibit B Expedited/Standard Interconnection Application Form 3.3 or 3.4, Figure 1, Table 1
w/technical submittal & prelim. design received
2 Company Preliminary Technical Assessment & cost estimate for Impact or Detailed Study 3.0, Table 2
3 Company M.D.P.U. 1320 Exhibit F or G Retail Connection Agreement executed with Exhibit F or G
Customer
4 Customer commits to Impact or Detailed Study and provides advance payment 5.0
Final Design Review Phase
5 Company completes Impact or Detailed Study/Service Plan 3.2 or 3.3, Figure 1, Table 1
6 Customer commits to utility system modifications in Impact or Detailed Study/Service 4.0, 5.0
Plan and provides advance payment
7 Customer's project schedule and final design & specifications received 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 750 & 752 or
753 or 754 or 758
8 Company reviews Customer’s design & returns comments 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
Installation Progress Review Phase
9 Customer’s corrected design, test reports & settings received 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
10 Company reviews Customer’s design & returns comments 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
11 Company field audit of Customer’s installation progress 4.0 - 6.0
Installation Compliance Verification Phase
12 Customer’s advance notice of functional testing received 4.2.4, ESB 755
13 Electrical inspection certification approval received from municipal codes enforcement ESB 750 & 752 or 753 or
754 or 758
14 Customer’s acknowledgement of satisfactory wiring & relay calibration tests received 4.2.4, ESB 755
15 Company witness of Customer’s functional testing 4.2.4, ESB 755
16 Company field audit of Customer’s service connection 4.0 – 6.0, ESB 750 & 752 or
753 or 754 or 758
17 Customer resolves open items ESB 750 & 752 or 753 or
754 or 758
Energization & Synchronization Phase
18 Verification testing satisfied 4.2.4
19 Company’s metering installation complete 8.0, ESB 750 & 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
20 Company’s supply system interconnection complete 4.0, 5.0
21 Company review/acceptance of Customer’s resolved open items
22 Customer’s Certificate of Completion received (and energization sequence plan for 3.2 or 3.3, ESB 755
interconnections >600V)
23 Company proceeds with energization
24 Customer is permitted to synchronize generation facility in parallel to the Company’s
supply
Project Closeout Phase
25 For interconnections >600V, remainder of Customer’s protective system functional testing ESB 755
documented in an acknowledgement letter submitted to the Company within 10 business
days after energization
26 Customer’s as-built design drawings received within 90 days for interconnections >600V ESB 750 § 1.7
27 Company reconciliation of project costs with Customer When requested by Customer.

EXHIBIT 2: Reference Maps of National Grid Massachusetts

Secondary Network EPS Areas

Bay State North/West Division Bay State South Division

Lynn: Brockton:
http://www.nationalgridus.com/masselec http://www.nationalgridus.com/masselectri
tric/non_html/Lynn_Network_Feeder_Fi c/non_html/Brockton_Network_Feeder_Fin
nal_08-17-12.pdf al_09-12-12.pdf
Worcester:
http://www.nationalgridus.com/masselec
tric/non_html/Worcester_Network_Feed
er_Final_08-17-12.pdf

National Grid customers in the downtown districts of Brockton, Lynn, and Worcester can
should
check
contactthe
via National Grid Website
E-mail addressed under: “Area Network Maps”
to [email protected] to determine if
[http://www.nationalgridus.com/masselectric/business/energyeff/4_networkmap.asp].
the proposed location is served in National Grid’s Secondary Network area.
If that street location is highlighted (or near) the red line, contact the Company’s
DGES department via E-mail addressed to [email protected] to
determine if the proposed location is served in National Grid’s Secondary Network area.

EXHIBIT 3: Distribution Secondary Grid and Spot Network Description

In Massachusetts, National Grid generally has two types of electrical distribution systems: radial
and distribution secondary network systems. While the vast majority of customers are served from radial
power systems, some customers in the downtown districts of Brockton, Lynn, and Worcester in
Massachusetts are served by distribution secondary network systems; see Exhibit 2 for area maps.
These systems are designed to meet the higher reliability needs, dense load levels, and limited space
commonly encountered in urban areas.
A distribution secondary network system delivers electricity through a complex and integrated
system of transformers and underground cables that are connected and operate in parallel. Power can
flow in either direction on the secondary service delivery lines, commonly called secondary distribution
lines. The loss of a single line or transformer in a secondary network system does not cause an
interruption of power, unlike radial systems where there is only one line and one path for power to flow
from the distribution substation to the customer’s point of service. If a radial system experiences an
outage, service is interrupted to the customers until repairs are completed; this is less likely to be the
case in a distribution secondary network system.
In distribution secondary network systems, devices called “network protectors” are usually
arranged to automatically connect its associated transformer to the network system when conditions are
such that the transformer when connected will supply power to the network and to automatically
disconnect the transformer from the network when power flows from the network to the transformer. The
integration of DER into a distribution secondary network system may result in network protectors
exceeding their original design criteria or nameplate ratings.
Example Distribution Secondary Grid Example Distribution Secondary Spot
Network Diagram Network Diagram

Underground secondary grid (area) network

systems deliver power to each customer through a
complex and integrated system of multiple
transformers and underground cables that are
connected and operate in parallel.

Spot networks are similar to grid (area) networks

except they serve a single premise.

- 40 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 4: Recommended Guidelines for Residential and Commercial
Single-line Diagram Submittals
Refer to Figures 2 and 3 for typical illustration and symbology.
1. Identify the project, Company’s electric service order (ESO) number, location and
submitter’s name and address.
2. Indicate standard and any non-standard system voltages, number of phases, and frequency
of the incoming circuit. Indicate wye and delta systems; show whether grounded or
ungrounded.
3. Identify cable, conductors and conduit, the type and number. The Company is interested in
how the power is getting from the service point to the protective equipment.
4. Identify wiring troughs and/or junction boxes where used.
5. Use standard symbols. See NFPA 70B or IEEE Standard 141 for symbols in typical
electrical single-line diagram development.
6. Identify the service equipment’s switch and fuse or circuit breaker as to manufacturer, type,
rating, catalog number, etc. Service equipment must be able to safely interrupt the
maximum available fault current from the supply; refer to NEC Articles 110 and 230.
7. Show billing meter trough or instrument transformers’ cabinet (C.T. cabinet) in circuitry.
Indicate source and load for the circuit. Refer to Section 7 in the Company’s ESB 750 for
acceptable metering configurations.
8. Identify other protective devices and ratings. Include ratings in volts and amps, the
interruption rating, and type and number of trip coils on circuit breakers. Also, note any
special features of fuses (current limiting, dual element, etc.).
9. Identify ratios of current and potential transformers, taps to be used on multi-ratio
transformers, and connection of dual ratio current transformers if used.
10. Identify any relays, if used, and their functions. Indicate which interrupting device(s) are
tripped by the relay(s) used.
11. Show connections, winding configuration, and ratings of power transformers for any to be
used. Show the transformer impedance and X/R ratio.
12. Indicate the connections, winding configuration and ratings of grounding transformers if any
are to be used. Show the impedance and X/R ratio.
13. Identify Generator Disconnect and its ratings, the service point, and the PCC.
14. Provide catalog cut-sheets clearly identifying exact model to be installed for devices and
equipment of mutual interest to the Company and of the Customer. Equipment shall be
inclusive but not limited to the main service arrangement, any transformer in the circuit path
between the point of common coupling and the generator, the generator interrupting device,
the utility disconnect, and inverter(s) and/or relay(s).

- 41 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
FIGURE 1: Sample Residential Photovoltaic Distributed Generator
Installation – Single Phase, Net Metered

[TYPICAL ONLY]

- 43 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
FIGURE 3: Typical Symbology for Electrical Drawings

- 44 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 5: Recommended Guidelines for Functional Single-line
Diagram Submittals
Refer to Figures 1 and 2 for typical illustrations.
In addition to Exhibit 4:
15. On functional single-line diagram submittals, industry standard device numbers are
necessary. Refer to the following List of Standard Device Numbers (See latest edition of
ANSI C 37.2):

Device Number Function

25 Synchronizing Device /Synchronism check device
27 Undervoltage Relay
32 Directional Power Relay
46 Negative Sequence Voltage
50 Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay
51 Phase Overcurrent Relay
51N Neutral Overcurrent Relay
51G Ground Overcurrent Relay
51V Overcurrent Relay, voltage restraint
51C Voltage controlled overcurrent
52 Breaker
52R Recloser
59 Overvoltage Relay
59G Neutral Over Voltage Relay
59N Zero Sequence Over Voltage Relay
62 Time-delay Stopping or Opening Relay
64 Ground Protective Relay
81 Over and Under Frequency Relay
86 Lockout Relay
87 Differential Relay

[TYPICAL ONLY]

- 47 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 6: Typical Overhead Primary Service Configuration in MA for
Large DER Installations
The Customer will be required to install a pole to the Company’s specifications on which the
Company will install cross arms and dead end the Company’s primary service conductors. This
point will be the physical Point of Common Coupling (PCC). At this pole the Customer-owned,
3-phase gang operated, Generator Disconnect switch can be installed and connected to the
Company’s primary service conductors by the Customer.
All Company-owned service lateral facilities and equipment on private property will require
easements. These easements will be the responsibility of the Customer to obtain in accordance
with the Company’s specific electric service requirements; see ESB 750.

- 48 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 7: Net Metering Compliance Verification Checklist (Simplified
Process)

Account Number: __________________________________________

Email:____________ ________
Customer Name: ___________________________________________ Phone #__________ ________
Last First Work Phone #________ _____
Service Address: __________________________________________________________________ __
Number Street Town/City Zip
Billing Address: _________________________________________________________________ ____
Number Street Town/City Zip
Qualified Installer: _______________________ License #__________Phone #___________________
Last First (if available) Cellular #__________________
Address: __________________________________________________ FAX #___________ ________
Number Street Town/City Zip Email:____________________

 Verify One-Line Diagram (installed equipment)

 Verify Plot Plan (equipment’s location)

 Verify DG System Is Operating (producing power)

 Restoration of Utility Power Test

 24-hour Telephone Number Contact

Name: ______________________________ Number ()_

Performed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name (Customer’s qualified installer)

Witnessed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name (Company witness)

- 49 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
Electric System Bulletin No. 756 Appendix D:

Distributed Generation Connected to National Grid

Distribution Facilities per the Rhode Island Standards
for Connecting Distributed Generation

Version 4.0, 06/29/2018

ESB 756 Appendix D is part of the ESB 750 series

ESB756D-0618_v4 06-29-2018.docx
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
TABLE of CONTENTS .................................................................................................... 2
1.0 Purpose ................................................................................................................. 4
2.0 Scope .................................................................................................................... 5
3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards and Guidelines ....................................................... 5
4.0 Definitions.............................................................................................................. 7
5.0 Interconnecting Customer Interface Procedures ................................................... 7
5.1 APPLICATION PROCESS OVERVIEW ............................................................................... 7
5.1.1 Customer Technical Data Submission .................................................................... 8
5.1.1.1 Control Diagrams ............................................................................................ 8
5.1.1.2 Interconnection Facility Equipment Data Sheets ............................................. 8
5.1.1.3 Site Plan ......................................................................................................... 8
5.1.1.4 Data Required for Energy Storage System Applications ................................. 8
5.1.1.5 Data Required for Facility or Campus-style Microgrid Applications.................. 9
5.2 INTERCONNECTION PROCESS FOR DER NOT ELIGIBLE FOR THE SIMPLIFIED PROCESS .... 9
5.3 OBJECTIVES IN THE APPLICATION PROCESS .................................................................. 9
5.4 CONSIDERATIONS DURING THE APPLICATION PROCESS FOR DER INTERCONNECTIONS IN
THE SECONDARY GRID AND SPOT NETWORK AREAS .................................................................11
5.5 INTERCONNECTION CHARGES ......................................................................................12
Table 5.5-1: DER Projects where no EPS upgrades are expected.....................................12
Table 5.5-2: Complex DER Projects...................................................................................12
6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection ........................................................ 13
6.1 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS ........................................................................................13
Illustration 6.1.5-1: Typical DG Installation Areas on Radial Distribution Feeders...............14
6.2 SIGNIFICANT EPS CONSIDERATIONS ............................................................................15
6.2.1 Direct Transfer Trip................................................................................................15
6.2.2 Transmission Ground Fault Detection....................................................................15
Illustration 6.2.2-1: Simple One Line for Transmission Ground Faults for Typical Substation
Transformer Configuration .................................................................................................16
7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements..................................................... 16
7.1 GENERAL CRITERIA.....................................................................................................17
7.1.1 Single Phase .........................................................................................................17
7.1.2 Three Phase ..........................................................................................................17
7.1.3 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance ..................................................................17
7.1.4 Neutral Stabilization, Ground Faults, and Grounding .............................................17
7.2 SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND REVENUE METERING ............................................................18
7.2.1 Service Equipment Requirements..........................................................................18
7.2.2 Company Revenue Metering Requirements ..........................................................18
7.2.3 Company Revenue Metering Requirements (RI REGrowth Program)....................19
Illustration 7.2.3-1 Typical RI REGrowth Metered Service ..............................................19
7.3 TRANSFORMER ...........................................................................................................20
7.3.1 Secondary Served Customers ...............................................................................20
7.3.2 Primary and Higher Voltage Served Customers.....................................................20
7.3.2.1 Effectively Grounded, Four-wire Multi-grounded 3-phase Wye EPS:..............20
7.3.2.2 Not Effectively Grounded, Three-wire 3-phase EPS:......................................21
7.4 MANUAL GENERATOR DISCONNECTING MEANS ............................................................21
7.5 GENERATOR INTERRUPTING DEVICE REQUIREMENTS ....................................................22
7.5.1 General..................................................................................................................22
7.5.2 Local Power Supply Requirements ........................................................................23
7.6 PROTECTION AND PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS .........................................23
7.6.1 Type Tested (Certified) Equipment ........................................................................24
7.6.2 Non-Type tested Equipment ..................................................................................24
7.6.3 Number of Relays Required...................................................................................24
-2-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
7.6.3.1 Certified Inverter-based Energy Resource Protection Requirements..............24
7.6.3.2 All Non-Certified Energy Resource Protection Requirements.........................25
7.6.4 Instrument Transformers for Protective Device Relays ..........................................25
7.6.4.1 Current Transformers (CT).............................................................................25
7.6.4.2 Voltage Transformers (VT) and Connections .................................................25
7.6.5 Protective Relay and Trip Circuit Hard-Wire Requirements....................................26
7.6.6 Protective Relay Test Switch Requirements ..........................................................26
7.6.7 Voltage Relay Devices...........................................................................................26
7.6.8 Frequency Relay Devices ......................................................................................26
7.6.9 Synchronizing Devices...........................................................................................26
7.6.10 Overcurrent Relays ............................................................................................27
7.6.11 Utility Grade Relay and Protective Device Settings and Verification...................27
7.6.11.1 Default Voltage and Frequency Set Points for All Types of Energy Resources
27
Table 7.6.11.1-1 Utility Grade Relay and Parallel Generation Default Voltage &
Frequency Set Points .....................................................................................................27
7.6.11.2 Synchronism Check Setting Requirements for all types of Generation ...........27
Table 7.6.11.2-1 Relay Settings to Parallel with the Company EPS................................27
7.6.11.3 Company-designated Relays and Customer Settings ....................................28
7.6.11.4 Company Verification of Relay Testing...........................................................28
7.6.12 Unintentional Islanding Protection for DER ........................................................28
7.6.12.1 General ..........................................................................................................28
7.6.12.2 Islanding Risk Mitigation Methods Required...................................................29
7.6.12.3 Certified DER................................................................................................29
7.6.12.4 Non-Certified & Voltage or Frequency Regulating Inverters, Induction &
Synchronous Machines ..................................................................................................30
7.7 MONITORING AND CONTROL (M&C) AT DER FACILITY ..................................................30
7.7.1 For Independent Power Producer (IPP) – “Utility Connected Stand Alone” projects
(DER with no load).............................................................................................................30
7.7.2 For Non IPP - “Behind the meter” projects (DERs with customer Load) .................31
Table 7.7.2-1: RTU Requirements by Facility Size ............................................................31
7.8 VOLTAGE AND FREQUENCY RIDE THROUGH AND CONTROL REQUIREMENTS ..................32
7.8.1 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through ...................................................................32
7.8.2 Voltage and Frequency Control .............................................................................32
Table 7.8.2.3-1: Default Mode Settings for Inverter-based Utility Interactive DER ..............32
7.8.3 Return to Service ...................................................................................................32
Table 7.8.3-1: Return to Service Parameters for DER........................................................32
8.0 Testing and Commissioning ................................................................................ 33
9.0 Operating............................................................................................................. 33
10.0 Power Quality Monitoring ................................................................................ 33
10.1 POWER QUALITY COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION...............................................................33
10.2 POWER QUALITY DISTURBANCE AND MITIGATION .........................................................34
10.3 TRANSIENT OVERVOLTAGE / LOAD REJECTION OVERVOLTAGE (LROV) .........................34
11.0 Facility Audit.................................................................................................... 34
12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)...................................................... 34
13.0 REVISION HISTORY...................................................................................... 35
EXHIBITS ATTACHED.................................................................................................. 35
EXHIBIT 1: COMPANY REQUIREMENTS FOR PROJECTS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR THE SIMPLIFIED
PROCESS ................................................................................................................................36
EXHIBIT 2: REFERENCE MAPS OF NATIONAL GRID RHODE ISLAND SECONDARY NETWORK EPS
AREAS ....................................................................................................................................37
EXHIBIT 3: DISTRIBUTION SECONDARY GRID NETWORK DESCRIPTION .....................................38
EXHIBIT 4: RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL SINGLE-LINE
-3-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0

TABLE of CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
DIAGRAM SUBMITTALS ............................................................................................................39
FIGURE 1: SAMPLE RESIDENTIAL PHOTOVOLTAIC DISTRIBUTED GENERATOR INSTALLATION –
SINGLE PHASE, NET METERING ...............................................................................................40
FIGURE 2: SAMPLE COMMERCIAL DISTRIBUTED GENERATOR INSTALLATION ............................41
FIGURE 3: TYPICAL SYMBOLOGY FOR ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS ................................................42
EXHIBIT 5: RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES FOR FUNCTIONAL SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM SUBMITTALS43
FIGURE 4: SAMPLE FUNCTIONAL SINGLE-LINE DIAGRAM .........................................................44
FIGURE 5: TYPICAL 3V0 REQUIREMENTS FOR LOCAL EPS GROUND FAULT DETECTION ............45
EXHIBIT 6: TYPICAL OVERHEAD PRIMARY SERVICE CONFIGURATION IN RI FOR LARGE DER
INSTALLATIONS 500 KW AND ABOVE........................................................................................46
EXHIBIT 7: NET METERING COMPLIANCE VERIFICATION CHECKLIST (SIMPLIFIED PROCESS)......47

1.0 Purpose
1. Electric System Bulletin (ESB) 756 Appendix D covers requirements for interconnecting
customers proposing to install a distributed energy resource (DER) system (“Interconnecting
Customer” or “Customer”) to National Grid’s (“the Company”) Rhode Island electric power
system (EPS) for State jurisdictional projects.
2. ESB 756 Appendix D does not cover the technical federal and state transmission operator
jurisdictional requirements (ISO-NE (New England Independent System Operator) and
FERC (Federal Energy Regulatory Commission) for connection to the Company’s
transmission EPS, community microgrids, and parallel operated DER systems and on-site
generators (OSG) that are covered by the Company’s ESB 756 Appendix A. 1
3. This ESB supplements ESB 750 and the R.I.P.U.C. 21632 The Narragansett Electric
Company Standards for Connecting Distributed Generation (RI SCDG; see
http://www9.nationalgridus.com/non_html/RI_DG_Interconnection_Tariff.pdf)
4. The RI SCDG provides general technical requirements, recommendations, and assistance
to customers regarding the DER facilities connected in parallel to the Company’s distribution
electric power system (Company Distribution EPS). These projects are typically 5 MWs or
smaller in size. Note that the RI SCDG does not apply to DER facilities, or group of
facilities, having specific requirements under ISO-NE3 Operating Procedures No. 14 and No.
18 and where wholesale DER connections are proposed. Each DER interconnection project
will be individually evaluated relative to its unique technical and engineering parameters. As
such, the Company reserves the right to amend or revise the technical requirements of this
document, should it be justified by a project’s unique circumstances.
5. ESB 756 and this Appendix D are available from the Company’s website at
http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications and in printed form by contacting the
Call Center in Massachusetts (see inside cover of ESB 750 for Customer Service Center
telephone numbers). However, since printed copies may not reflect the latest updates,
please refer to the Company’s website for the latest authorized versions.

1
If deemed as a FERC jurisdictional projects, the Customer will need to apply and work with the ISO-NE
(http://www.iso-ne.com/genrtion_resrcs/nwgen_inter/index.html) for interconnection to the distribution
system, following the application requirements of the FERC Small Generator Interconnection Procedure
(SGIP) and ISO-NE Schedule 23.
2
Rhode Island Public Utilities Commission (PUC or R.I.P.U.C.).
3
Independent System Operator (ISO) for New England (NE); see https://www.iso-ne.com/.
-4-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0

2.0 Scope
1. This Appendix D to ESB 756 is provided to assist a Customer desiring to interconnect a
generator facility to National Grid’s EPS to meet requirements for all generating interfacing
equipment to be designed, installed, interconnected, tested, and operated in accordance
with applicable government, industry, and Company standards.
2. These requirements are limited and apply to only those types of parallel generation covered
by the RI SCDG connected to the Company EPS that are net metered generation sources
(Net Metered Classes) or non-net metered generation sources including other distributed
energy resources (DER) such as energy storage systems (ESS), facility or campus-style
microgrids, and where DER owners, or DER owners as clients of registered aggregators,
sign onto a retail tariff with the intent to sell energy or ancillary services to the retail market.
For FERC jurisdictional projects connected to the Company Distribution EPS, the technical
provisions of this document also apply. Where conflicts arise, the technical provisions of
ESB 756 Appendix D take precedence.
3. These requirements apply only to those points in which the Customer and the Company
have a mutual interest of the DER facility’s or premises’ wiring service connection to ensure
safety to Company employees and the public as well as satisfactory operation, compatibility,
and reliability with the electrical supply to others served by the Company’s EPS. This
includes, but not limited to:
 the location of the service point and facilities under the Company’s exclusive control,
such as the Company’s metering to be installed at any point on either side of the service
point;
 service lateral;
 service equipment; and
 the Company’s need to automatically isolate parallel sources of the DER facility from the
EPS should there be an unacceptable disturbance, event, or condition within the facility.
Conditions of electric service are based on governmental laws or regulations that determine
the Company’s authority to provide electric service under their tariffs. See 90.2(B)(5) in the
National Electrical Code® and the Company’s ESB 750 for more information.
4. For the Company’s interconnection process requirements of the RI SCDG, please refer to
the retail tariff requirements at the following Company website:
RI: http://www9.nationalgridus.com/narragansett/business/energyeff/4_interconnection-process.asp
5. These requirements may also be applied, at the discretion of the Company, to other
methods used to generate electricity in parallel with the Company’s EPS, including but not
limited to energy storage system (ESS) facilities, regenerative drives used in elevators, and
component power inverters used in exercise equipment and any other micro-scale type
energy recapture systems.

3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards and Guidelines

1. The Customer’s DER facility shall conform to the latest revision of all local, state and federal
codes and national standards that apply, including issued amendments unless the Company
has taken exception to such standard. Specific standards applicable to this bulletin include,
but are not limited to:
 Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE) Std. 1547 “Standard for
Interconnection and Interoperability of Distributed Energy Resources with Associated
Electric Power Systems Interfaces”
 Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Std. 1741 “Standard for Inverters, Converters,
Controllers and Interconnection System Equipment for Use With Distributed Energy
Resources”

-5-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
 ANSI/IEEE C2 “National Electrical Safety Code®” (NESC)
 NFPA 70 “National Electrical Code®” (NEC)
 NFPA 70B “Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance”
 NFPA 70E “Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace”
 NETA-MTS "Maintenance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power Distribution
Equipment and Systems"
2. The Customer’s DER facility shall also conform to any applicable requirements of the Rhode
Island PUC and any local, state, federal and/or other agencies from which a review,
approval, or a permit is required.
 The minimum “fall zone” clearance of wind turbine generators (WTG) shall be in
accordance with the local governmental authority having jurisdiction (AHJ) and in any
case, shall not be less than 125% of maximum WTG height measured horizontally to the
Company’s overhead distribution lines.
 Refer to ESB 750 for additional information regarding specifications for electrical
installations. The Customer is responsible for securing and coordinating all required
easements and permits for installation of equipment on the proposed site.
3. The Customer shall comply with the latest revision of the appropriate Company ESB or tariff
requirements, which cover details for the Customer’s electric service installation. These
include:
 ESB 750 - Specifications for Electrical Installations
 ESB 751 - General Requirements Above 600-Volt Service4
 ESB 752 - Service Above 15,000 volts
 ESB 754 - Outdoor Pad Mounted or Vault Enclosed Single and Three Phase
Transformer
 ESB 755 - Operation & Maintenance Requirements for Services Above 600 Volts
 ESB 758 - Primary Service to Metal Enclosed Gear
 R.I.P.U.C. 2163 - The Narragansett Electric Company Standards for Connecting
Distributed Generation (RI SCDG)
 R.I.P.U.C. 2130 - The Narragansett Electric Company Terms and Conditions for
Distribution Service
 R.I.P.U.C. 2178 - The Narragansett Electric Company Net Metering Provision
 R.I.P.U.C. 2151-C – The Narragansett Electric Company Renewable Energy Growth for
Residential Customers
 R.I.P.U.C. 2152-C - The Narragansett Electric Company Renewable Energy Growth for
Non-Residential Customers
 R.I.P.U.C. 2098 – The Narragansett Electric Company Qualifying Facility Power
Purchase Rate
Refer to Exhibits 4 and 5 and Figures 1 through 3 for information when submitting single-
line diagrams to the Company’s electronic mail address at
[email protected].

4
ESB 751 Applies regardless of service voltage for DER systems.
-6-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0

4.0 Definitions
See ESB750, ESB756, and the RI SCDG for definitions of special terms. The following terms
are defined for the purposes of this document.
1. Certified: Equipment that is approved by examination for safety; see NEC Articles 90 and
110.
2. Certified DER: A UL 1741 certified inverter.
3. Generator: Equipment that produces power.
4. Generator Set or Genset: The singular assembly of an electrical generator and a prime
mover.
5. Line section: Any EPS circuit segment that can be isolated via an automatic interrupting
device such as a sectionalizer, recloser, or circuit breaker.
6. Non-certified DER: Any induction or synchronous DER, or non-UL 1741 inverter.
7. Prime Mover: The equipment that drives the generator to output power. For example, in a
typical motor operated generator, i.e., M-G set, the motor would be considered the prime
mover, or for photovoltaic installations the DC panel arrays on a solar facility would be
considered the prime mover.
8. Recloser: A line protective device having automatic interruption and controlled reclosing
characteristics.
9. Utility Grade: Refers to protective device equipment complying with ANSI/IEEE C37.90,
ANSI/IEEE C37.90.1 and ANSI/IEEE C37.90.2.
The terms Customer, distributed generator (DG), distributed resource (DR), distributed energy
resource (DER), interconnecting customer (IC), and isolation are defined in the RI SCDG.

5.0 Interconnecting Customer Interface Procedures

5.1 Application Process Overview
This section outlines the process for a Customer to receive Company approval to interconnect
DER facilities to the Company distribution EPS. 5 This process is intended for the following:
1. New DER facilities (as aggregated on the customer side of the point of common coupling
(PCC)), that are eligible under the RI SCDG process and;
2. Review of any modifications affecting the Company distribution EPS and service connection
interface at the point of common coupling (PCC) of existing Customer DER facilities that:
(i) Have a nameplate rating of 10 MW or less as aggregated on the customer side of the
PCC;
(ii) Are eligible under the SCDG process; and
(iii) Have been interconnected to the Company EPS where an existing retail interconnection
agreement and/or power purchase agreement between the Customer and the Company is
in place; and
This application process and its requirements do not apply to generation equipment that will
never be allowed to operate in parallel with the Company Distribution EPS. For example,
this process does not apply to emergency standby generators with break-before-make
transfer switches and any other generation sources that operate independently of any
connection to the Company Distribution EPS and have no provision for such connection
(even for a short period of time).

5
If the Company approves an application to interconnect a DER facility to the Company’s distribution
EPS, the terms and conditions of that approval will be set forth in an Interconnection Service Agreement,
which is a legally binding document that can only be changed by a written document signed by both
parties. See Exhibits H and I in the RI SCDG.
-7-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
As stated above, this application process is mandated by the Rhode Island Department of
Public Utilities (DPU) for customer generation equipment that will be connected to the
Company Distribution EPS on a full or part time basis; see the RI SCDG.
5.1.1 Customer Technical Data Submission
The Customer shall submit, at the time of application, all relevant documentation as indicated in
R.I.P.U.C. 2163. The Company reserves the right to request additional information as needed
specific to the interconnection of Customer equipment including, but not limited to, three line
diagrams, control diagrams, equipment test reports and other information; see the Company’s
ESB 751. The Customer shall provide proof of land ownership or rights to land use.
5.1.1.1 Control Diagrams
The Customer shall submit all control diagrams (“DC control schematics”) of the equipment
associated with the interconnection protective system. Control diagrams depict all logic
used to control the interconnection protective devices. Relay logic diagrams shall be
provided for utility-grade relay functions meeting utility requirements.
5.1.1.2 Interconnection Facility Equipment Data Sheets
The Customer shall submit all technical data associated with the specific distribution,
protection, and generation equipment included in the project. Submitted documentation
shall highlight product numbers and information for specific equipment/devices that will be
installed as part of the project. Examples of required documentation specific to DERs
include but are not limited to:
 Rotating machine impedance parameters for modeling
 Inverter-based system models and validation test data
 Inverter islanding detection information, including brief description of islanding
detection method, parameters monitored, parameters perturbed (for active islanding
methods), and whether positive feedback-based methods are to be used
5.1.1.3 Site Plan
A site plan shall be submitted showing the location of major customer equipment, the
Company equipment to be installed on site, and site details that will be helpful to define
accessibility of the site. The site plan shall show the following equipment at minimum:
1. Interfacing transformer
2. Interrupting devices
3. Isolation device(s) (e.g. Generator Disconnect)
4. Point of Common Coupling (PCC)
5. Company pole number nearest the proposed PCC
6. Company line extension to site and from nearest Point of Interconnection
7. Restricted accesses, fences, gates and access controls
8. Existing and proposed Access road(s) including, at a minimum, road material, surface
loading criteria, and dimensions to confirm Company personnel and equipment access
requirements are met.
9. Generator location
10. Existing service(s)
Site plans shall be to scale with approximate distances indicated. In addition to site plan, the
Company may request an assessor map to determine property lines, wetlands and
easements.
5.1.1.4 Data Required for Energy Storage System Applications
For applications having ESS proposed, additional information may be required at the time of
application for interconnection such as but not limited to:
 Method of ESS connection whether: (1) ESS directly connected to utility EPS; (2)
Distributed Generator (DG) and ESS DC coupled; (3) DG and ESS AC coupled; and (4)
-8-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
ESS on load side of service point and utility revenue meter with the premises load, as
applicable to the proposal.
 Sequence of operation for the ESS’ charging and discharging capabilities and the
maximum ramp rate in Watts/second.
 Non-UL 1741 listed inverters will require a utility intertie relay with the appropriate IEEE
1547 functions, settings, and islanding protection according to the Company’s ESB
756 jurisdictional requirements.
 Service configuration and revenue metering provisions shall meet the Company’s ESB
750 and its applicable supplements.
5.1.1.5 Data Required for Facility or Campus-style Microgrid Applications
Additional information may be required at the time of application for interconnection specific
to the facility or campus-style microgrid proposed operation. Facility or campus-style
microgrid applications have certain characteristics described here, all of which fall under the
U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) definition.6 Such microgrids consist of one or more
buildings and the relationship with the interconnected utility is characterized as either a
single customer-of-record or a single operating entity on one property. These can take
several forms such as:
1. A single building under a common property owner with a common customer account.
The microgrid has generation resources that can operate in parallel with the electric grid
or in island mode.
2. A single building under a common property owner/customer, with multiple direct-metered
accounts. The microgrid is configured so that all customers within the building can share
the benefits of DER.
3. Multiple buildings owned by a common property owner where microgrid loads and DER
are tied with common electric distribution facilities generally not owned by the utility.
These facility or campus-style microgrids are premises wiring systems governed by the
National Electrical Code (NEC) as adopted by the local jurisdictional authority. 7
5.2 Interconnection Process for DER Not Eligible for the Simplified
Process
The process for installation of those facilities the Company deems necessary for interconnection
of the DER system will be specified by the Company in accordance with the RI SCDG in
response to the Customer’s DER interconnection application. See Exhibit 1 for Company
requirements for Projects not Eligible for the Simplified Process.
5.3 Objectives in the Application Process
1. Parallel operation of a generator becomes integrated with the Company EPS, in which the
Customer and the Company have a mutual interest. The interconnection must preserve the
safety, reliability, security, power quality, and operational efficiency needs of the Company’s
EPS. This is necessary to ensure safety to the public and to Company employees and
satisfactory operation and compatibility with the electrical supply to others. The steps and
timing requirements of the application process are identified within the RI SCDG.
2. Additional site-specific requirements may be indicated once the supply voltage, service
arrangement, location, and generation purpose is determined, where such Customer
proposed purpose can be either:
 peak shaving,8

6
The U.S. DOE defines a microgrid as a “group of interconnected loads and distributed energy resources
(DER) with clearly defined electrical boundaries that acts as a single controllable entity with respect to the
grid [and can] connect and disconnect from the grid to enable it to operate in both grid connected and
island mode.”
7
See NFPA 70-2017 NEC for installation requirements of premises wiring systems related to microgrids.
-9-
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
 net energy metering for solar, wind, or agricultural or other projects in accordance with
the Company’s net-metering tariff, RIPUC 2178,
 Renewable Energy Growth (REGrowth Program) according to RIPUC 2152-C (for Non-
Residential Customers), or RIPUC 2151-C (for Residential Customers), or
 export energy for a QF with an agreement for sales9 all according to the Company’s
tariff provisions.
3. For new electric service or modifications to electric service to accommodate the Customer’s
parallel generator, refer to the Company’s latest revision of ESB No. 750, Specifications for
Electrical Installations. The Customer will be responsible for any permitting and
conformance to the latest revision of all local, state and federal codes and national
standards that apply. For example,
a. Under RI and municipal building code requirements the Customer will need to provide
evidence of electrical inspection approval from their local municipal code enforcement
agency.
b. The Customer will also be responsible for any additional costs associated with work
completed by another entity (such as Telco set poles). The Customer should be aware
that project construction schedules can be severely impacted by this other work.
4. When considering a DER interconnection arrangement, an R.I.P.U.C. 2163 Exhibit A or B
application is submitted to the Company’s Distributed Generation Services department.
5. Any subsequent sale of an On-Site Generator (OSG) facility covered by the requirements of
the RI SCDG of the original retail Customer’s facility will require the new owner to establish
a separate interconnection agreement (R.I.P.U.C. 2163 Exhibit G and/or H) for the
generation and to comply with these parallel generation requirements.
6. Refer to:
 The steps to install distributed generation in Rhode Island as specified in the RI SCDG;
see Section 3.0 of R.I.P.U.C. 2163
https://www9.nationalgridus.com/non_html/RI_DG_Interconnection_Tariff.pdf),
 The Company’s Distributed Generation Services electronic mail address as follows for
inquiries: [email protected], and
 The Company’s (www.nationalgridus.com) “Distributed Generation” web site at
http://www.nationalgridus.com/narragansett/home/energyeff/4_interconnect.asp for
information and forms listed below (from R.I.P.U.C. 2163
https://www9.nationalgridus.com/non_html/RI_DG_Interconnection_Tariff.pdf) when
making an application with the Company:
o Simplified Process application form and service agreement (Exhibit A)
o Generating Facility Expedited/Standard Pre-Application Report Form (Exhibit B)
o Expedited and Standard Process application form (Exhibit C)
o Supplemental Review Agreement (for those projects which have failed one or more
screens in the Expedited Process) (Exhibit D)
o Feasibility Study Agreement (Exhibit E)
o Impact Study Agreement or Impact Study for Renewable DG (ISRDG) Agreement
under the Standard Process (Exhibit F)

8
Peak shaving generation is Customer-owned generation operated in parallel with the Company to
reduce a Customer’s electrical demand. Unlike net metering, peak shaving generation is not permitted to
flow into the utility supply system upstream of the billing meter and will require the installation of
protection devices to limit such power export onto the Company’s EPS. The Company’s revenue
metering is detented in this case to prevent reverse billing meter registration.
9
An Agreement for Sales of Export Energy for a QF under a RI SCDG application may be made per the
Company’s R.I.P.U.C. 2098 electric tariff and is a Power Purchase Agreement.
- 10 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
o Detailed Study Agreement (for the more detailed study under the Standard Process
which requires substantial System Modifications) (Exhibit G)
o Schedule B Additional Information Required for Net Metering service
o Interconnection Service Agreement (Exhibit H)
o Agreement between the Company and the Company's Retail Customer (Exhibit I)
 The following Independent System Operator-New England (ISO-NE) requirements apply
under this bulletin:
o DER projects 60 kW or larger that will export power require asset registration by the
Company’s Customer Energy Integration (CEI) department to ISO-NE.
o DER projects greater than 1 MW but less than 5 MW will require a notification by the
Company’s CEI department to ISO-NE via Attachment 4 under ISO-NE Planning
Procedure (PP) 5-1.
o DER projects 5 MW and greater will require a review of transmission system impacts
and a Proposed Plan Application (PPA) filed with ISO-NE. Refer to ISO-NE PP 5-1.
7. The application process and attendant services are offered by the Company on a non-
discriminatory basis to any Customer. As part of the process, the Company may identify the
need for detailed engineering studies, EPS upgrades and additional protection
requirements. As allowed by the Rhode Island PUC, the costs of the detailed study and
upgrades are the responsibility of the Customer. If the Customer makes significant changes
in the design or scheduling of their DER project, then any previous information furnished by
the Company to the Customer is subject to review and possible change, which may cause a
delay in service.
8. The following website contains the Company’s application of the RI SCDG net metering
rules: http://www.nationalgridus.com/narragansett/home/energyeff/4_net-mtr.asp.
5.4 Considerations during the Application Process for DER
Interconnections in the Secondary Grid and Spot Network Areas
1. When applying for a DER interconnection within the Company’s secondary area network
and secondary spot network EPS located in the downtown districts of Pawtucket and
Providence in Rhode Island, DER installations on distribution secondary network systems
may require a study to be undertaken to ensure the DER facility does not degrade the
reliability, power quality, safety, or operation of the Company’s network system. For these
areas, the study may be required regardless of DER size, type, or complexity. Therefore,
customers in the downtown districts of Pawtucket and Providence should check the
National Grid Website: “Area Network Maps”
[https://www9.nationalgridus.com/narragansett/home/energyeff/network/5_area_networkma
ps.asp]. If that street location is highlighted in red (or near) the red line, then contact
the Company at ([email protected]) to determine if the proposed
location is served by a distribution secondary network system. This should be done while
the project is still in the planning stage, and certainly before purchasing equipment or
beginning installation. The Company’s CEI department will review the Customer’s plans
and discuss options with the Customer. Refer to attached Exhibit 2 for area maps locating
the Company’s secondary network service areas.
2. Unlike radial distribution systems that deliver power to each customer in a single path from
source to load, underground secondary area network systems deliver power to each
customer through a complex and integrated system of multiple transformers and
underground cables that are connected and operate in parallel; refer to attached Exhibit 3
for more information.
1. Connecting customer DER to the low voltage secondary networks can cause the power
flow on network feeders to shift (i.e., reverse) causing network protectors within the
network system to trip open. The Company’s network system protection is designed
without time delay. Synchronous generators are not permitted to interconnect to the
Company’s secondary voltage network systems. Small induction and inverter-based
- 11 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
generators are considered on the secondary voltage network systems on a case-by-
case basis.
2. Spot networks are similar to area networks except they serve a single premise.
Connection of DER systems on the spot networks are only permitted if the secondary
bus is energized by more than 50% of the number of installed network protectors as
required by the current version of the IEEE Std. 1547.
3. As a result, the connection of customer DER facilities on networks (i) poses some issues
for the Company to maintain adequate voltage and worker safety and (ii) has the
potential to cause the power flow on network feeders to shift (i.e., reverse) causing
network protectors within the network grid to trip open. Therefore, to ensure network
safety and reliability additional information will be required for the Company’s
engineering analysis such as:
 Customer’s existing10 or proposed electric demand profile showing minimum load
during peak generation time,
 Customer’s expected generation profile shown for a 24-hour period and typical seven
(7)-day duration based on nameplate generation rating, and
 Customer’s complete electric service single-line diagram showing the configuration
of the proposed generation and other metered tenants, if any, up to the service point
supplied by the Company’s secondary network EPS.
5.5 Interconnection Charges
Customers shall be subject to charges for interconnection costs. To permit interconnected
operations with a Customer, the Company may incur costs in excess of those it would have
incurred had the Customer taken firm service. These costs, called interconnection costs, are
directly related to the installation of those facilities the Company deems necessary for
interconnection. They include initial engineering evaluations, purchase and installation of
additional switching, transmission, distribution, and communication equipment at Company’s
facilities, safety provisions, engineering and administration. These costs shall be paid in full by
the Customer prior to commencement of service in accordance with the Company’s tariffs,
R.I.P.U.C. 2163 and 2130. For typical Company interconnection cost items expected in DER
projects that will be defined in either an Impact or a Detailed Study, see the following two tables.
Tables are not intended to be all inclusive. Costs will be determined according to the Company’s
electric tariff and the RI SCDG.
Table 5.5-1: DER Projects where no EPS upgrades are expected
Item Typical Company Support Activities Attributed to Customer's Project
No. Requiring Charges to the Customer)
1 Engineering acceptance review of Customer's construction design submittals where the Company has mutual
interest such as service connection facilities, meter mounting provisions, Company-designated protective devices and
control schemes according to the Company’s ESB 750 series.
2 Revenue metering equipment changes/additions.
3 Field audit of Customer installation to accepted design.
4 Field compliance verification - witness tests of Customer protective devices coordinating with the Company
Distribution EPS.
5 CEI Project Management

Table 5.5-2: Complex DER Projects

Item Typical Company Support Activities Attributed to Customer's Project
No. Requiring Charges to the Customer)
1 Company Distribution EPS upgrades (e.g., Current Limiting Fuses, Primary Conductors, Line Reclosers, Switches,
Voltage Regulators, Capacitors, etc.) as a result of DER impact.

10
In addition, the Company may need to install recording equipment at all metered electricity users to
determine the total demand of the building’s network service when obtaining the service connection’s
electric demand profile. The cost to the Customer will be according to the Company’s electric customer
load survey flat rate and charged in accordance with the terms of the RI SCDG.
- 12 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
Item Typical Company Support Activities Attributed to Customer's Project
No. Requiring Charges to the Customer)
2 Where Local EPS anti-islanding protection is required, Direct Transfer Trip (DTT) transmit addition to Distribution EPS
substation feeder breaker (and/or Line Recloser) for DER impact on distribution feeder.
3 Where Company-provided Radio Communications can be applied, additions to support DTT equipment at Distribution
EPS substation feeder breaker (and/or Line Recloser) for DER impact on distribution feeder.
4 Where Local EPS feeder selectivity may require prompt control measures for DER impact on distribution feeder
operations, EMS-RTU (status & control) addition at the DER facility.
5 Service Connection modifications and additions for DER impact on the Company Distribution EPS.
6 Revenue metering equipment changes/additions.
7 Engineering acceptance review of Customer's construction design submittals where the Company has mutual interest
such as service connection facilities, meter mounting provisions, Company-designated protective devices and control
schemes (e.g., DTT receive package installation at DER) according to the Company’s ESB 750 series.
8 Field audit of Customer installation to accepted design.
9 Field compliance verification - witness tests of Customer protective devices coordinating with the Company
Distribution EPS.
10 Project Management (CEI, Distr. Line, Distr. Station, etc.)

6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection

6.1 General Considerations
1. Customer generation connected to the distribution system can cause a variety of system
impacts including steady state and transient voltage changes, harmonic distortion, and
increased fault current levels. Parallel generation systems, which located individually on
higher capacity feeders may not cause very serious impacts, can, on weaker circuits, in
aggregation or in special cases (such as lightly loaded networks), significantly impact the
Company’s distribution EPS.
2. An Impact Study and a Detailed Study in some cases is needed to identify the severity of
system impacts and the upgrades needed to avoid problems on the Company EPS.
Typically, an Impact or Detailed Study will be performed by the Company to determine if
the proposed generation on the circuit results in any relay coordination, fault current,
and/or voltage regulation problems.
3. There is a wide range of potential issues associated with the interconnection of DER
facilities to the Company Distribution EPS including, but not limited to:
a. Impact on step voltage regulation equipment
b. Increased fault duty on Company and Customer protective devices and equipment
c. Interference with the operation of protection systems
d. Harmonic distortion contributions
e. Voltage flicker
f. Ground fault overvoltages
g. Risk of islanding
h. System restoration
i. Power system stability
j. System reinforcement
k. Metering
l. Arc Flash
4. It is important to scrutinize the interconnection of Customer DER facilities to the
Company EPS so that any negative impacts to the Company EPS performance can be
avoided without degradation of EPS safety and reliability. It is the intent of any
Company study in accordance with the RI SCDG requirements when applicable to avoid
negative power system impacts by identifying the particular type of impact that will occur
and determining the required equipment upgrades that can be installed to mitigate the
issue(s).

6. DER saturation, such that it becomes technically infeasible to operate on the distribution
feeder or line section becomes problematic when multiple proposed projects or
additional proposed projects are submitted in excess of the designed capacity of major
EPS infrastructure. The Company will identify DER saturation in screening and feasibility
reviews and in the results of impact studies for DER applications. Studies will be more
complex and accommodating interconnections will likely require more involved
infrastructure development, costs, and duration to construct.
1. The EPS substation bus voltage regulation, transformer capacity, and high voltage
side protection may be impacted by large DER systems and the Company may
specify interconnection to a higher voltage EPS, which allows for continued growth of
small DER on the Company’s Distribution EPS (e.g. residential solar).
2. On single-phase radial distribution systems, generator interconnections with
aggregate generator nameplate ratings over 50 kVA may require three-phase service
and will be determined by the Company on a case-by-case basis.
7. The Company’s distribution substations are subject to fault duty limitations. Adding
generation to the Company Distribution EPS increases the amount of fault current
imposed on the substations and equipment on the feeder(s). Exceeding the fault duties
of equipment and devices at the substation(s) and on the feeder(s) as a result of DER
facilities will not be permitted. Where the equipment fault duty ratings have been
reached or exceeded, alternate methods of interconnection shall be explored or
equipment shall be replaced at the expense of the Customer with comparable equipment
of the appropriate withstand and/or AIC rating.
8. Normally, one service is provided to the customer according to the Company’s Electric
Tariff, RIPUC 2098. However, under specified conditions, multiple service facilities may
be supplied to the Customer from a Company Distribution EPS. The interconnection of

11
See Section 3 in the Company’s ESB750 for more information on multiple service requests.
12
There may be other transformer configurations for which zero sequence continuity is broken and/or the
DER is unable to reliably detect and trip offline for transmission ground faults. The Company determines
when and which type of transmission ground fault detection is required based on the substation
configuration on a case-by-case basis.
- 15 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
Illustration 6.2.2-1: Simple One Line for Transmission Ground Faults for Typical
Substation Transformer Configuration

Illustration 6.2.2-1 shows an example transformer configuration for which it is difficult

for distribution-connected DERs to detect and trip for transmission ground faults.
Where the DER can contribute to this condition without tripping on the 88%
undervoltage trip point, 3V0 may be required to be installed at the substation. Three
voltage sensors (typically coupling capacitor voltage transformers (CCVT), are
connected to the transmission side of the utility substation transformer. These
voltage sensors are wired to a 59N relay (“3V0” or zero sequence overvoltage
function), which trips the DER offline via utility breakers in the substation. This helps
de-energize the ground fault from all sources. (Not all details or configurations are
shown. Some substations may require protection for detecting transmission ground
faults other than 3V0). Customers should be aware that these modifications to the
Company’s substations require significant cost and time to install. The cost and time
requirements are provided in the impact study according to the RI SCDG and the
Company’s Electric Tariff when performed for the Interconnecting Customer.

7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements

From the perspective of interconnection, there are three main types of customer generation
systems that interface to the Company’s Distribution EPS. These include:
 Induction Generators
 Static Power Converters (inverter-based)
 Synchronous Generators
Each type has its own specific characteristics regarding synchronization equipment, protective
functions, starting practices, and electrical operating behavior. There may also be additional
specific requirements that may be identified as part of any Impact or Detailed Study that is
performed for a specific location. For the purposes of this bulletin, any reference to DER ratings
herein refers to the nameplate rating of the generation. Equipment nameplates shall meet ANSI
standards.
 For inverter based generation, this shall refer to the nameplate rating of the inverter(s).
 For rotating machines, this shall refer to the nameplate rating of the generator (as opposed
to the nameplate rating of the generator-set). De-rating of rotating machine generators by
their prime mover capabilities shall not be permitted.
 Equipment nameplates shall meet ANSI standards. De-rating of inverter based DER shall
only be considered if the equipment is provided by the Customer’s generator manufacturer
with a permanent means of reducing the rated output, and provided with an equipment
nameplate stating the de-rated output. De-rating of DER equipment shall be evaluated for
acceptance on a case-by-case basis, with consideration given to specific project conditions,
and will be accepted at the discretion of the Company.
For facility or campus-style microgrid connections, DER interconnection equipment, protective
systems and microgrid controllers connected at the PCC to the Company’s EPS are to be
- 16 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
designed and operated according to the Company’s requirements in this bulletin as well as to
applicable codes and industry standards. Facility or campus-style microgrids may be permitted
to automatically trip their PCC isolation device in order to island and serve the premises load;
however, this device is required to be blocked from closing until authorized to do so by the
Company. The control scheme that will disconnect and reconnect the facility or campus-style
microgrid from the Company’s EPS must be reviewed and approved by the Company through
the RI SCDG process and is subject to witness testing and/or periodic testing as necessary.
These situations will require that specific operating protocols to ensure that customer safety and
the overall EPS safety and reliability are not in any way compromised.
7.1 General Criteria
The interconnection of all parallel generators requires safeguards for synchronization and back
feed situations in accordance with the RI SCDG. Each specific connection must be studied with
respect to size, type, and the nature of the Company’s Distribution EPS at the POI. Only the
results of a specific study can indicate the suitability of a given generator connection to the
Company’s Distribution EPS and its possible economic viability. See the RI SCDG for detailed
requirements.
7.1.1 Single Phase
Single phase parallel generator connections to the Company’s EPS circuits under 600 volts
present power quality and phase balance challenges. Single phase connections shall have
these minimum characteristics:
 Nameplate rating of a single generator or group of generators equal to or less than 50 kVA.
 Configured as a three-wire, line-to-line with neutral, or line-to-neutral with adequate load
balance.
 A dedicated service lateral with a dedicated transformer, when required by the Company.
7.1.2 Three Phase
Other than permissible single phase connections, three phase connections are required. The
aggregated nameplate rating of all DER systems operating in parallel with the Company’s EPS
on the premise equal to or greater than 5 MW according to the RI SCDG for facilities, or group
of facilities, have specific requirements under ISO-NE Operating Procedures No. 14 and No. 18.
Refer to ESB 756 Appendix A for additional information in these cases and where wholesale
DER connections are proposed.
7.1.3 Phase Balance and Voltage Tolerance
1. The Customer’s DER facility shall permit equal current in each phase conductor at the
service point or PCC. Voltage unbalance resulting from unbalanced currents shall not
exceed 2% and shall not cause objectionable effects upon or interfere with the operation of
the Company’s facilities and service to others. This criterion shall be met with and without
generation.
2. The interconnection of the DER facility shall not affect the Company’s nominal voltage
delivery at the PCC by greater than 3%.
7.1.4 Neutral Stabilization, Ground Faults, and Grounding
1. Where the Customer is served from a Company multi-grounded distribution circuit, an
effectively grounded system with respect to the Company’s EPS must be provided to avoid
distribution circuit over voltage during accidental isolation of the Company’s area EPS from
the Company’s main system. This may require an additional ground source. Adequate
grounding can be provided either by the use of wye-delta main power transformer or by
installing an appropriate grounding means (see Section 7.3 for acceptable effective
grounding options).
2. Contributing to ground faults on the Company’s distribution EPS can desensitize the relays
at the Company’s substation. The effects of such grounding on the Company’s ground-relay
sensitivity shall be limited. The Company requires ground protection on any system that can
be a generation source and to protect transformers that can be paralleled and supplied from

7.3 Transformer
7.3.1 Secondary Served Customers
Where the Company provides secondary service, the Company’s transformer is an equipment
standard for service delivery voltages; see Section 3 in ESB 750. The maximum transformer
size the Company will supply for a new secondary connected DER connection is 500 kVA
where the non-DER premises electricity use is 500 kVA or less. Non-standard transformers will
not be provided by the Company. The Company will determine when dedicated services and a
dedicated transformer are required in order to reduce the impact on other adjacent customers.
The need for a dedicated transformer(s) may be determined at any point in the Customer’s life
cycle. If a dedicated transformer(s) is required, the Customer will be advised by the Company
in writing. The cost of the transformer(s) will be the responsibility of the Customer according to
R.I.P.U.C. 2130 and as permitted by the RI SCDG. DER facilities proposed on the customer
side of an existing Company-owned transformer may require the existing transformer service to
be replaced under the following typical conditions, although not all inclusive:
1. DER exceeds the Company’s transformer nameplate ratings
2. Interconnection of DER to the customer side of the transformer creates undesirable effects
on the company system.
3. Transformer is a non-standard design no longer provided by the Company’s standard (see
ESB 750 for standard service voltages) to meet the power quality, safety, and/or reliability to
the individual Customer, or the EPS.
4. Existing transformer configuration is such that an additional primary side protection scheme
is necessary for the DER facility to detect and trip the generation source for faults on the
Company’s EPS that would require the Customer to have primary service.
7.3.2 Primary and Higher Voltage Served Customers
The Company reserves the right to specify the winding connections for the Customer’s
interconnection transformer between the Company’s delivery point and the Customer’s DER
facility output terminals as well as whether it is to be grounded or ungrounded. The Customer
shall provide their interconnection transformer’s specifications and ratings for the Company’s
review in the impact and detailed studies.
7.3.2.1 Effectively Grounded, Four-wire Multi-grounded 3-phase Wye EPS:
To avoid over voltage on the distribution EPS, the Company’s policy requires that any
DER facility 500 kW and above connected to a four wire distribution feeder to provide an
effectively grounded system with respect to the Company’s EPS. Refer to Section 7.1.4
for specific grounding requirements.
The Company requires that that the Customer select their interface transformer’s
winding configurations so that the DER system is interconnected effectively grounded.
The Customer’s DER facility shall be designed such that the DER cannot connect to the
Company EPS without the means of effective grounding in service. In all instances,
when the means of effective grounding is out of service or disconnected from the
system, the DER site shall be disconnected from the Company EPS.
Any DER or aggregate DER below 500 kW in a Customer’s facility may be permitted to
utilize a primary delta - secondary wye grounded or primary wye grounded – secondary
wye grounded transformer with an ungrounded source. The Company reserves the right
to require an effectively grounded source for generation 250 kW and above depending
on DER saturation and other conditions on individual distribution EPS feeders. Effective
grounding may be accomplished with the following configurations:
1. A wye-grounded to wye-grounded transformer with a grounded generator source.
2. A wye-grounded connected primary winding with a fully insulated neutral and the
secondary winding to have a delta connection. The insulated neutral is to establish
provisions for the addition of a grounding reactor or grounding resistor in the event
the generator's contribution to faults on the Company’s EPS results in undesirable
fault current values.
- 20 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
3. A wye-grounded to wye-grounded transformer with an associated grounding
transformer.
4. A delta primary winding with a primary side grounding transformer and having any
secondary configuration.
5. A wye-grounded primary with wye-ungrounded secondary with a primary side
grounding transformer.
6. A wye-ungrounded primary with wye-grounded or wye-ungrounded secondary with a
primary side grounding transformer.
7.3.2.2 Not Effectively Grounded, Three-wire 3-phase EPS:
On three-phase Company EPS circuits other than effectively grounded, only the
connection of ungrounded primary interface transformers shall be permitted. A delta
primary is normally required.
7.4 Manual Generator Disconnecting Means
The Customer’s DER facility shall have an electrical load break disconnect switch accessible at
all times to the Company to electrically isolate the Company’s distribution EPS from the
customer’s DER system. The Customer shall provide direct 24/7 unencumbered access to the
disconnecting switch to allow Company personnel to operate the disconnecting switch and
apply protective grounds as needed, without the need to contact the Customer. The Company
will make efforts whenever possible to notify the Customer should the DER need to be de-
activated, however the Company reserves the right to operate the DER disconnect directly in
emergency situations in accordance with Section 7 of R.I.P.U.C. 2163.
The Customer shall provide contact information for Customer personnel that can be reached
24/7, should complications arise with access to the Customer’s equipment. Should there be any
complications with Company access to the DER disconnecting means, the Company reserves
the right to disconnect the Customer’s service in its entirety via the next upstream Company
owned disconnecting means in accordance with Section 7 of R.I.P.U.C. 2163.
The disconnecting means shall have the following characteristics:
1. In accordance with the RI SCDG and the Company’s electric service requirements in ESB
750, inverter-based systems 25 kW and below are not required to have a separate manual
disconnecting means if the unit has a disconnecting means integrated into the design and
meets the requirements of the National Electrical Code (NEC).
2. Rating: Disconnecting means shall be rated to interrupt the maximum generator output;
meet applicable Underwriters Laboratories (UL), American National Standards Institute
(ANSI), and IEEE standards; and shall be installed to meet the NEC and all applicable local,
state, and federal codes.
3. Arrangement: The connection of the disconnect switch shall have the line connection (i.e.,
jaw side) of the switch made to the utility source and shall be gang operated. It shall be
capable of being grounded on the Company side. The grounding means must be
compartmentalized such that the location where the ground is applied is completely
barricaded from any live parts.
4. Location and Type:
1. For those DER systems that are connected directly to the area EPS requiring a manual
disconnecting means at the PCC that can be opened for isolation, the device shall be a
gang-operated, blade-type switch (“knife switch”). Pull-out switches or blocks are not
permitted for this application. In accordance with the Company’s safety rules and
practices, this isolation device must be used to establish a visually open, working
clearance boundary when performing maintenance and repair work. The visual open
must be observable without opening the equipment.

- 21 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
2. For those DER systems connected directly to a Customer’s building distribution system
downstream of the PCC requiring a manual disconnecting means for isolation of the
DER, the disconnecting means may be in the form of a draw out circuit breaker,
disconnect, or comparable device mutually agreed upon by the Company and the
Customer. In accordance with the Company’s safety rules and practices, this isolation
device must be used to establish a visually open, working clearance boundary when
performing maintenance and repair work. The disconnecting means shall be installed
between the DER system and the point of connection to the Customer’s premises wiring
system in accordance with the NEC. For installations above 600 V, the visual open of all
three phases shall be capable of being observed without opening the equipment.
3. The location of the disconnecting means shall comply with Company standards for
working clearances, access road construction, vegetation management, and other
similar requirement to ensure adequate access for Company personnel and
equipment. Should the disconnecting means be located behind the Customer's locked
gate, double locking is required, where both the Company’s and Customer’s locks would
be employed.
4. The location and type of disconnecting means for all DER projects will be reviewed on a
case by case basis to confirm whether the Customer’s proposed equipment is
appropriate.
5. Access and Locks: The disconnecting means must be readily accessible at all times to the
Company to electrically isolate the Company’s Distribution EPS from the Customer’s
generator facilities. In all instances, the disconnecting means shall have provisions to be
locked in the open position with space for Company and Customer padlocks.
6. Maintenance: The Customer is solely responsible for the maintenance of all fuses in fused,
blade-type disconnect switches.
7. Identification: All required disconnecting means shall be identified by a permanent sign as
required by the NEC and the ESB 750.
7.5 Generator Interrupting Device Requirements
7.5.1 General
1. For any aggregate generation connected to a common feeder that is equal or above 500
kW, an interconnection interrupting device such as a circuit breaker shall be installed at the
Customer’s site. The 500 kW criteria is intended to encompass individual sites that are
comprised of multiple smaller generators, totaling 500 kW or greater. It is also intended to
encompass generation located at multiple sites that total 500 kW. Due to the unique
circumstances of each individual installation, the Company reserves the right to require an
interrupting device if necessary. As such, interrupting devices may be required for projects
below 500 kW, if the project warrants the installation. The Company may elect to waive this
requirement if all Company protective and interrupting requirements are met by a Company
device at the facility.
2. The generator interrupting device shall be designed to ensure the interrupting of the DER
system, and its effective grounding source upon loss of interrupting device supply power, or
upon loss of local power supply source. When a local power supply source is utilized,
generator interconnection interrupting devices shall have DC trip coils and tripping energy.
3. When a local power supply source is utilized, generator interconnection interrupting devices
shall have DC trip coils and tripping energy.
4. For primary wye grounded – secondary delta, and for primary delta interconnection
transformers, the interrupting device shall be installed on the high voltage side. If there is
more than one interrupting device, this requirement applies to each one individually. The
interconnection interrupting device shall be capable of interrupting the current produced
when the DER facility is connected out of phase with the Company's EPS.

- 23 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
refer to the Company’s ESB 756 Appendix A for specific requirements related to North
American Electric Reliability Corporation (NERC) Protection and Control (PRC) standards.14
The DER Customer’s interconnection system shall have the capability to withstand voltage and
current surges in accordance with the environments defined in the latest IEEE Standard
C62.41.2 or IEEE Standard C37.90.1 as applicable.
For the purpose of evaluating fault current, short circuit protection, and protective relay settings,
current values are based on the full Volt-Ampere (VA) nameplate rating of the equipment, which
may be greater than the kW rating of the equipment. For ESS, all protection reviews, regardless
of any on-site operational limitations, are performed at the sum of the nameplate ratings of the
ESS and any paired DG since fault currents are related to the full kVA nameplate ratings of the
inverter(s) and/or generators used.
7.6.1 Type Tested (Certified) Equipment
Protective equipment that has been type tested and recognized under UL Standard 1741.1 by
the RI SCDG for Group 1 DER facilities will be permitted. The Customer shall follow the testing
requirements as outlined in the RI SCDG. Exhibit 7 attached is a guide for the Company’s
witness for verifying a type tested net-metered DER installation’s operational compliance.
7.6.2 Non-Type tested Equipment
Protective equipment that has not been type tested per the RI SCDG and considered as Group
2 DER facilities will be permitted with the implementation of utility grade protective devices
acceptable to the Company. The use of utility grade relays15 and relay redundancy is
acceptable subject to prior Company review and acceptance per section 7.6.3.2.
7.6.3 Number of Relays Required
Relays are considered redundant only when two utility grade relays with identical protective
functions are provided. Where relay performance may affect the operation of the Company’s
Distribution EPS at service voltages less than 15kV, a single utility grade microprocessor-based
relay along with a Company approved scheme, where relay failure automatically trips the
associated breaker(s), is acceptable. If the Customer decides not to use redundant protection
systems on their other equipment, then appropriate action such as removing equipment from
service shall be taken when a piece of equipment is no longer adequately protected. The utility
grade relay failure alarm shall be wired to initiate trip to the Company-designated generator
interrupting device. Auxiliary relays, where used, shall be fail safe and utility grade. If two utility
grade relays are used to provide the required functions for sufficient redundancy, the failure of
both relays, being out of service shall trip the interrupting device.
7.6.3.1 Certified Inverter-based Energy Resource Protection Requirements
IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 certified16 inverters shall be equipped with an internal
active anti-islanding scheme, under voltage (27), over voltage (59), under frequency (81U)
and over frequency (81O) relays. Inverter based generators shall be in compliance with the
latest version of IEEE 1547. The Customer shall provide the voltage and frequency ride
through capabilities as specified in IEEE 1547 Cat II in any inverters installed as part of a
DER facility proposed to interconnect to the Company’s EPS. The voltage regulation
capabilities shall be turned OFF unless otherwise required by the Company. See section 7.8
for further inverter function requirements.

- 24 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
7.6.3.1.1 Individual Certified Inverter-based Energy Resources below 500 kW
If the inverter is IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 listed, the internal relays are
considered as the only required protection and an additional utility grade relay is not
necessary to be installed. At the Company’s sole discretion the Company reserves the
right to require a utility grade relay for certified systems above 250 kW with, at minimum,
functions 27, 59, 81U/O enabled.
7.6.3.1.2 Individual Inverter-based Energy Resource equal or above 500 kW
IEEE 1547 compliant and UL-1741 listed inverter internal relay functions are considered
as primary protection. The Company requires one additional utility grade relay to be
installed as secondary the utility grade protection for inverter-based solar PV generation
equal or greater than 500 kW. The 27, 59, 81U/O, voltage controlled phase overcurrent
51C, and 51N or 51G elements shall be activated in the secondary utility grade
protection relay. The Customer shall provide either 51G ground time overcurrent or 51N
residual neutral time overcurrent as part of their ground protection requirements when
meeting the NEC. On circuits where generation is permitted to connect as an
ungrounded source, a 59N relay function is required to detect ground faults on the utility.
Where Company-required functions are not redundant, such as overcurrent or 59N
functions, refer to section 7.6.3 for fail-safe tripping requirements.
7.6.3.2 All Non-Certified Energy Resource Protection Requirements
Where Company-required functions are not redundant, such as overcurrent or 59N
functions, refer to section 7.6.3 for fail-safe tripping requirements.
7.6.3.2.1 Energy Resources below 500 kW
For any non-certified generator less than 500 kW one utility grade relay is required to be
installed. 27, 59, and 81 U/O at minimum shall be active in the utility grade relay. For all
systems 250 kW or larger, the Company reserves the right to require redundant utility
grade relay(s).
7.6.3.2.2 Energy Resources equal or above 500 kW
For any non-certified generator equal or above 500 kW, if the generator is equipped with
internal relays with 27, 59, and 81U/O relays, one utility grade relay is required to be
installed as the secondary protection. 27, 59, 81 U/O, and overcurrent elements for both
phase and ground shall be active in the utility grade relay. Otherwise, two utility grade
relays and one Company-designated interrupting device shall be installed to meet the
protection requirements. On circuits where generation is permitted to connect as an
ungrounded source, a 59N relay function is required to detect ground faults on the area
EPS.
7.6.4 Instrument Transformers for Protective Device Relays
7.6.4.1 Current Transformers (CT)
CT ratios and accuracy classes shall be chosen such that secondary current is less than 5
amperes normal operation, 100 amperes under maximum fault condition and transformation
errors are consistent with Company practices. For the primary wye grounded – secondary
delta installations, the CTs shall be installed on the high side. If the interconnection
transformer is primary wye grounded – secondary wye grounded, the CTs can be installed
on either high or low side, provided the CTs sense the current contribution to Company EPS
faults from ground sources installed on the facility. CT accuracy and burden calculations
shall be provided for review by the Company.
7.6.4.2 Voltage Transformers (VT) and Connections
Voltage sensing is required on all three phases on the utility side of the interrupting device.
VTs for voltage sensing shall be configured wye-grounded (Yg-Yg) for effectively grounded
circuits. Voltage measurements shall have no more than 2% error under the expected
ambient temperature range (-10°C (14°F) to +45°C (113°F)) and no higher than 4% error
under all operating temperatures (-40°C (-40°F) to +65°C (149°F)). If the secondary
voltages can be used to detect voltage depressions for faults that occur on the Utility EPS,
- 25 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
and the secondary voltage is within the relay’s acceptable operating range, VTs may not be
required. The use of Yg-Broken Delta VTs will be considered by the Company on a case-by-
case basis.
7.6.5 Protective Relay and Trip Circuit Hard-Wire Requirements
Unless authorized otherwise by the Company, protective relays shall be hardwired to the device
they are tripping. Further, interposing computer-based or programmable logic controllers,
auxiliary modules, or the like are not permitted in the trip control scheme between the relay and
the device being tripped. Trip circuits shall not be fused.
The use of interposing relays is subject to approval by the Company. Interposing relays, if
proposed, shall be utility grade, and the tripping scheme shall be fail-safe.
Meter selector switches shall not be connected into the secondary circuits of current
transformers used with protective relays specified by the Company.
Generator protective relays shall be located no greater than 30 feet from the device in which
they control.
7.6.6 Protective Relay Test Switch Requirements
Microprocessor and non-draw out relays, including relay function 86 shall have ABB FT-1, or
equivalent, test switches isolating all inputs and outputs of the relay. All test switches shall be
labeled for the associated relay functions.
 AC Inputs: Each relay shall have its own AC test switch. DC inputs or outputs are not
permitted on AC test switches.
 DC Inputs and Outputs:
o For relays designated by the Company as necessary to protect the Company’s
Distribution EPS, it is required that each individual relay have its own DC test switch that
isolates the positive and negative DC for each input and output.
o For relays required to protect the Customer’s equipment, it is required that each relay
have its own DC test switch for inputs and outputs. For ease of maintenance testing and
troubleshooting, it is required to isolate the positive and negative DC of the input and
output.
 Groups of relays that protect the same piece of equipment, such as a transformer or a
feeder, may share a DC test switch under the following conditions:
o The individual blades of the test switch shall be grouped by relay.
o A permanent label shall be affixed to the relay panel identifying the use of each blade.
Exception: Where the relay inputs are supplied by a control cable (such as a some recloser
installations) and the relay test set uses a control cable that inputs to the same port in the
recloser control enclosure, test switches may not be required.
7.6.7 Voltage Relay Devices
Voltage relays shall be frequency compensated to provide a uniform response in the range of
40 to 70 Hz. and meet IEEE 1547 requirements including voltage ride through. See Table
7.6.11.1-1 below for default voltage relay settings.
7.6.8 Frequency Relay Devices
Over and Under Frequency relays shall meet IEEE 1547 requirements including capability for
under frequency ride through. The under-frequency trip setting shall not be higher than 58.9 Hz,
as to not conflict with the under frequency load shedding schemes on the Company’s EPS. For
adjustable under frequency settings in table 2 of IEEE 1547, the chosen setting shall not fall
within the prohibited region of NERC PRC-024-2. See Table 7.6.11.1-1 below for default
frequency relay settings.
7.6.9 Synchronizing Devices
The Customer shall designate one or more synchronizing devices that employ a synchronizing
protection element (25) such as motorized breakers, contactor/breaker combinations, or a fused
contactor (if mutually agreeable) to be used to connect the DER facility’s generator to the

Over Frequency (81O) 61.2 Hz < f <62.0Hz 300

Settings other than the default, within the settings ranges in IEEE 1547, may be
acceptable on a case-by-case basis and are subject to review and approval by the
Company. DER facilities with Direct Transfer Trip installed may be required to have
wider than the default settings to comply with ride through requirements.
Note that consistent with IEEE 1547, the pickups are exact set points and the time
delays are maximum total clearing times (including relay and device interruption time).
The above default voltage and frequency trip settings are consistent with the 2018 New
England ISO Source Requirements Document (NE ISO SRD) for DER.
7.6.11.2 Synchronism Check Setting Requirements for all types of Generation
Unless otherwise specified by the Company, the default settings for utility-grade
synchronism check elements are required to have settings according to the following table
7.6.11.2-1 and the final settings shall be approved by the Company:
Table 7.6.11.2-1 Relay Settings to Parallel with the Company EPS
Max. Frequency Max. Voltage Max. Phase Angle
Generator Size Difference Difference Difference
(kVA) ( f, Hz) ( V, %) ( , degrees)
0-500 0.3 10 20
>500 – 1,500 0.2 5 15
>1,500 – 10,000 0.1 3 10
- 27 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
7.6.11.3 Company-designated Relays and Customer Settings
1) The Company will review the Customer’s settings and their calibration and test results of
those relays that the Company designates as being required to satisfy the Company
protection practices. In addition, the Company may require the relaying summary and
logic diagrams depending on the complexity of the installation.
2) Any relay setting specified by the Company shall not be changed or modified at any time
without the written consent of the Company.
3) The Customer shall be responsible to specify the settings, calibrate, test, and maintain
the balance of their equipment.
7.6.11.4 Company Verification of Relay Testing
Prior to the Witness Test, the Company requires a letter from the Customer stipulating that
all Company–designated protective devices have:
 control wiring verified against the accepted design drawings, and
 the calibration test performed satisfactorily according to the relay setting document of the
accepted design.
7.6.12 Unintentional Islanding Protection for DER
The Customer’s DER system shall not energize a de-energized Company circuit; therefore, anti-
islanding protection is required for parallel generation on the Company’s distribution EPS. If the
Company determines that an anti-islanding protection scheme is required to mitigate the risk of
a formation of an island in addition to the generator facility’s own islanding detection scheme
then the Company will require direct transfer trip (DTT). The Customer may propose alternative
methods of anti-islanding protection of their own generation facility, although it is the Customer’s
responsibility to demonstrate comprehensively the validity of such methods and the Company
reserves the right to make the final determination as to which anti-islanding protection method is
suitable to meet the EPS safety and reliability requirements.
Note: A Customer wishing to use a generation system as a stand-by or emergency
generator shall submit details regarding an interlocking scheme, or transfer switch to
prevent the energization of a de-energized Company circuit that complies with National Grid
ESB 750, Section 11.
7.6.12.1 General
1. The Company may reclose at any distribution EPS segment at any time without
checking for de-energized segments as normal system operations to maintain service
reliability. It is important to the DER operator to be aware of this possibility as it is the
responsibility of the DER operator to trip off within 2 seconds in the event the EPS utility
source is not present.
2. During DER impact evaluation, when a DER on the circuit causes the Company’s
system protection to be unable to trip for end of line faults, appropriate measures will be
taken to correct this protection gap. The Company’s device setting adjustments,
additional protection devices, and/or customer impedance grounding may be required.
3. The requirements outlined below in regards to unintentional islanding mitigation risks are
not applicable for DER proposed to be interconnected to a Company secondary network
system. The Company’s network systems are not designed for and cannot accept back
feed.
4. Utility interactive inverters evaluated under these requirements shall not actively regulate
frequency and/or voltage or provide Var support functions. Any inverter type generation
established as frequency and/or voltage regulating or Var supportive will be reviewed
under section 7.6.12.4 requirements.
5. DER threshold values shall be analyzed in aggregate where multiple DER projects are
supplied from a single point of connection to the EPS. Individual DER projects on sub-
divided or adjacent parcels may be evaluated based upon total aggregate nameplate
ratings as an equivalent single point connection to the EPS.
6. For cases where the line section aggregated DER is ≤ 33% of minimum load regardless
of DER type mix and is connected to < 35 kV distribution EPS no additional
requirements identified below shall be required.
- 28 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
7. For DER equipped with DTT, those DER facilities will not be factored into the 10 and
25% ratio screens identified in this bulletin.
8. Where used within this document, reclose blocking is a voltage supervised reclose
permissive feature required at any mid-line automated interrupting device identified
through the steps outlined. Where this feature is required, each mid-line device is also
required to be SCADA equipped through National Grid’s distribution EMS cellular
network.
9. A complete distribution feeder may contain multiple line sections. Depending on the
aggregate DER size to load ratio, multiple line sections may require review and be
screened accordingly per the steps outlined.
10. Each screen shall be repeated for each line section applicable to the proposed DER.
Where DTT or reclose blocking is required based on the screens, it shall be applied at
the sectionalizing device for that line section.
7.6.12.2 Islanding Risk Mitigation Methods Required
Special conditions outlined within this section are required at minimum, regardless of the
screening outcomes applicable in the following sections.
1. Cases where the Company’s PCC recloser is required
a. DER ≥ 300 kW and DER > 33% minimum load and is connected to < 5 kV EPS.
b. DER connected to > 15 kV and < 35 kV EPS where DER > 50% onsite minimum
host load.
2. Cases where additional EPS protection schemes, including but not limited to transfer
tripping, may be required17
a. If line faults (phase and ground where applicable) cannot be cleared by DER
protective device or the Company’s PCC recloser.18
b. Unique arrangements not explicitly defined within this document at the Company’s
discretion.
c. If the DER cannot be tripped off with utility-owned devices when automated
sectionalizing schemes will operate.
d. DER connected to > 35 kV EPS where DER > 50% onsite minimum load and the
connecting line is radially supplied.
3. The Company shall be provided with access rights, whether easement or fee-owned
right-of-way, of the Company’s facilities on the Customer’s property for the PCC recloser
installation serving their DER facility. See Exhibit 6 for a typical one-line configuration of
a PCC recloser primary metered overhead service.
7.6.12.3 Certified DER19
1. All inverters shall have an 88% voltage trip within 2 seconds to be considered in this
section.
2. Proposed DER rated ≤ 50 kW
a. No requirements.
3. Proposed DER rated > 50 kW and < 1000 kW
a. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is ≤ 10% of mix.
i. No additional requirements.
b. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is > 10% and ≤ 25% of aggregate DER.

17
While the intent of this unintentional islanding protection policy is to encourage DER installations while
minimizing inhibitive impacts to the DG installation, the Company reserves the right and flexibility to
enforce protective measures deemed required for the safety and reliability of the EPS.
18
Customers should be aware that >15kV class circuits typically involve more complex protection
schemes, which can be more likely to require DTT due to inability to see and trip faults in an acceptable
time frame, in addition to operational issues that may be present at these voltage classes (23kV and
34.5kV).
19
Inverter firmware derating is not acceptable for reduction of system size to satisfy thresholds within this
section.
- 29 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
Sandia screening20 may be applicable depending on inverter models on
i.
segment.
ii. Company-owned PCC recloser and reclose blocking required if Sandia screens
not passed.
1. Detailed risk of islanding (ROI) study may be performed at the Customer’s
request. If results of the detailed study show no significant risk of islanding
for a period greater than 2 seconds, then the recloser and reclose blocking
is waived.
c. Line section aggregated non-certified DER is > 25% of all DER.
i. NG PCC recloser and reclose blocking required21
1. Detailed ROI study may be performed at the Customer’s request. If results
of the detailed study show no significant risk of islanding for a period
greater than 2 seconds, then reclose blocking is waived. Company-owned
PCC recloser is waived for aggregate DER ≤ 67% of line load to generation
ratio or < 500 kW.
4. Proposed DER rated DER ≥ 1000 kW
a. Company-owned PCC Recloser required.
b. Reclose blocking required on line segment sectionalizing device if line segment
aggregate DER > 50% of minimum load.
7.6.12.4 Non-Certified & Voltage or Frequency Regulating Inverters, Induction &
Synchronous Machines
1. Require ANSI C37.90 utility-grade protective relay with IEEE 1547 voltage and
frequency tripping and restoration functions.
2. Total aggregate line section DER > 33% minimum load
a. DTT required.
7.7 Monitoring and Control (M&C) at DER Facility
DER ranging from 250 kW in capacity and up on radial distribution systems may require
supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) communication for visibility to the Company’s
energy management system (EMS) and to incorporate the ability for the Company’s system
operators via EMS to remote trip the generation, or DER facility, from the Company’s EPS. This
visibility is essential in maintaining daily system operability and the flexibility to transfer loads
and feeder segments to allow for system upgrades, repairs, seasonal loading transfers, and
other normal distribution system management functions that may require a SCADA remote
terminal unit (RTU) or a PCC Recloser at a DER facility.
7.7.1 For Independent Power Producer (IPP) – “Utility Connected Stand Alone” projects
(DER with no load)
1. The Company generally does not require any RTU system for IPP generators, regardless of
the size or voltage class.
2. Where available, the Company will utilize the Company-owned PCC recloser serving the
DER installation to obtain Company’s operational polling data.

20
The Sandia screens (http://energy.sandia.gov/wp-content/gallery/uploads/SAND2012-1365-v2.pdf) are
valid only for those certified inverters that have been confirmed, in writing from the manufacturer, to meet
the definition of the Sandia Frequency Shift (SFS), or Sandia Voltage Shift (SVS) as positive feedback
based methods according to the report or for inverters using impedance detection with positive feedback.
SFS and SVS both rely on positive feedback to work.
Positive feedback – detecting a deviation in grid parameters and acting to try to make that deviation from
nominal worse. Where acting to try to make that deviation worse, the perturbations must push harder as
the deviations from nominal increase. The algorithm must be able to push bi-directionally in order to be
considered for this screen.
21
Where feasible, installing a PCC recloser in front of the non-certified DG may reduce or eliminate any
further requirements to the subject applicant DG.
- 30 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
3. The Interconnecting Customer (IC) is advised to communicate with Independent System
Operator (ISO) -New England for any telemetry requirement as ISO-NE may require real-
time monitoring between ISO-NE EMS and the DER site. The IC shall refer to the ISO-NE
website and ISO-NE customer service help desk for details.
4. The Company reserves the right to require the IPP customer to install an RTU at their facility
for any special circumstances. One situation where an EMS-RTU may be required is where
there is Distribution EPS feeder selectivity operation.
7.7.2 For Non IPP - “Behind the meter” projects (DERs with customer Load)
1. For Non IPP projects, the Company will require the Interconnecting Customer(IC) to install
RTU at their facility based on the Company’s delivery voltage level and the DER size. RTUs
will be required for “behind the meter” DER installations for the feeder voltage class values
provided in the table below.
Table 7.7.2-1: RTU Requirements by Facility Size
Delivery Voltage Class Non IPP Generating Capacity
5kV or below. 500 kW or greater
greater than 5kV but less than 15kV 1 MW or greater
>15kV 1.8 MW or greater
2. EMS-RTU installations may be required for DER applications not covered by the conditions
above as determined by the Company on a case-by-case basis. One situation where an
EMS-RTU may be required is where there is Distribution EPS feeder selectivity operation.
3. The control portion would only involve the remote trip and block closing of the Customer’s
interrupting device(s) designated by the Company. The block close function will be
performed by control circuitry and is subject to review by the Company for acceptance.
4. The required inputs from the RTU to the Company’s EMS shall be as follows:
 Status of main or interconnect breaker at the point of common coupling (PCC)
 Status of individual generator breakers
 Control input for the “designated generator interrupting device” for trip, block close &
permit close functionality
 Three phase line current for each generator
 Three phase line current at the PCC with the Company (when there is multiple generator
breakers)
 Three phase line-to-line voltage for each generator
 Three phase line-to-line voltage at the PCC with the Company(when there is multiple
generator breakers)
 Output kW for each unit (+ delivered to the Company, - received)
 Output kVAR for each unit (+ delivered to the Company, - received)
 Total MW (+ delivered by generator, - received by generator) at the PCC
 Total MVAR (+ delivered by generator, - received by generator) at the PCC
Exceptions to the above list may be considered by the Company on a case-by-case basis.
Note: The Company will provide an EMS-RTU point list for inputs required at the DER
system.
5. When a Company EMS-RTU is specified for a parallel generation project, the Company will
determine the requirements for equipment, installation, and communications media in the
interconnection study for the DER system. The Customer will be responsible for all initial
and recurring costs associated with communications for their RTU.
- 31 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
6. The Interconnecting Customer (IC) is advised to communicate with Independent System
Operator (ISO) -New England for any telemetry requirement as ISO-NE may require real-
time monitoring between ISO-NE EMS and the DER site. The IC shall refer to the ISO-NE
website and ISO-NE customer service help desk for details.
7.8 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through and Control Requirements
7.8.1 Voltage and Frequency Ride Through
Inverter-based DER shall meet the requirements of IEEE 1547 Category II and the
requirements of the NE ISO SRD pursuant to the ISO-NE Public notification February 2018.
See section 7.6.11 for corresponding voltage and frequency default trip settings in
accordance with the NE ISO SRD.
 In the Permissive Operation region above 1.1 p. u. voltage, inverters shall ride-
through in Momentary Cessation mode as defined in the NE ISO SRD and IEEE
1547.
7.8.2 Voltage and Frequency Control
1. All generators shall be in compliance with the latest revision of IEEE 1547.
2. Field adjustable settings shall not be changed without express written consent of the
Company.
3. The voltage and frequency capabilities permitted in IEEE 1547 shall be disabled by default
in accordance with Table 7.8.2.3-1 unless otherwise approved by the Company.
Table 7.8.2.3-1: Default Mode Settings for Inverter-based Utility Interactive DER
Function Default Activation State
22
SPF, Specified Power Factor OFF
Q(V), Volt-Var Function with Watt or Var Priority OFF
SS, Soft-Start Ramp Rate ON
Default value: 2% of maximum current output per
second
FW, Freq-Watt Function OFF OFF

The above mode settings are in accordance with the NE ISO SRD. If a device does not
have the above mode settings and is not within the scope of the 2018 NE ISO SRD, the
device shall operate in unity power factor mode with any available grid support functions
disabled.
7.8.3 Return to Service
The DER shall not connect or return to service following a trip (including any ground fault
current sources) until detecting 5 minutes of healthy utility voltage and frequency. “Healthy
Utility Voltage and Frequency” is defined by Table 7.8.3-1, in accordance with the Enter
Service Criteria in IEEE 1547 section 4.10:
Table 7.8.3-1: Return to Service Parameters for DER

22
OFF and operating at unity PF. Or set to ON with unity PF.
- 32 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0

8.0 Testing and Commissioning

1. The Company reserves the right to witness the Customer’s functional testing of the required
devices, i.e., trip tests.
2. All Company-designated relay functions and all synchronizing elements will be witness-
tested/verified by the Company’s personnel prior to energization.
3. A letter, written by the Customer or their assigned agent, indicating the protection and
control scheme has been functionally tested in accordance with the Customer’s submitted
design as accepted by the Company, shall be completed prior to the Company’s witness
testing.
4. The Customer shall submit a testing and commissioning plan (TCP) to the Company for
review at least 20 business days prior to the scheduled witness test. If needed, consult the
Company for guidance on preparing a TCP. This activity will normally be performed on a
schedule as specified by Section 4.2.4 in the RI SCDG.
5. All required equipment test reports shall be submitted per ESB 751 prior to final TCP
acceptance.
6. The TCP shall be finalized as accepted by the Company no later than five (5) business days
prior to functional testing of the Company-designated protective devices.

9.0 Operating
1. The Customer’s DER system shall maintain a power factor at the PCC in accordance with
the RI SCDG between 0.90 leading or lagging (VAR or voltage support can also be
considered within machine ratings) unless more strict requirements apply according to the
Company’s Impact or Detailed Study. Corrective equipment may be required and, if so, it
will be at the Customer’s expense; refer to ESB 750. It is the Company’s expectation that
the Customer will strive to maintain a power factor at their service point that does not
adversely affect the power quality (PQ) of the Company’s EPS; see ESB 750
2. The Company requires a Sequence of Operations (SOO) from the Customer. The Company
also requires an operating description from the Interconnection Customer for normal,
alternate, and emergency (if proposed) operations, if the Customer desires to operate in
these modes and in the event of any changes to the existing procedures.
3. The Customer is responsible for performing all operating functions associated with their
equipment and for maintaining all equipment under their ownership. The Customer shall
arrange to have trained personnel available for the proper and safe operation of their
equipment.
4. The Customer shall follow the Company’s specified switching protocol upon commissioning,
synchronizing, and return-to-service situations with the Company’s distribution system
operator; see ESB 755 for more information on Customer operating and maintenance
responsibilities.
5. The Customer’s service and backup service requirements from the Company’s system shall
be requested using the prescribed forms in the Company’s Electric Tariff, R.I.P.U.C. 2130.
6. Where the Company is requested to supply demand pulse information (either analog or
digital), its use is not intended for generator dispatch or control.
7. Should the Customer Facility experience unexpected tripping of their interrupting device, the
Customer shall first perform their own extensive analysis of all possible causes for trips of
their own system before attempting to resolve those issues through the Company.

10.0 Power Quality Monitoring

- 33 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
a minimum, the following in accordance with the Company’s Electricity Tariff, R.I.P.U.C. 2130
and the limits and cost responsibilities specified in the RI SCDG:
 Check service point voltage for any discernible voltage fluctuation.
 Check service point frequency for any discernible frequency fluctuation.
 Check PCC power factor to ensure it is no less than 90% (leading or lagging).
Check service point harmonic distortion to ensure limits specified in ESB 750 and the RI SCDG
as applicable, are maintained. Current harmonic distortion shall not adversely affect voltage
harmonic distortion, the Company Distribution EPS, or service to other customers.
10.2 Power Quality Disturbance and Mitigation
1. If disturbances on the EPS and/or to other customers are suspected to originate from a
Customer with DER, PQ monitoring shall be installed to verify the Customer is maintaining
their power quality in accordance with the Company’s ESB 750 and the RI SCDG.
2. If it is determined that system modifications or changes are needed in order to mitigate the
disturbance issue, the cost of such modifications or changes shall be borne by the
Interconnection Customer.
3. If any power quality concerns as a result of the Customer’s DER installation cannot be
immediately corrected, the Customer will not be permitted to continue generation until such
concerns are resolved to the Company’s satisfaction.
10.3 Transient Overvoltage / Load rejection Overvoltage (LROV)
The DER facility shall limit its cumulative instantaneous overvoltage according to Figure 3 of
IEEE 1547 section 7.4.2.
Most inverters have a ‘self-protective overvoltage’ setting in the inverters that, if enabled, is
capable of tripping for no higher than 1.4pu voltage in 1ms or less clearing time. This set point is
one acceptable means to meet the requirements if a letter from the inverter manufacturer is
provided to the Company stating that this setting (or tighter) is enabled in the inverters to be
installed on the site, and the inverter voltage response adheres to the curve in IEEE 1547. The
Customer shall provide a letter from the inverter manufacturer or a National Recognized Testing
Laboratory (NRTL) confirming that the requirements from the standard are met. The letter shall
be on the manufacturer or NRTL’s letterhead and include the firmware version and serial
numbers of each inverter for the installation. Test data and/or standards certification supporting
these statements may also be required at the discretion of the Company.

11.0 Facility Audit

The Company reserves the right to periodically audit the Interconnection Customer’s generation
equipment installation and service connection for compliance with the Company’s requirements.

12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)

Pursuant to Section 7 in the RI SCDG, the Company reserves the right to have the Customer
remove their generation from the Company EPS at any time upon the Company’s request.
Normally, such requests result from the need to facilitate maintenance, test, or repair of
Company facilities. The Customer’s generator disconnect switch23 may be opened by the
Company (i.e., isolating the Customer’s generating equipment), without prior notice to the
Customer, for any of the following reasons:
 System emergency operations require such action.

23
Refer to Section 7.4 regarding technical requirements for draw-out breakers over 600V and the
Company’s ESB 750.
- 34 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756D-2018 ver. 4.0
 Company periodic checks of Customer’s interfacing equipment reveal a hazardous
condition, or lack of necessary maintenance for equipment necessary to protect the
Company’s EPS.
 Generating equipment interferes with other customers or with the operation of the
Company’s EPS.
 When required protective relaying and/or tele-protection is altered, inoperable, or missing
When required special equipment necessary for operating control (e.g.,
telemetering/SCADA) on the Company’s EPS is inoperable or missing.
 Parallel operation, other than for RI SCDG testing of type tested inverters, prior to Company
approval to interconnect.
 Failure to make available records of verification tests and maintenance of the Customer’s
protective devices designated by the Company, unless otherwise specified in the RI SCDG.
 Situations where the area EPS is in a non-normal operating scenario and the generator has
not been studied for interconnection in that specific operating scenario.

13.0 REVISION HISTORY

Version Date Description of Revision
1.0 06/01/07 Initial version of new document superseding all previous revisions of ESB 756.
1.1 07/29/11 September 2010 ESB 750 Series Errata changes, formatting, and general editing.
2.0 08/06/12 Revised and formatted incorporating technical requirements of RI PUC 2078 Nov. 2011.
3.0 08/03/17 June 2017 revised for RI PUC 2163 Feb 26 2016, IEEE 1547a amendment, and technical
updates
3.1 12/15/17 October-December 2017 interim amendments to Sections 7.6.11, 7.8, and Figures 2 & 5.
3.2 02/09/18 January-February 2018 interim amendments to Sections 7.6.11, 7.6.12, and 7.8.
4.0 06/29/18 June 2018 revised for IEEE 1547-2018 and updated National Grid practices.

EXHIBITS ATTACHED

EXHIBIT 1: Company Requirements for Projects Not Eligible for the

Simplified Process
These are Company items to be considered in the Customer’s DER Project Schedule.
ID Activity Description RI SCDG § or ESB ref.
Project Definition & Conceptual Analysis Phase
1 Customer R.I.P.U.C. 2163 Exhibit C Expedited/Standard Interconnection Application 3.2 or 3.3, Figure 1, Table 1
Form w/technical submittal & prelim. design received
2 Company Preliminary Technical Assessment & cost estimate for Impact or Detailed Study 3.0, Table 2
3 Company R.I.P.U.C. 2163 Exhibit I Retail Connection Agreement executed with Exhibit I
Customer
4 Customer commits to Impact or Detailed Study and provides advance payment 5.0
Final Design Review Phase
5 Company completes Impact or Detailed Study/Service Plan 3.2 or 3.3, Figure 1, Table 1
6 Customer commits to utility system modifications in Impact or Detailed Study/Service 4.0, 5.0
Plan and provides advance payment
7 Customer's project schedule and final design & specifications received 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 750 & 752 or
753 or 754 or 758
8 Company reviews Customer’s design & returns comments 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
Installation Progress Review Phase
9 Customer’s corrected design, test reports & settings received 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
10 Company reviews Customer’s design & returns comments 4.0 – 8.0, ESB 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
11 Company field audit of Customer’s installation progress 4.0 - 6.0
Installation Compliance Verification Phase
12 Customer’s advance notice of functional testing received 4.2.4, ESB 755
13 Electrical inspection certification approval received from municipal codes enforcement ESB 750 & 752 or 753 or
754 or 758
14 Customer’s acknowledgement of satisfactory wiring & relay calibration tests received 4.2.4, ESB 755
15 Company witness of Customer’s functional testing 4.2.4, ESB 755
16 Company field audit of Customer’s service connection 4.0 – 6.0, ESB 750 & 752 or
753 or 754 or 758
17 Customer resolves open items ESB 750 & 752 or 753 or
754 or 758
Energization & Synchronization Phase
18 Verification testing satisfied 4.2.4
19 Company’s metering installation complete 8.0, ESB 750 & 752 or 753
or 754 or 758
20 Company’s supply system interconnection complete 4.0, 5.0
21 Company review/acceptance of Customer’s resolved open items
22 Customer’s Certificate of Completion received (and energization sequence plan for 3.2 or 3.3, ESB 755
interconnections >600V)
23 Company proceeds with energization
24 Customer is permitted to synchronize generation facility in parallel to the Company’s
supply
Project Closeout Phase
25 For interconnections >600V, remainder of Customer’s protective system functional testing ESB 755
documented in an acknowledgement letter submitted to the Company within 10 business
days after energization
26 Customer’s as-built design drawings received within 90 days for interconnections >600V ESB 750 § 1.7
27 Company reconciliation of project costs with Customer When requested by Customer.

EXHIBIT 2: Reference Maps of National Grid Rhode Island Secondary

Network EPS Areas

Pawtucket
https://www9.nationalgridus.com/narragansett/home/energyeff/network/Eastern/Pawtucke
t_Network_Feeder_10-02-12.pdf

Providence:
https://www9.nationalgridus.com/narragansett/home/energyeff/network/Eastern/Providenc
e_Network_Feeder_10-02-12.pdf

National Grid customers in the downtown districts of Pawtucket and Providence should
check the National grid websites above. If the street location is highlighted (or near) the
red line, contact the Company’s Customer Energy Integration department via E-mail
addressed to [email protected] to determine if the proposed
location is served in National Grid’s Secondary Network area.

EXHIBIT 3: Distribution Secondary Grid Network Description

In Rhode Island, National Grid generally has two types of electrical distribution systems: radial
and distribution secondary network systems. While the vast majority of customers are served from radial
power systems, some customers in the downtown districts of Pawtucket and Providence in Rhode Island
are served by distribution secondary network systems; see Exhibit 2 for area maps. These systems are
designed to meet the higher reliability needs, dense load levels, and limited space commonly
encountered in urban areas.
A distribution secondary network system delivers electricity through a complex and integrated
system of transformers and underground cables that are connected and operate in parallel. Power can
flow in either direction on the secondary service delivery lines, commonly called secondary distribution
lines. The loss of a single line or transformer in a secondary network system does not cause an
interruption of power, unlike radial systems where there is only one line and one path for power to flow
from the distribution substation to the customer’s point of service. If a radial system experiences an
outage, service is interrupted to the customers until repairs are completed; this is less likely to be the
case in a distribution secondary network system.
In distribution secondary network systems, devices called “network protectors” are usually
arranged to automatically connect its associated transformer to the network system when conditions are
such that the transformer when connected will supply power to the network and to automatically
disconnect the transformer from the network when power flows from the network to the transformer. The
integration of DER into a distribution secondary network system may result in network protectors
exceeding their original design criteria or nameplate ratings.

Example Distribution Secondary Grid Example Distribution Secondary Spot

Network Diagram Network Diagram

Underground secondary grid (area) network

systems deliver power to each customer through a
complex and integrated system of multiple
transformers and underground cables that are
connected and operate in parallel.

Spot networks are similar to grid (area) networks

except they serve a single premise.

- 38 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 4: Recommended Guidelines for Residential and Commercial
Single-line Diagram Submittals
Refer to Figures 2 and 3 for typical illustration and symbology.
1. Identify the project, Company’s electric service order (ESO) number, location and
submitter’s name and address.
2. Indicate standard and any non-standard system voltages, number of phases, and frequency
of the incoming circuit. Indicate wye and delta systems; show whether grounded or
ungrounded.
3. Identify cable, conductors and conduit, the type and number. The Company is interested in
how the power is getting from the service point to the protective equipment.
4. Identify wiring troughs and/or junction boxes where used.
5. Use standard symbols. See NFPA 70B or IEEE Standard 141 for symbols in typical
electrical single-line diagram development.
6. Identify the service equipment’s switch and fuse or circuit breaker as to manufacturer, type,
rating, catalog number, etc. Catalog cuts are not required for most major manufacturers.
Service equipment must be able to safely interrupt the maximum available fault current from
the supply; refer to NEC Articles 110 and 230.
7. Show billing meter trough or instrument transformers’ cabinet (C.T. cabinet) in circuitry.
Indicate source and load for the circuit. Refer to Section 7 in the Company’s ESB 750 for
acceptable metering configurations.
8. Identify other protective devices and ratings. Include ratings in volts and amps, the
interruption rating, and type and number of trip coils on circuit breakers. Also, note any
special features of fuses (current limiting, dual element, etc.).
9. Identify ratios of current and potential transformers, taps to be used on multi-ratio
transformers, and connection of dual ratio current transformers if used.
10. Identify any relays, if used, and their functions. Indicate which interrupting device(s) are
tripped by the relay(s) used.
11. Show connections, winding configuration, and ratings of power transformers for any to be
used. Show the transformer impedance and X/R ratio.
12. Indicate the connections, winding configuration and ratings of grounding transformers if any
are to be used. Show the impedance and X/R ratio.
13. Identify Generator Disconnect and its ratings.
14. Provide catalog cut-sheets clearly identifying exact model to be installed for devices and
equipment of mutual interest to the Company and of the Customer. Equipment shall be
inclusive but not limited to the main service arrangement, any transformer in the circuit path
between the point of common coupling and the generator, the generator interrupting device,
the utility disconnect, and inverter(s) and/or relay(s).

- 39 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
FIGURE 1: Sample Residential Photovoltaic Distributed Generator
Installation – Single Phase, Net Metering

[TYPICAL ONLY]

- 41 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
FIGURE 3: Typical Symbology for Electrical Drawings

- 42 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 5: Recommended Guidelines for Functional Single-line
Diagram Submittals
Refer to Figures 1 and 2 for typical illustrations.
In addition to Exhibit 4:
15. On functional single-line diagram submittals, industry standard device numbers are
necessary. Refer to the following List of Standard Device Numbers (See latest edition of
ANSI C 37.2):

Device Number Function

25 Synchronizing Device / Synchronism check device
27 Undervoltage Relay
32 Directional Power Relay
46 Negative Sequence Voltage
50 Instantaneous Overcurrent Relay
51 Phase Overcurrent Relay
51N Neutral Overcurrent Relay
51G Ground Overcurrent Relay
51V Overcurrent Relay, voltage restraint
51C Voltage controlled overcurrent
52 Breaker
52R Recloser
59 Overvoltage Relay
59G Neutral Voltage Relay
59N Zero Sequence Voltage Relay
62 Time-delay Stopping or Opening Relay
64 Ground Protective Relay
81 Over and Under Frequency Relay
86 Lockout Relay
87 Differential Relay

[TYPICAL ONLY]

- 45 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 6: Typical Overhead Primary Service Configuration in RI for
Large DER Installations 500 kW and Above
The Customer will be required to install a pole to the Company’s specifications on which the
Company will install cross arms and dead end the Company’s primary service conductors. This
point will be the physical Point of Common Coupling (PCC). At this pole the Customer-owned,
3-phase gang operated, Generator Disconnect switch can be installed and connected to the
Company’s primary service conductors by the Customer.
All Company-owned service lateral facilities and equipment on private property will require
easements. These easements will be the responsibility of the Customer to obtain in accordance
with the Company’s specific electric service requirements; see ESB 750.

- 46 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.
EXHIBIT 7: Net Metering Compliance Verification Checklist (Simplified
Process)
Account Number: __________________________________________
Email:____________ ________
Customer Name: ___________________________________________ Phone #__________ ________
Last First Work Phone #________ _____
Service Address: __________________________________________________________________ __
Number Street Town/City Zip
Billing Address: _________________________________________________________________ ____
Number Street Town/City Zip
Qualified Installer: _______________________ License #__________Phone #___________________
Last First (if available) Cellular #__________________
Address: __________________________________________________ FAX #___________ ________
Number Street Town/City Zip Email:____________________

 Verify One-Line Diagram (installed equipment)

 Verify Plot Plan (equipment’s location)

 Verify DG System Is Operating (producing power)

 Restoration of Utility Power Test

 24-hour Telephone Number Contact

Name: ______________________________ Number ()_

Performed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name (Customer’s qualified installer)

Witnessed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name (Company witness)

- 47 -
For the latest authorized version please refer to the Company’s website at http://www.nationalgridus.com/electricalspecifications.

Training Material
No ratings yet
Training Material
160 pages
NEX Series Manual (ENG)
100% (1)
NEX Series Manual (ENG)
114 pages
User Manual 5587
No ratings yet
User Manual 5587
36 pages
Esb750 Errata Revisions July 2020
No ratings yet
Esb750 Errata Revisions July 2020
21 pages
Day2 - 3 - Hosting Capacity Tools and Examples
No ratings yet
Day2 - 3 - Hosting Capacity Tools and Examples
30 pages
Specifications For Electrical Installations 2024
No ratings yet
Specifications For Electrical Installations 2024
180 pages
Uno Kit Rfid Learning Suite
No ratings yet
Uno Kit Rfid Learning Suite
162 pages
Matlab
100% (1)
Matlab
83 pages
QMS-PR-15-004 Inspection and Testing of Mobile Lifting Aplliances and Cranes Procedure - Rev01
No ratings yet
QMS-PR-15-004 Inspection and Testing of Mobile Lifting Aplliances and Cranes Procedure - Rev01
35 pages
EET216C - 2020 - Per Unit System Unit 5
No ratings yet
EET216C - 2020 - Per Unit System Unit 5
51 pages
05a Lineprotection
100% (1)
05a Lineprotection
89 pages
Li Tra
No ratings yet
Li Tra
47 pages
Types of Transformer Connections and Application
100% (1)
Types of Transformer Connections and Application
59 pages
2023-TSO-UGM Topic5 IntegrationOfGeometricallyModelledOHLs
100% (1)
2023-TSO-UGM Topic5 IntegrationOfGeometricallyModelledOHLs
27 pages
STatcom in IEEE 14 Bus System PDF
No ratings yet
STatcom in IEEE 14 Bus System PDF
6 pages
Intelineo 530 Bess 1.0.0 Global Guide
50% (2)
Intelineo 530 Bess 1.0.0 Global Guide
944 pages
Lec 7
100% (1)
Lec 7
97 pages
Design and Simulation of 100mw Photovoltaic Power Plant Using Matlab Simulink
No ratings yet
Design and Simulation of 100mw Photovoltaic Power Plant Using Matlab Simulink
5 pages
Detailed Feasibility Studies: Transmission Projects in Nepal
No ratings yet
Detailed Feasibility Studies: Transmission Projects in Nepal
230 pages
2019 NERC-NATF-EPRI Power System Modeling Workshop Presentations PDF
100% (1)
2019 NERC-NATF-EPRI Power System Modeling Workshop Presentations PDF
434 pages
Sinovoltaics Energy Storage Manufacturer Ranking Report Edition 3 2022
100% (1)
Sinovoltaics Energy Storage Manufacturer Ranking Report Edition 3 2022
17 pages
GE Smart Grid Overview
60% (5)
GE Smart Grid Overview
457 pages
Standard For Busbar Conductor 3062690
No ratings yet
Standard For Busbar Conductor 3062690
52 pages
Operations and Maintenance of Offshore Transmission Assets
No ratings yet
Operations and Maintenance of Offshore Transmission Assets
35 pages
KE47503 High Voltage Chapter 7 - Measurement of High Volatges and Currents
100% (1)
KE47503 High Voltage Chapter 7 - Measurement of High Volatges and Currents
53 pages
New Proposal Final
0% (1)
New Proposal Final
17 pages
High Voltage Transient Analysis (Using PSCAD) PDF
No ratings yet
High Voltage Transient Analysis (Using PSCAD) PDF
6 pages
Power System Protection (EE 703-N) : Chapter:1 INTRODUCTION
100% (1)
Power System Protection (EE 703-N) : Chapter:1 INTRODUCTION
41 pages
Day 1 1 Hosting Capacity Analysis Intro
No ratings yet
Day 1 1 Hosting Capacity Analysis Intro
17 pages
EE5712 Power System Reliability:: Outage Model & Power Flow Analysis
No ratings yet
EE5712 Power System Reliability:: Outage Model & Power Flow Analysis
69 pages
Peter Gnadig
100% (2)
Peter Gnadig
190 pages
6areva GBSQSSHVDCFACTS
No ratings yet
6areva GBSQSSHVDCFACTS
38 pages
NS222 Major Substation Earthing Layout Design
No ratings yet
NS222 Major Substation Earthing Layout Design
37 pages
437kW - 430kWh 10HC-container BESS Proposal V2.2
No ratings yet
437kW - 430kWh 10HC-container BESS Proposal V2.2
13 pages
These DPetrichenko VF PDF
No ratings yet
These DPetrichenko VF PDF
175 pages
Power Flow Control With FACTS
100% (1)
Power Flow Control With FACTS
18 pages
OSMOSE D3.3 Analysis of The Synchronisation Capabilities of BESS Power Converters
No ratings yet
OSMOSE D3.3 Analysis of The Synchronisation Capabilities of BESS Power Converters
155 pages
3 Esp .
100% (1)
3 Esp .
6 pages
LVCB Model Modification: 1 Relay Models in General
No ratings yet
LVCB Model Modification: 1 Relay Models in General
12 pages
App Note DC DC Stability V2
No ratings yet
App Note DC DC Stability V2
17 pages
Mvax 12/21/31/91: Grid Solutions
No ratings yet
Mvax 12/21/31/91: Grid Solutions
8 pages
India-PFC Consulting-765kv System-Process - Selection - Transmission - Service - Provider (2022)
No ratings yet
India-PFC Consulting-765kv System-Process - Selection - Transmission - Service - Provider (2022)
317 pages
Super System DC-DC Buck Converter: by Thaddeus Guno Kunal Shah Koosh Shah
100% (1)
Super System DC-DC Buck Converter: by Thaddeus Guno Kunal Shah Koosh Shah
52 pages
Smart Grid
100% (2)
Smart Grid
44 pages
Innovative Numerical Protection Relay Design On The Basis of Sampled Measured Values For Smart Grids
No ratings yet
Innovative Numerical Protection Relay Design On The Basis of Sampled Measured Values For Smart Grids
225 pages
Power Electronics Chapter 2-2: Applications of Semiconductor Devices
100% (1)
Power Electronics Chapter 2-2: Applications of Semiconductor Devices
18 pages
Lab Report 04 and 05
No ratings yet
Lab Report 04 and 05
9 pages
Ecodial Help
No ratings yet
Ecodial Help
201 pages
Effect of Thyristor Controlled Series Compensation On Distance Protection
No ratings yet
Effect of Thyristor Controlled Series Compensation On Distance Protection
47 pages
Final Report: Synchronous Compensators For Mini-Grids and Islanding
100% (1)
Final Report: Synchronous Compensators For Mini-Grids and Islanding
61 pages
Power System Protection ECE 456
100% (1)
Power System Protection ECE 456
50 pages
BATERIA SG2000H 12V 200ah NEWMAX
100% (1)
BATERIA SG2000H 12V 200ah NEWMAX
2 pages
Reconductoring Using HTLS Conductors. Case Study For A 220 KV Double Circuit Transmission LINE in Romania
No ratings yet
Reconductoring Using HTLS Conductors. Case Study For A 220 KV Double Circuit Transmission LINE in Romania
7 pages
c37 1-1994
No ratings yet
c37 1-1994
88 pages
Create Relay Models
No ratings yet
Create Relay Models
17 pages
Control Strategies For Microgrids Black Start and Islanded Operation
No ratings yet
Control Strategies For Microgrids Black Start and Islanded Operation
21 pages
Tutorial DSL UserDefinedModel
No ratings yet
Tutorial DSL UserDefinedModel
8 pages
PSR PPSX
No ratings yet
PSR PPSX
19 pages
Solar Photovoltaic Technology: Chapter Two
No ratings yet
Solar Photovoltaic Technology: Chapter Two
26 pages
Tutorial DSL TestTroubleshooting
No ratings yet
Tutorial DSL TestTroubleshooting
6 pages
Design and Application of Microgrid Operation Control System Based On IEC 61850
No ratings yet
Design and Application of Microgrid Operation Control System Based On IEC 61850
8 pages
ABB Corporate Research, Germany: N. L. Fantana
No ratings yet
ABB Corporate Research, Germany: N. L. Fantana
4 pages
Selfstudys Com File
No ratings yet
Selfstudys Com File
10 pages
Cahora Bassa Generation Study. ECA Ag.2009
No ratings yet
Cahora Bassa Generation Study. ECA Ag.2009
34 pages
Smart Grid Future PDF
No ratings yet
Smart Grid Future PDF
40 pages
Impact of Static Var Compensator (SVC) Installation in Power System Stability
No ratings yet
Impact of Static Var Compensator (SVC) Installation in Power System Stability
7 pages
W1000038 PDF
No ratings yet
W1000038 PDF
62 pages
Deliverable REALISEGRID Hvdc-Hvac
No ratings yet
Deliverable REALISEGRID Hvdc-Hvac
75 pages
"Transmission System Strengthening Scheme Evacuation 8.1GW-765KV India
No ratings yet
"Transmission System Strengthening Scheme Evacuation 8.1GW-765KV India
144 pages
Bonneville-Transmission ACSubstations DAS
No ratings yet
Bonneville-Transmission ACSubstations DAS
147 pages
NERC-Protection Sistem Reliability - 1-14-09
No ratings yet
NERC-Protection Sistem Reliability - 1-14-09
60 pages
SERVOTECH Offer
No ratings yet
SERVOTECH Offer
12 pages
Nepal (NEA) 1564049351 - Revised Vol II Chapter 01-PSR Wrt. Amendment No. 3
No ratings yet
Nepal (NEA) 1564049351 - Revised Vol II Chapter 01-PSR Wrt. Amendment No. 3
130 pages
Roles of PMUs in Wide Area Monitoring and Control
No ratings yet
Roles of PMUs in Wide Area Monitoring and Control
22 pages
Guidelines For Grid Interconnection - Part B Technical - Tanzania
No ratings yet
Guidelines For Grid Interconnection - Part B Technical - Tanzania
35 pages
Deflection Magnetometer (Theory) - Electricity & Magnetism Virtual Lab - Physical Sciences - Amrita Vishwa Vidyapeetham Virtual Lab
No ratings yet
Deflection Magnetometer (Theory) - Electricity & Magnetism Virtual Lab - Physical Sciences - Amrita Vishwa Vidyapeetham Virtual Lab
4 pages
Method For Extracting Positive and Negative Sequence Current
No ratings yet
Method For Extracting Positive and Negative Sequence Current
7 pages
Stability and Control-Annurev 2022 PDF
No ratings yet
Stability and Control-Annurev 2022 PDF
30 pages
South African Power Pool-Transmission - Trading Study - ECA Oct.2009
No ratings yet
South African Power Pool-Transmission - Trading Study - ECA Oct.2009
57 pages
Consumer Units and Distribution Boards
No ratings yet
Consumer Units and Distribution Boards
64 pages
Chapter 2 Single Phase Full Wave Diode Rectifier
No ratings yet
Chapter 2 Single Phase Full Wave Diode Rectifier
11 pages
Paper Renewable Regulation Final Nov 2 2011 With Formatting
No ratings yet
Paper Renewable Regulation Final Nov 2 2011 With Formatting
44 pages
Electrostatics A Level
No ratings yet
Electrostatics A Level
17 pages
Cigre SC B4
No ratings yet
Cigre SC B4
4 pages
S DDR
100% (1)
S DDR
3 pages
Class 10 Maths Trigonometric Ratios
No ratings yet
Class 10 Maths Trigonometric Ratios
1 page
Power Grid-India-Annexure-II-Specific-Requirement - Rev-05 - With-Annexures-1-11
No ratings yet
Power Grid-India-Annexure-II-Specific-Requirement - Rev-05 - With-Annexures-1-11
11 pages
Designing Diversified Renewable Energy Systems-2023 PDF
No ratings yet
Designing Diversified Renewable Energy Systems-2023 PDF
15 pages
3 - Horacio Silva Saravia 2022 CIGRE NGN Paper Linear State Estimator Deployment AEP
No ratings yet
3 - Horacio Silva Saravia 2022 CIGRE NGN Paper Linear State Estimator Deployment AEP
8 pages
Yamaha XP1000-2500-3500 p26-57
No ratings yet
Yamaha XP1000-2500-3500 p26-57
32 pages
Statics Experiment F16 PDF
No ratings yet
Statics Experiment F16 PDF
6 pages
Accuphase M8000
No ratings yet
Accuphase M8000
4 pages
Tinosa, David James M.: Energy
No ratings yet
Tinosa, David James M.: Energy
6 pages
Sweep Frequency Response Analysis - SFRA Test Procedure - Electrical4u
No ratings yet
Sweep Frequency Response Analysis - SFRA Test Procedure - Electrical4u
5 pages
Product: Prepolarized Condenser Microphone Cartridges - Types 4129, 4155, 4176
No ratings yet
Product: Prepolarized Condenser Microphone Cartridges - Types 4129, 4155, 4176
8 pages
Week 06
No ratings yet
Week 06
24 pages
NTE2973 Mosfet N-Channel, Enhancement Mode High Speed Switch
No ratings yet
NTE2973 Mosfet N-Channel, Enhancement Mode High Speed Switch
2 pages
Worksheet 2 For Momentum
No ratings yet
Worksheet 2 For Momentum
1 page
Wolfshtein 1986
No ratings yet
Wolfshtein 1986
5 pages
Collision DPP Solution
No ratings yet
Collision DPP Solution
6 pages
Air Flow Thrrough Venturi Tube
No ratings yet
Air Flow Thrrough Venturi Tube
14 pages
Bitsat DPP-4 DT 09-04-2015
No ratings yet
Bitsat DPP-4 DT 09-04-2015
9 pages
Mass & Weight QP
No ratings yet
Mass & Weight QP
9 pages
Black Holes: A Different Perspective: Carmine Cataldo
No ratings yet
Black Holes: A Different Perspective: Carmine Cataldo
13 pages
Fisa Tehnica Harukaze Pro
No ratings yet
Fisa Tehnica Harukaze Pro
2 pages
Rajshahi University of Engineering &technology
No ratings yet
Rajshahi University of Engineering &technology
4 pages
Simulation of Some Power System, Control System and Power Electronics Case Studies Using Matlab and PowerWorld Simulator
From Everand
Simulation of Some Power System, Control System and Power Electronics Case Studies Using Matlab and PowerWorld Simulator
Dr. Hedaya Mahmood Alasooly
No ratings yet
Improved Indirect Power Control (IDPC) of Wind Energy Conversion Systems (WECS)
From Everand
Improved Indirect Power Control (IDPC) of Wind Energy Conversion Systems (WECS)
Fayssal Amrane
No ratings yet
Computer Aided Design of Electrical Machines
From Everand
Computer Aided Design of Electrical Machines
K.M. Vishnu Murthy
No ratings yet

AEP-shared Constr Esb756

Uploaded by

AEP-shared Constr Esb756

Uploaded by

National Grid / Supplement to Specifications for Electrical Installations / ESB 756-2018 ver. 4.

Doc. File: ESB756--0618_v4 06-29-2018.docx

2.0 REVISION HISTORY

LIST OF APPENDICES TO ESB 756

Requirements For Parallel Generation

Version 3.0, 06/29/2018

ESB 756 Appendix A is part of the ESB 750 series

interconnection point. Typically, an interconnection study will be performed by the Company

1. The preferred interconnection at 230kV and 345kV is a radial line(s) to ISO-secured

2.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

11. Application Process:

(1) Exact physical location of the plant identified on USGS maps.

completed generator-related Company jurisdiction-applicable tariff forms and payment

3.0 SERVICE INSTALLATION

4.0 PLANT REQUIREMENTS

4.2 Telecommunications Steps and Requirements

EXHIBIT 1: REFERENCE LIST OF STANDARD DEVICE NUMBERS

(Refer to latest editions of NFPA 70B or IEEE Standard 141 for

4. Generator-Owner or IC Supplied Relay Settings and Testing: The Generator-Owner or IC

6.0 REVISION HISTORY

Distributed Generation Connected To

Version 5.0, 06/29/2018

ESB 756 Appendix B is part of the ESB 750 series

3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Guidelines

5.0 Interconnection Customer Interface Procedures

6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection

DER cannot reliably

Illustration 6.2.2-1 shows an example transformer configuration for which it is difficult

7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements

7.5 Generator Interrupting Device Requirements

Table 7.8.3-1: Return to Service Parameters for DER

8.0 Testing and Commissioning

10.0 Power Quality Monitoring

11.0 Facility Audit

12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)

13.0 REVISION HISTORY

EXHIBIT 1: Company Requirements for DER Systems Not Eligible for

EXHIBIT 2: Reference Maps of National Grid upstate NY Secondary

NY Central Division NY Eastern Division

EXHIBIT 3: Distribution Secondary Grid and Spot Network Description

Example Distribution Secondary Grid Example Distribution Secondary Spot

Underground secondary grid (area) network systems

EXHIBIT 4: Recommended Guidelines for Residential and Commercial

FIGURE 1: Sample Distributed Generator One-Line Diagram

FIGURE 2: Typical Symbology for Electrical Drawings

EXHIBIT 5: Recommended Guidelines for Functional Single-line

Device Number Function

FIGURE 3: Sample Functional Single-Line Diagram

FIGURE 4: Typical 3V0 Requirements for Local EPS Ground Fault

FIGURE 5: Typical Overhead Single Primary Service Configuration in

EXHIBIT 6: Net Metering Compliance Verification Checklist

 Verify One-Line Diagram (installed equipment)

 Verify Plot Plan (equipment’s location)

 Verify DG System Is Operating (producing power)

 Restoration of Utility Power Test

 24-hour Telephone Number Contact

Name: ____________________________________________ Number (____)_______________

Performed by: __________________________ signature:________________________Date: __________

Witnessed by: __________________________ signature:________________________Date: __________

Distributed Generation Connected to National Grid

Version 5.0, 06/29/2018

ESB 756 Appendix C is part of the ESB 750 series

3.0 Applicable Codes, Standards, and Guidelines

5.0 Interconnecting Customer Interface Procedures

5.3 Objectives in the Application Process

Table 5.5-2: Complex DER Projects

6.0 Potential Issues Related to Interconnection

6.2 Significant EPS Considerations

Illustration 6.2.2-1 shows an example transformer configuration for which it is difficult

7.0 General Design and Operating Requirements

Over Frequency (81O) 61.2 Hz < f <62.0Hz 300

8.0 Testing and Commissioning

10.0 Power Quality Monitoring

11.0 Facility Audit

12.0 Disconnection by the Company (Isolation)

13.0 REVISION HISTORY

Name: ______________________________ Number ()_

Performed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Witnessed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name: ______________________________ Number ()_

Performed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Witnessed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Name: ______________________________ Number ()_

Performed by: ____________ signature:Date:

Witnessed by: ____________ signature:Date: